1995 by harken_procare

..I'

.*.,

...* !. , .-.

. .'G;;

-q.-= .

.. C*$.,., , .. f .. . : .. . , . .: .

.I.

'J' i

R!Lfoua

uOT

Prima- Bfty Bladi Photo

)

Fujmlor #if@Blak Photo

Cherbourg Technologies- PamcklMeffPhofo

1994 will be remembered as the year when sailing made an all out assault on the record book. We are proud to say that Harken eouioment was oredominant on most of the record smashino boats. These were not soft records, either, but maior achievements. h e y were sailed in conditions that were often incredibly bruhl and they are a real testimony to the courage and endurance of the men. women and boats that set them. Most were broken soundly at weeds that are hard to imagine-400 and 500 mile days were commonplace meaning average speeds of 15 to 22 knots fbr days on end. Dismastings, broken bones, delaminations keel problems and broken rudders were endured, but few gave up and the results of the victors are impressive. ENZ4 New Zealand won the Jules Veme Trophy with a record smashing 74 day circumnavigation at an average speed of 15 knots. E A U is the former Formula Tag and used much of the Harken gear she was launched with a decade ago. She beat the record first set by Bruno Peyron only a year ago -- 79 days in the Harken-equipped Commodore Explorer. The Harken outfitted Lyonnaise des Eauxfell short of Enza's record, but her 76 day sprint is the second fastest on record. In the Whitbread Around the World Race, winners NewZealandEndeavour, in the maxi class, and Yamaha, in the Whitbread 60 class, both set new Whitbread records. They were equipped with Harken blocks, travelers and rudder bearings. In the two-handed PDC Transatlantic race from Plymouth to Newport, Laurent Bourgnon and Cam Lewis shattered the Atlantic East to West record by more than 39 hours in Primagaz. Their 60' Marc van Peteghem and Vincent Lauriot Prevost trimaran is completely equipped with Harken blocks, travelers, Battcars, and winches. Fujicolor, a Nigel lrens designed, Harken equipped, tri sailed by Loick Peyron and Frank Proffit, came in second by just 20 minutes and also broke the old record. Sailing Primagazsingle-handed, Laurent went on to demolish the West to East record from Ambrose Light (New York) to The Lizard in England by sailing across the Atlantic in seven days and setting the new 24 hour mark of 538.7 miles for a speed of 22.4 knots. In the monohulls, Halvard Mabire and Christine Guillou set the double-handed Trans-Atlantic record in the Open Class 60s, Cherbourg Technolog~eswhichis completely equipped with Harken winches and hardware. When sailors of this caliber choose Harken it carries a heavy responsibility because more than records can be broken in this e reliability offered by Harken equipment. Lightweight and low game. These records are a testimony to the superior s e ~ c and friction are a given. Handling incredible loads and enduring one crossing after another are what Harken gear is all about. Add proper specification by Harken sales and service staff and the possibility of service in any part of the world and it's obvious why these high profile programs chose Harken. To the record breakers, and to all those who tried but fell short, we say, congratulations and thanks for taking us along for the incredible journey.

I n this 1995 catalog you will find many new Harken products Lnging from atiny hi-load 16 mm AirBlockfor dinghies to our carbon fiberhitanium 4-speed America's Cup winch. The furling gear is completely revised and improved, which was no easy task. You'll find high performance T-track and our Polyslide lead cars, another Harken innovation, which have long been the custom racer's choice. There are more accessories for the famous Cam-Matic cleats and new pa~tsin our Battcar range. We're introducing a series of gross-trimbine-tune systems including the unique new Magic Blocks which are great for small catamarans and sport boats. We profile two boats, the J/24 and the fantastic new Wallygator. The reference section contains more system recommendationsand technical information. We can't guarantee that you'll break a record, but it won't hurt to sail with the right equipment. Enjoy reading the catalog and be sure to call your Harken dealer for a Compu-Spec print-out of hardware for your boat, or for good advice.

Peter Harken

Olaf Harken

1HOW TO USE YOUR CATALOG I How to Find Hardware Small Boat Blonks Pages 13 - 33

G mTn'mfine-Tune Syslems Pages 34 - 38

lndex Parts are listed alphabetically on pages 233 through 237. Parts are listed several times by all wmmon descriptions so the index is easy to use. Pads are listed numerically by Dart number on oaaes 238 to 244. , Thumb lndex The back cover lists the main sections of Me catalog. Pages are marked to correspond. To use, start wlh your thumb on the category mark on the back cover and flip into the catalog until Me category tabs on the page edges appear. Seclions The catalog is organized into sections by hardware families.

Choosing the Right Hardware

Mid-Range Blocks Pages 39 - 46

Big Boat Blocks Pages 47 - 78

Syslem Drawings Pages 205 to 220 show sketches of typical hardware systems to help you design a good layout for your boat. Feature Pages Each of the major sections of the catalog begins with avisual explanation of Me features which make Harken products unique. Use and Seleclion Charis At me oeg nning ol most secr ons YOL U I lno a chan wh ch shor~slhecorrect size or type of gearto use for different boats. Reference Paoes Pages 202 to 2 6show breaking strength of common sizes of wire and rope, formulas for calculating loading on blocks, metric conversions and other useful information.

Additional Helo ~ddressesand h o n e ~ u m b e r s The ins ae back cover conk?ns a listino of narken aaaresses and te eohone ana lax numbers. It also contains a list of ~arken'sinternational distributors. ~

~~~~~

~~~

O HARKEN YACHTEQUIPMENT Custom Hardware Pages 79 - 84

Syslnms Dnwin#s Pages 205 - 220

Complementary

Oiwsion of H&n, Inc. 1995 All Rights Resewed No pomon ofmis cataloe W be reproducedwlhout the expressad winitten permission of Harken. Inc. Printed in U.S.A. Spedlcations and descriptions contained herein are subiect to change b4ihout n o f l i i o n .

Furlin# System8 Pages 141 - 155

BaUen Tlaveler Syslems Pages 156 - 163

Winches Pages 165 - 200

Reference Pages 202 204

Deck ShoesJCIothing Page 222

Pmmotional Items Pages 223 - 232

Clothin# Pages 223 - 232

lndex Pages 233 - 237

1HARKEN

Administration Adminisbalive Services

Administration m-np

Engineering

Pmdu

aud Custom E l g near Kevln

Eng neer Slew Orlel

Umdludwn

a u D o m ~ ~ n d r n ~ a W M n * I ~ $ a p s msnnswmrba~nr

imagine tne boat yod w o ~ l db ~d iII your dreams an0 rasles were not restnned bv artitcial bo~ndsli6e economic concerns or lack of imagination. some of us dream of aTam, or Shannon, or Swan, or Hincldey. Mhers covet an M e n , Lmle Hafbor or Deerfool.But Iyou cou o real y have anv boat in rhe wodd an0 c o ~ l doesian o~ilon an0 outfi~it wlth all the &stand newest gear, you might build avew special boat and call it Wally~atoor. Luca Bassani, president of Wally Yachts, just finished building the boat of his dreams, a 105' ketch designed by Luca Brenta & COof Milan. Italy and built by Concordiia Custom 'iachtsin Padanaram, Massachusetts ~

Wallygator epitomizes the Wally philosophy - safe, easy, fast sailing on yachts designed without regard to any rating rule. Two huge carbon fiber masts spread 5598 square feet of sail, but a truly self-tending jib and m i m staysail maktacking a one man job. The decks are clean and uncluttered with most lines led to Me steering and sail handling station atthe front of the cockpit There a well thought out arrangement of computer monitors, engine controls, and thirteen big hydraulic winches gives a small crew the information and the muscle to control the powerful sails while guests have large areas of deck for safe relaxation. The running rigging is led through channels underthe deckand the selftacking jib and mhzen traveler backs are recessed. Sail tuning seemsto happen by a magic, effortless manipulation of keys and strings -an exMic instrument of motion ratherthan music.

Wallygatoris one of the larger composite yachts built and weight has been pared everywhere by choosing the strongest, lightest materials available and by wasting nothing. The interior and furniture are structuml components of the hull. They are carbon fiber with an aluminum honeycomb core hiding under a teakveneer. Tradition was abandoned entirely in the design of the navigationstation which incorporatesall of the expected advances in electronics and computer technology. The navigator's seat is a space age perch of molded carbon fiber that adjusts easily on Harken small boat traveler cars. While similar mega-yachts typically displace over 120,000 lbs. Walkgator weighs in at just over half of that Brenta and Bassani completely reinvented traditional systems for anchoring, electrical generation, and even propulsion. The later is handled by two retractable jet drive thrusters that swivel to serve as both forward propulsion and thrusters. Wallygator can be spun in its own length and parked like a compact car in the tightest of berlhs. Despite this open minded, forget the rules approach, they were able to find many of the trawlers, block, padeyes, and winches in the Harken catalog. Custom parts like Air Foot Blocks and the main sheet traveler cars are stock concepts that were engineered to meet the special needs of lines

led underthe deck to recessed tracks. Among the most elegant of the hardware solutions are the removable padeyes wth stand up AirBlocks'". They are suppolted by "wedding cake" collars to keep them from hitting the deck, but can be unscrewed when at anchor or not in use reducing wear and tear on the blocks-and the toes. The blocks can be removed withouttools and as they are unscrewed, a retractable filler screw is drawn up flush with Me deck to leave only a smooth, low profile padeye base. Removable stainless steel toggle padeyes and stand up AirBlocks allow Wallygatorto be fully rigged for racing in a matter of minutes, but left clean and uncomplicatedwhen cruising. Custom stainless steel snatch blocks look like jewelry, but featurethe same locking mechanism as the standard catalog version. Both are safer and easierto use than the traditional design wlth a bottom latch. They are perfectly secure, but can easily be opened with one hand - leaving one for holding onto the boat. Bassani wanted a boatthat he could cruise with his family and friends, or race with a crew of professionals in the "Grand Voile" class he helped to form for mega-yachts that race for line honors outside Me IMS rule. These 7

seemingly conflicting demands mean that the sailplan that is so easily tended while cruising can be powered up with big reaching Gennakers and spinnahers f own from omh spars. Two sp&l sn~bbingwincnes are Jsed to free JD the onmanes for otner Lses - stooDers are far too smal for a wat tnis she. rknium AirBlocks with custom bases let Brenta lead most lines to one control area without compromising his displacement goals. Everylhlng aoout WallyBalore h ~ g ana e Mat's reflected n the hardvrare These f-tack no ID amends on a custom assemblv of rwo mm trave er cars ridinp on m a x i i b i e i track The genoa lead cars are also maxi cars as is Me mainsneet traveler system The minen ~tllizesa mmi-maxi car an0 back Tne so nnaker Dole on a boat MIS laroe is alwavs a cnallenoe to nand e. ~ a l l y g a i i osits l flush in a well in the fokdeck anb rides on amaxi traveler car on a special track a n a d i i to blend with the track. Every detal of th s new Wal(vgat0r1sas thoughtt~llyengineered and flnelv flnlshed as tne WalN Yacnn team c o ~ l dmake n but some of Me nlcest touches didnl cost muchmoney There are details of bosunrv, tricks the very best riggers know, rnat Jse stanaaro small boat ana d nghy hardware to tend the sheets and ines The runn ng backnays are snugged JP to the rnlnen

mast when not in use by afour part blockand tackle with a cam cleat and light line, The backstays are attached by a beautifully braided lanyard eye in 'Gator Green and can oe DJ led oB of the mast and deployed In seconos. The malnsheet has tis own tenoer to neeo r o ~oft the wav dunno iws. and ewn Me big, stowable dodger is tensioned with lime fiddliblockiiid sl;ockcord applied creatively. Most of us have to plan months ahead fora simple project like upgrading our baveler or primariesand aren't going to build our dream boatanybme soon, but one of the wondellulthings about sailboats is their. infinitevariety and the freedom Mat even the most modest of boats offers from tne stop slgns an0 bme clocs, mall Doxes and ammowers of everyday llfe All oak allow JS 10 fa I back 10 a slmoler Ife an0 Interact dlredtv wlM nature. Some of us already have the boat bf our dreams, and some of us can only make our boats closerto our vision, but we can all share in dreams like Walhmatorand know that there's alwavs another boat on our horizon, and may66itwill be ours.

Jam Tc&l is the sailing writer forthe Newport (RI) Raj& News and is a free&nce contributor to m n y Othersailingpublications. M n g in hk%pmallows hw to fdlaw

singlehanded racing, wdd class h t and match racing ewnts and constfuctmn innovations in open class, handicapped andluxuryyachts at many of the top htyards in r the WM.She has a 50ysar OMmahogany lapswakesailing d promising to get back in the water fOr3y~rS;W 'mstill waiting.

h m inauspicious beginnings as afamily project in a garage in Stonington, Connect CLI, a n e ooal cal ed Ragrfmenas grown nto one of the most ~ ~ c c e s s one f u des~onkee boats of all r me The, 24 was not dravrn to lne constraints of a rating rule, but was designed by Rod Johnstone to be a fun boat for his family which was outgrowing racing dinghys. The design mandate was clear: build a boat that was fast enough and exciting enough to satisfy the sophisticated tastes of his sailing clan. It's fair to say that even Rod was surprised by how well Ragtime per. formea he conv~ncedorolher Boo 10 marker 1ne ooars an0 Evefen Pearson 10 bu 10lnem The resl 1s nlstow an0 ov Julv of 1994.5140 nao oeen ~ LlIn I factories in eight countries. Jmoats has established itself as one of the leaders of the sailing industry, producing a wide range of sizes and types of boats, from the JE2 to the J144; from the small cruising Ji28 to the new fast cruising Jl160; from the ULDB J/27 to the IOR oriented Jl41. But for sheer numbers, owner loyalty, and compet'tive racing, none can ever surpass the success of the neally ubiquitous boat that started 1all. Today the J/24 is as competitive as the Olympic classes, but a popular family and club racer as well. The World's attract top talent like Ken Read, a six time winner, Dave Curt~s,Laurle Smlth, lan Bashford, Jim Brady, and Ed Bard. 50 to 90 boats comoete. deoendino on venue, and 20 countries are expected to be represented at the A995 regatta in Rochester, New York. The

J/24 is also the boat used in the International Women's Keelboat Championships and the class has attracted such top skippers as Betsy Allison, JJ Isler, and Jody Swanson. The IYRU chose the J/24 as the men's keelboat forthe 1994 IYRU World Championships in La Rochelle. Top J/24 crew Federico Valenti explains below how to work within the confines of the class rules to rig a winning boat. Federico has crewed in five J/24 World's and is the regular bowman on Flavio Favini's N e b w k a n e m In addition to J/24's Federico has sailed in the Admiral's Cup, Sardina Cup, OneTon Cup and the 6 Meter Worlds. He is a native of Genoa, Italy where he works as a hospital biologist. In addition to his racing and science, forthe pasttwo years Federico has sewed as the primary translator for the Italian language version of the Harken catalog - "Ma sono impegnato questa sera!" The J/24 is a class with very strict rules and that leaves very little to the imagination. You cannot adopt sophisticated hardware configurations so crews look for ways to get the most out of what is allowed by the rules. The primary aims are to ensure easy access to all of the systems and to maximize power output. Because the J/24 is twenty years old and over 5000 have been built, the rigging has become very refined in both layout and tuning. Still, there is a lot that can be done to make a boat a winner, whether you buy a new boat or refit an older boat. First, because the class is so competitiveyou cannot afford to 9

SplmreiSheer T w X e r 125 noer on shed m1ye &lM DndeehatwIOMBmbeBm lM cam on nrsris WI!W SO ,#S a c c w b b l0 U e W

lose even half a boat length, so you must be sure that the crew can adjust all ofthe controls without leaving the rail. Second, you must be sure that you have as much power as the class rules allow so that you can make adjustments quickly and easily Vely few boats today use a halyrd winch. the exceptions being in very windy areas. Lufl tension is controlled in both the genoa and the jib by a cunningham. A maximum purchase of 6:l is permitted by the rules. The best cunningham consists of a hook to insert in the cunningham grommet on the sail. A pennant of uncored Spectra leads thru a 301 wire block fastened to the tack fitting. The pennant attaches to the head of a 224 micro block, forming a 2:l primary tackle on the foredeck. This tackle is double-ended and is pulled by a 3:1 taclde (224 and 225 micm blocks) on each side of the boat forming a 3:lR:l cascade to provide the final 6:1 purchase. A cleat is mounted on the gunwale on each side ot the boat sothe crew can adjust the cunningham without moving from the rail. The spinnaker halyrd is cleated in a 150 cam mounted about 2 m (6.5') above deck. This allows the bowman to raise the sail wlth maximum reach, and therefore maximum speed. A couple of good long pulls is all it takes. The 150 is sbung enough to hold the halyard, doesn't bum out when you pull the halyard through the p i s , and is easy to release under load. Some catalogs sell brackets toattach the 150tothe mast, but many crews shape a 295 riser base to the curve of the mast.

A 150 is also often used for the genoa halyard because it is lighterthan a stopper and can be released without going over to release the handle like a stopper requires. Whether a 150 or a stopper is used, many crews lead the haiyard thmugh a 019 ratchet block so that they can raise and lower the sail from any posibion, or even take it back to a primary winch in heay air. The foreguy usually leads to a 237 fairlead mounted on the deck just aft of the folward hatch, thmugh a 166 at the mast base and to a 240 swivel m m mounted on the mof. There are hyo common ways to rig the pole topping is. The simplest is to lead it down to a 166 at the mast base and back to another 240 swivel cam mounted on the mof. The second soluI&n is to lead the t o p ping lift directly down to a 140 pivoting e~ block mounted just under the gooseneck Both of these solutions WO&well and allow the crew to control the pole from the rail. Many boats use another 140 mounted underthe boom forthe outhaul. There is a 4:l tackle inside the boom which Bxits to the 140 so the crew can reach it from either side of the boat Some crew place a 166 blodc just aft of a cleat on the boom so they can pull from any direction and the line is forced thmugh the cleat as you tension the outhaul. The only pmMem wlth Wis arrangement is that you have to reach betwaen the 166 and the cleat to release the outhaul which you can? do from a remote location. The best arrangement forthe main cunningham is to deadend a line at the gooseneck, pass it up thmugh thegrommet in the sail and attach a 083

JbCunnlngharn-doubk-tnddcaicadw$~leleadsahon eadisideolrhe boarso Crew Canddiu$ll~fftensson Iiom nil

deck. These consist of three 168 blocks at the mast base and a 127 double attached to the cascading tackle. 150 cams on each side allow adjustment from the rail. I'd like these cleats Mted wlh a 328 fairlead so it's easy to recleat me l~neeven when yo~'renot in lane with the cam. They're st II new. D J ~I thlnr the 328 WI Ireolace a .ot of srvive cams - or at least .morove oer. formance where you didn't want the weight or expense of a swiveicam. ihe other arrangement is to build the 4:l tackle using a 053 little fiddle and a 060 little fiddle with cam. In really heavy air a crew often s i i on the boom and then we pull as hard as we can to achieve maximum tension The splnnaker sheet oarber hauler is very simple. It only requ res a 125 o ock float ng on tne sneet and a 237 bullseye on tne ra I The me from me 125 leaas thro~ahthe 237 to a cam wth tairleaa on me deca The ohcement of these parts isbetermined by how many crew you sail with and where they s l - nobody likes siting on hardware. The best splnnaker sneet arrangementsuse four lm~eheraratchet blocks TWOare shacrled to the stem ra I and lwa are shacklea to tne frst stanchion bases. In heavy air, you turn on all of the ratchets for more holding power In medium air you can turn off one on each side. Sometimes we see the forward block on a car on the back of the genoa track and sometimes t's on a padeye near the companionway. It doesn't matter too much - all of those placements allow the trimmer to move around and all are better than the cheek mounted ratchet blocks you saw on the original boats. We also like to place a 150 on a 295 riser next to the forward block so you can cleat the guy. Two other points. First make sure you get port and starboard ratchet blocks so the switches face up, and then be sure you turn off all of the ratchets in light air sothat you can feel the sail better and ease the sheet more effectively. Many boats use ratchet blocks forthe genoa sheets as well. The crew can pullin the sail by hand in most condiions and hold it unfl they can take a wrao on the winch which is used for fine tunino. We secure the sheet in a 150 A m on the starboard cockpit side so that can set up for mark round ngs, o u otherwlse we nold me sheet all of tne t me The standaro ,R4 e fmed wth a 159 smal boat car wn ch prw oes a 2:l ad ustment rackle leadlna to a 150 on the deck on each slde of the boat A betteralternative is a 212 windward sheeting car which can be pulled above the centerline without releasing the leeward control line. This is really important as you never have to lean to leeward to release the line and you can tack wlhout first cleating the leeward line. It's heavierthan astandard car, but V ~ N handv

.-, .- .-,.

becket block to the end. Another line starts on the becket of the 083, leads to a 166 which is attached to thewang bail atthe step, back up over the sheave of the 083 and down to a 291 pivoting block wim cam mounted on the back of the mast. The wang is one of the most crucial of the controls on the Ji24, especially in windy condlions when it requires continuous adjustment to help the skipper keep the boat on kfeet and avoid roundups that cost a boat posiion in the fleet or even causes damage to the equipment. A recent rule change allows thevang purchase to be increased to 8:1, which is an appropriate amount of power The most efficient way to achieve 8:l is to use a cascade with a 4:l tackle pulling against a 2:l purchase. If you have an older boat with a 4:l tackle, you simply need to add the one block on the boom for the cascade. The class rules require a minimum diameter of 8 mm (5h67 forthe vang so the block forthe boom is a 011 and we all use uncored Spectra these days. The 4:l tackle is attached to the mast base and the cascading line. Some boats use a double+nded vang with cams on both sides of the

m e class rules a low a 4.1 malnsheet, b ~wet see a lot of sa lors golng to 3.1 for better sDeed dunno lbes and marx roLnalnas This cons sts ol a 144 swivel base &h 019 r s h e t mounted on a bracl& on the aft side of the track, a 001 on the car, and a 002 becket block on the boom. Having the sheet lead to aswivei base means that you can trim very hard wMout pulling the car to windward in the process. Backstay tension is also a very important control on the 24, The rules t of the boats today bse a 2:l tackle pul lng a low a 4:t ptlrchase b ~most down the Dlncher bloc6 wn ch saueeze the two lower eas of the oackrav Hot boats'use three 098 wire bullet blocks shackled toggher. Two ride onihe oackstay as me plncher olocks ana the other is the top oock for me ad.uster ine 304 W re o ocks WOL d be better, but Ins a the Iahtest armaement so we prefer it. The tackle is double+nd'ed and in addition to the 098-at the top, tnere are 092's on each slae of the cockpfl near the floor at the transom The lnes eaa lotward to a 166 mountea on a 073 evestrao on the Roor ibsl aft of the traveier, then run up underthetrawler and across'to the opposiie side to a 150 mounted ahead of the traveler on a 296 angled riser base. This puts the DaCkStay rlgnt at tne sappets nand so he can mare aapnments wnnoJt d~straction. but a crew can o1. d too Everything on a JR&Ssimple and it doesn't take much effort to make a very g o d b&. Be sure that YOU involve the crew so you know where people will be sittino or standina when thev need to make adiustments. A oood lavout, agood koat, g a d sails, good iuning, good crew: and good sipper should give a good result, but if not, remember you are sailing against the best and if you work hard, your time will come JellJolmPlone -0 557 Thames S b s e I N o ~R, M e Island G2840USA Telephone4 0 l ~ 1 0FaxUI1446-4723 ;

3 LIMITED WARRANTY I What is C o v e r e d This warranty covers defects in materials or workmanship. Who is Covered-The original purchaser. ForHow Long- Harken products are warranted for Five (5) years from the date of purchase, with the following exceptions: Swage fittings and rudder bearings are warranted for Two (2) years from the date of our chase^ ~~,o Reehng ano F..r ng s,stems are warrantea for Seven 7, bears lrom me dare ol pulcnase. Spe nsrr,ct on InanLa lor Har6en J b Reef na- an0 Furling systems for more details. Winches are warranted for Three (3) years from the date of purchase. Custom products andlor high performance installations of standard catalog products for extraordinary use applications including but not limited to America's Cup and some trans-oceanic races including the Vendee Globe Challenge, BOC, Jules Verne, Steel Challenge and Whitbread events are warranted for One (1) year from the date of purchase. Contact Harken for event classification and more details forthese custom products andlor high performance installations. Aher !he eno ol any specrl~civarrano perloo 1io1eoabove, nARKEh MALES NO EXPRESS OR MP-IEO WARRANT ES OF ANY LlhO W Tn RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING ANY WARRANW OF

. .

~~~~~

3 MAINTENANCE I Harken equipment is designed for minimal maintenance, but some maintenance is required to give the best service and to comply with the Harken limited warranty In general, the most important aspect of maintenance is to keep your equipment clean by frequently flushing with fresh water, In corrosive atmospheres, stainless parts may show discoloration around holes, rivets, and screws. This is not serious and may be removed with a fine abrasive. With the exception of winches, do not use grease unless specifically recommended in the instruction manual. Many Harken products are provided with specific instruction manuals that detail maintenance procedures. Manuals are available at no charge by contacting Harken or a Harken distributor. SmallBoatBloocks-The plastic sideplates and sheaves of small boat blocks are UV stabilized, but they may turn gray after exposure to the sun. This discoloration may be removed with afine abrasive, but will not reduce the strength of the blocks. Flush small boat blocks frequently with fresh water Periodically clean U orks t~Rhdelerqenl ano r alpr 10 remo!? sal1 an0 d n .40rlcanrs a n cn i nor arlracr d n ma) be Lseo E~amp P$ are OPJTeflon or d q s l cone sprats nspect oloc-s per c~dra for oaniaqe n panlc ar nspecl shaca es ancl St. te vosts for cracas corro5 on or P onaal on Wnen re0 arrno snarales be sure to use Harken parts to maintain the pmper strength. ~ k ~odiite' e when refastening nuts or screws. Tape cotter rings to prevent snagging. 011no! leate nea 4 oaos on 5mal boar oocks v ~ i e nno1 bernq .sea Tn~sma. s qntly deform ! n oear ~ nos Norma /!he. ~ V I rer-rri to me r proper shape afier being rotated, but an initial rksistanceto rolling may be felt. Big BoatBlock- flush blocks thoroughly with fresh water. Periodically, disassemble the blocks and clean w l h detergent and fresh water Lubricants which will not attract dirt may be used. Examples are dry Teflon or dry silicone sprays. Inspect shackles and shackle posts for signs of corrosion or deformation. 12

MERCHANTABILIW OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states, or f you live outside the U.S., some countries, do not allow limtations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitation may not apply to you. WhatHarken Will Do- Harken will provide technical support by telephone, fax, or letter to help diagnose a problem. Harken will, at its option, repair, replace, or give you credit for defective products returned to Harken at your expense within the warranty period. What b Not Covered-This warranty does not cover any product that was: improperly installed; inadequately inspected after installation; improperly maintained; used outside of normal sailboat applications; or othelwise used in any application for which was not intended; used under load conditions exceeding the rating or other recommendation published in the Harken cata09. or S.O]eCl ro InlsJse. neg !genre. accloent or ~na.lnonzeo moo f cal on or reDa r. horlna .!ear 10 snoes. Ieeln of cam cleats 11nch or.lms an0 oaw s. , and wear from wire rope on all equipment is also excluded. Labor charges are also excluded. CONSEQUENTIALAND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARE NOT RECOVERABLE UNDER THIS WARRANW Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion mav, not aoolv ~ , ~to~,~~ , vou. ~ , HOW To Get Service - Isomerh~nggoes iurong. rerun me defect i e prooUCI 10 rlarncn. 1., rn a Pner a v na ,our name. aodress, oale of DLrcnase, woe of boat, and function of thGro&, as well as an explanation of the defedt'or malfunction and the conditions under which the product was being used. ~

Mylapwashers should always be used between stainless fasteners and aluminum sideplates. stainless fasteners which pass through aluminum olocks s h o ~d be coaleo i-lrn an an! seze compo>na h/loca' nuts sho. o no1 oe <SPO a h ~ be r no remoied rnree l mes When rep. ac nu- shacales and fasteners, use ~arkenbartsto maintain the proper strength. Big boat bearings are resistant to deformation, but it is not advisable to leave heavy loads on any hardware when the boat is not sailing. Tt"VelerCa~- Keep traveler cars clean bvflushina freauentlv with fresh water Periodically clean cars and tracks withdetergek and fresh water to relno!e deuus 1s of sat an0 d,n Tn~sIS pan c.lar y Imponan! vlnen cars have not oeen Lseo for ono per ods 01 l me L4br rams sJcn as drv Tellon and dry silicone sprays wh;ch will not attract dirt may be used. ~R&nativel~, a light machine oil such as 3-in-1 may be used. Use only a single drop in each ball race; too much will attract dirt. Frequently inspect shackles and control block fittings for signs of fatigue. Be sure that every installation includes Harken track end stops and arrange control tackles so that cars don't hit the end stops under load, but are stopped by the rope. Jib Reefingand FurlingSyslems-keep furling units clean by flushing frequently with fresh water. Periodically clean the lower unit and the halyard s.1~te . I In aplergpnl an0 fresn > aler ro remole oeposns of sal! an0 d n -.or~cants s.cn ason Tellon and on s lcone sora\s 1.n cn v. l not adracr dirt may be used. wash foils with soap and water. foils may be lubricated with dry sprays to ease the raising and lowering of sails. lnsoect swaae fittinas, shackles and the lower turnbuckle assemblvfor signs of corrosbn or faiigue. Reler lo In? o.vners iian-a lur oeta eo ma nlenance nsrrln ons Winches - W~ncnesshou a be I .shed Ireq~entlk11 m lresh vdalpr Pen00 ca 1 oreaa ooflri t. nches an0 serv ce Cnecn oaw s an0 sonnas tor s ans of weai and inspect bearings, gears, and spindles for wear and corrosion: Winches should be lubricated with grease, but over application of grease can cause saR and water deposits to become trapped in the winch. Use care to ensure that drain ports are unobstructed by sealants or grease. Pawls should be lubricated only with light oil. Referto the owners manual for detailed maintenance instructions. Shoes- Wash shoes by hand using mild soap do not bleach. Rinse thoroughly. Air dry. Remove insoles and wash and dry separately.

N e w Z e d m ~Aodnwerowns1iling his 'Y"Cls9yacbl-

3 SMALL BOAT BLOCKS I

w Pnom

OPnMIST DINGHY

CAPRI13

420

LASER"

LIDO 14

ALBACORE

470 d

Mainsheet Ratchet Mainsheet Swivel Mainsheet Main Halyard

Jib Sheet

big bullet

Jib Halyard

bullet 118

181

Spinnaker Sheet

bullet

Spinnaker Tweak

bullet

Spinnaker Halyard

bullet

micm

bullet

micro

bullet

Miscellaneous Controls

micm

micro

micm

micro

Cunningham

micm

micro

micm

micro

1SMAU BOAT B E CMRT I

009

GQ9

009

144

M2 M3 028

2.25"

big bullet

2.25"

2.25'

2.25"or

080 076

194 153

dinghy

fiddle big bullet

2.25"

188 127

big bullet

188 127

dinghy

0151016

dinghy 1 .S"wire

009 044

118

I 1 1

9l'

bullet

big bullet

019 043

001 0151016

bullet

166

bullet

125 094 085

011

2.25"

big bullet

009 044

001 015D16

l '

009 044

bullet

big bullet

bullet

dinghy

big bullet

little fiddle

big bullet

bullet

micro &bullet

bullet

micro & bullet

bullet

micro

140

micro

bullet

Hardware suggestionsare shown for a number of popular small boat classes. Match your boat to one shown above. The specific configurafion of blocks you choose will depend upon your individual needs but this chart will indicate the correct series of blocks to use. Many one design classes have rules restricting hardware -check your class rules carefully before changing hardware. Some blocks shown above may not actually be used on the class, but indicate the size range of blocks which would be appropriate for use on a boat of that size. If you have questions regarding Me proper block to use, please contact a hardware consultant at Harken. Laser is a registered trademark of Sunfishibser, Inc

CamWC cam cleats m e and release easilv underdl lxds.

S w a obsuc w a r n are m%lm .noer m m aalLn anple

. ..-.,.adjust em Wnh CON,W hands.

M m wkgslatsand sheave lnwre liahaa pamibk blocc.

disfnbm load.

Ealbearing CamMatic deal can bemaunted on UndeRide 01 a n and thesheet runmmugh this slot for downward release.

eall beawl?carry born lix line laad and ps ventsheavefmm rubMnp OnlixbeekEoflixMaek.

Stopson bases

stabllhed for years of traublefre? use.

O J ram ~ 01 Odnn ba osannos on r race WP rnewrd to the srnann tree% vemg s t o n

a dw 0 m

W BOAT BLOCK FEATURES

Smal ooat o ocks are exceptionally free Nnn no b ocks that can oe ~Sedlor sneers, halyards, and control lines on olnghys and smaller deel ooats an0 for ~ghlly oadeo contro lhnes on ooars of a l sizes Smal boat b o c s are offered n seven sues an0 dozens of conl~g~ral ons so lnere s an loea b o a for every appl car on

Three-Wav Head

Wire Block

Tne three-wa/ shacde sfitem allows SVJ re o ocks to oe locneo n front or sloe pos i.ons or len to SN we fieell Tne set scren Ins sec,rely nlo oetems on me SW re ~ 0 6 1 The fhreevra/ snacde srjlem S founo on225'3M).fiode h e l o o e nexaratci-et me nwratchet nexaCat. I,nle newcat. and m o.range black.

To minimizefriction from twisting or unfair leads, 1.50'and 2.00'wire blocks feature side load balls between the sheave and the sideplate. 1.00' wire blocks use low friction thrust washers forthis purpose. All wire blocks open to allow passing of swaged or nicopressed wires.

AdluPfabIe Cam A m Tne cam arms on a narhen b o c 6 excepl mlcro ano b~ el lr p es, an .st 10 sun ,our pam.lar neeos SW nq lne arm p. on 0 o c 6 rno.nfeo in tne cocdpt or srr ng lne a m oo&n unen bloc& are mounteo on fne caoln hose

Tou (lualilv Aluminum

U-Adaptor

Removable Beckef

The uadaptor allows blocks with W (10 mm) posts to be attached to swlvel bases or to omer blocks with 3A' (10 mm) posts.

Tne oecdets on many olocrs are removao e to a! o a amchmenl of aspliced line

On/WfRahhef Swilch All Hewratchet llt2 blocks feature an onion swltch to permd disengagement In lhght alr Sllder swlhhes can be activated under load Reverse rotatlon blocks are onered sothat switches face up in appllcatlons llke spinnaker sheets where rotatlon on the port and starboard sheets must be in oppaslte dlrecllons

In-Head Shackle System

Rew~sibIeCams

The in-head shackle system on dinghy block gives them a low profile. On singles it can be aligned to the front or side or it can be up-ended and attached to a post.

The cam cleats on most Harhen block can be reversed for up or down release. Adjust your blocks to the best configuration for your boat.

Actual S !

1 6 mm Aifllccksare designed to offervelv hioh loads in an extremelv IiohtweioM

block. They are the smallesi member of t h i ~ a k ~n i r ~ l ofamily c k and ari ideakr control lines on today's high-tech dinghys. Their hi-load ball bearing sheaves, small size and extremely low weight make them the obvious choice for competitive racers. A unique patented bearing system utilizing stainless balls in a capt've, grooved race prwides an honest 250 lbs (113 M) safe working load. At that load the block will suffer no permanent deformation. 16 mm AirFlocks feature a W (16 mm) sheave which will accept line as large as 7&' (5 mm), They are ideal for modem synthetic lines which offer great strength for awry small diameter. Six configurations of 16 mm AirBlacks are offered to suit all control line applications. SpecialfeaPKer

Stainless sideolates ~xnemetyoff welght h~ghmmtng oads

Cornrn~llSp&7&m Sheavedia- W 116 mm) Max Ine sze --7i2' (5 mm)

Brealung sirenon for slngle on y -900 tbs (408 kg)

Addltiml l n h n a t i m - Sea Daoes 14 ana 15 for an exolananon of special features

ndption

404

Singk

LsnC

WebM

'h m

405

Single wlbeckef

406

Dwble

407

Double

29 mm 1%' 38 mm 1Hs' 40 mm 1%.

wmecke(

49 mm

408

mpk

9Q '4 02 1 2 ~ 'A m 24 Q

lm 26 Q 1% m

MO: W

250 Ibs

H3kQ 2501k

l13$ 450lk

204181 4501bs

a4 Q

7m ~ b s

242 Cutout

16mm

1 MICRO BLOCKS 1 Ballbearing micro blocks meet the need for extremely small. extremely l$~hhvt? gnt, free r.nn~ng bloc6 Tney are deal for a host 01 aDDllcallons on sa boara as ana sma ler dlnah6 - . and for lighiiy loaded control lines on boats of all sizes. Small dinghys will use micro blocks for cunninghams, boom vangs, o ~ l h a ~ llrakeler s. contro s an0 barberna~e n Tney are Derlect for Jse ns~demasts ana booms h e r e space a restr clea ~ ~ ~ l i c a t i on o nlarger s boats include Rag halyards, lead car return tackles, and leech cords. The wide range of variations make micro blocks adaptable to many situations. Compact sew-cleating tackles can be made using the micro fiddle with v-jam or the triples with cams. Special Fealum Common Specifications Self-contained sheaves Sheave tin-'h' (22 mm) Stainless sideplates Max line size- 14' (6 mm) Bullet head reduces length Breakingstrength - 1200 lbs (544kg) Compact size Shackle pin dia-3/18" (5 mm) Additional Informafion- See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation of sDecial features.

40 mm

1BULLETr"BLOCKS I I n e oa I bearing b ~ l l eblock t is usea extenslveiy to leaa contm lhnes wnh a m nimum of fnmon. Dinanvs and smal <eel ooars ~ s Duller e bloc6 for vangs, outhauls, traveler co&ls and barberhaulers. Small cruising boats can ~ s be ~et lbloc6 to leaa turl~nqIn e s t 0 Me C O M r . The wde range ol varlabons malce bullet D ocks adaDUD e to almost all conrrol line sltuatlons Wire bullet blocks feature a ~ e f l o niIn~r29natedHardkote anod~zed alurnlnum sneave. Tney also ~ s roller e k n i g s whlch whl early a h~gher load than bal beanngs b ~dot not roll as freely W ~ r eoul et bloc6 are used for nayaras ana other W re contro s on smal boats Special feafum

Common Specificatim

Sheave tiu- l W- 129 rnrnl~, ~-~~ Max line she-%s" (8 mm) Breakng strength -2000 ibs (907 kg) Shackle pin dia -346. (5 mm) AddiIio11aIlnfwmaIiion- See Daoes 14 and 15 for an exolanatian of spsclal features. Bullet head reduces lenoth Aluminurn wire sheave; Swivel blocks m 061 Reversible cam cleats

\--

~~~~

Load

M12

Single Single wlbeckel

C M

Double

085

Double wlbecka

086

Triple

087 088

Triple wlbeckel Thrudeck

2%'

70mm 3 89mm 3' 76mm 3%' 95mm 3'

76mm 287 284 C92

T~N-deck wlstainlesscover plate Wire thru-deck w/stainiess cover plate Cheek

76 mm 3' 76mm

1'Am

3W lbs

21h m 710 2% m 789 m Iffig 4lhm 1289 l%oz 359 l%oz 359 lMoz 43g

4W ibs 181$ 4W lbs 181 $ 6W ibs

289

in-lane exit wlstainless cover plate Wire in-line ex11 wlslainles cover plate Triple w12W Cam-Matic Triple w12W Cam-Mac & becket Upright lead

290

W5 0%

€€U lbs

272 $ 3Wlbs 136 kg 3Wlbs 136 kg 400lbs 181 kg

In-ime exr

51 mm

083

089

3%' 95mm 3% 95 mm 3%' fg; 95 mm

1 M mm l

38mm XlO(5mm) FH fasteners XlO(5mm) RH fasteners #lO(5mm) RH fasteners

101

Wire single

Wire double wlbeckel

1%~; M g 2m M] g 2'Am

70 mm 2%' 70 mm 311'

m 2C5 g 1Mm 429 101

4Wlbs 181 4Wibs 1J8l 4WIbs l M kg 6W lbs 272 kg Wlbs 272 $ 3Wlbs 1SkQ 5mlbs

227 k~ 2 % ~ 7Mlbs 340 kg 302 7501bs

110 (5mm) FH fasteners #10(5mm) RH fasteners XlO(5mml RH iasleners Use with 085 Use with 086 XlO(5mm) RHfasfenen

Impulse 21

197 cutout 21 mm

44 mm

131 Cutout 24 mm

B i g bullet blocks are idea for main, jib and spinnaker sheets on small dinghys and for control line applications such as cunninghams, vangs, backstays, furling lines and trawler controls on larger boats. Their large 11.4' (38 mm) sheaves allow the use of 3A" (10 mm) line and make big bullets exceptiomlly free rolling blocks. Exit and in-lineexit blocks are used fortuming lines into and out of masts and booms and through decks. Upright lead blocks are perfectfor many control line applications, especially under decks and at mast bases. Traveler blocks are specifically designed for e or wire bridle bawlek small daysai ers h i c n ~ s rope Exlt blocks wth Cams are often MO~ntedon masts for hakards and controls such as downhauls and cunninghams, pa~ticula;lyon small catamarans. They are also ~ s e as d neadknocker blocks on the ma nsheers of one desians and srnal (eel wars. Use -~~ me 140 with aluminum 150 cam-Mgtic cleat for mainsheets, halyards and highly loaded controls. Use the 141 with plastic 200 Carn-Matic cleat for IighUy loaded conbols. ~~

Special Featurn Large diametersheaves Bullet head reduces length Swivel b l o c k fit 061

Common Speci~lionx Sheave tia-l'# (38 mm)

Max line ske -W (10 mm) Brealdng strength - 2 0 Ibs (907 kg) Additi0naIInlO~~Ii~See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation 01 special features.

131

56 mm

WWW~

Len*

Welm

125

Single

126

Single w m k e t

127

Double

211' 64mm 311' 89mm 31' Wmm 411' 114mm

lMol 429 2or 579 4'/4 01 1209 4% or 1350 6hoz 184g 6%01 1919 2%02 €49 202 57g 3% 02 $29 3%02

128 129 130

DoubiewhchF3 ~riple

~riplewmecket

131

lh~dek

132

Cheek

133

T m e r block

134

lniineexl

w4' 95mm 4%' 121mm 3W 89mm 3 89 mm 4314' 121 mm S 127mm

920

Shldde Pln Diam&r

vi 6mm

%' 6mm

vi 6mm

Mal Wolldn~ LDad 3m lbs 136b 3m lbs 136b GW lbs 272$ m ~ b s use wnag 272b 7501bs U M W ~ S O 340$ 7501bs Usewn91 340$ 3CIlbs #10(5 mm) 1 3 6 b fflfastenen 3 m lbs #l0 (5 mm) 1 3 6 b RHfar$nsrs 3 W l k Two 125s 136 b G W l k tlO(5mm)

1 DINGHY BUCKS I Dinahv blocks are desianed farthe small boat sailor who needs a lighGe?ght, low profile diock. The in-head shackle system keeps the length of the dinghy block very short. D~nghyb l o c 6 are also Lsea exlenswe y as control Ine blocns on araer ooats. wnlculartv lor trave er contro S, and cunn nonams on moderately sized offshore boats. These light duty blocks are not meant for use on heay course racing keel boats or on sows and catamarans. Special Features

Common Specilicatim

Low profile iwhead shackle Shackle upsets S W ~ bI 1 6fit 061 Removable beckets

Sheave dia- 1%" (44 mm) Max line size -W (10 mm) Br&ing strength 2000 ibs (907 kg) Shackle oin dia- +is' 15 mm) pages 14 and 15foran~xplanetion

AddItionalInlonation-See of special features.

~eprlption

L~~

021

Single

5 76mm

022

Single w k k d

W ~ I ~ M workinn Lad 3 01 350 lbs 85g 159kg

Two-wayin-head shackle

102mm

3'h oz 99g

350 lbs 159kg

T w w in-head skkk

023

Sir& wlswivel

3%' 89mm

3% oz 99g

3M lbs 159kg

024

Single w l s ~ l S beckd

4%r' 114mm

4m 113g

332 lbs 159kg

025

Doubk

3' 76mm

5lA oz 1569

7W Ibs 318kg

026

Doubk wbecket

C 102mm

6W 170~

700 lbs 318h

027

Cheek

2% 02 71 g

046

Thrudack

2W 70mm 5 76mm 3 B3mm 5%'

350 lbs 159kg 350 lbs 159h 700 Ibs 318kg 500 Ibs

063

TramIer c0nlroI

075

ln-lineexl

4 01

113g 5lh 02 156g 7 01

lncludesmeenen ffl(4 mm) RHfastenen Fisbi~M557 S5151raveh #8(4 mm1

047 Cutout

206

~anpn W ~ I ~ M pin

Mar ~oll;~no

DIamd8r

Lad

4% 02 4 108mm 1269

3/16'

5mm

500 Ibs 227kg

2500 1bs 1134kg

Slngle wh&d

502 5' 127mm 1429

5mm

5001bs 227kg

25001bS 1134kg

Double

4 8M 02 114 mm 241 g

6 mm

5%r' 9 M m 138 mm 269 g

6 mm

SIIIYII8 ;jostcliption 001 002 003

Th~e s the or~g~nal Harken block and IS still the most popular In the Harlcen llne It IS compact, good looking, and excepbonally free running w~tha h~ghload carrying capaclty 2 25' blocks are used for maln and 11bsheets on course racing keel boats, scows and dlnghys wlth large malns They are often used on ma~nsheetso f daysalllng catamarans and for sp~nnakerhalyardsand sheets on small offshore boats You'll f~nda use for 2 25' blocks on boats of all sizes Spewal Feahneo Common Specuicabons Three-way head system Adjustable cam arms Revenlble cam cleats

Addillmllnlomnsl~onof special features

Single

Double 1 wbecket

3/15"

W 1/C

1000 ibs 30W lbs 454kg 1361 kg 1OOOlbs 30001bs UsewIlh076 454 kg 1381 kg HexaCaf

013

Cheek

3 83 mm

502 1429

500 lbs 227 kg

2500 lbs lndudeslasfenen 1134 kg m d mournnu wd

047

mru deck

3%' 69mm

5'h oz 156g

500 Ibs 227 kg

2500 lbs X8 (4 mm) 1134 kg RHfastenen

048

Tnple

S 1202 127 mm 340 g

076

Triple ~meckef SmplewilSO

5%' 146 mm 4' 102 mm

13Moz 383 g 1002 2849

10% oz

165

Cam-Mmc

Sheave dla- Z1/a' (57 mm) Max llne sae-'As' (12 mm)

166

See pages 14 and 15 for an ewlanatlon

Smglew/lso

cam& becket 127mm 298g UpmMlead

3 83 mm

5% or 1569

/C 6 mm

12W lbs 3000lbs UsewRh079 544 kg 1361 kg em Cat

12Wlbs 30001bs UseMhOBO 544 kg 1361 kg ~ e m ~ a t 5001bs 25001bs Jlbsheetsor 227 kg 1134 kg twedkn

6mm

% 5 mm 6

5 mm

5W lbs 227 kg 500 lbs 2271cg

25W lbs 1134 kg 2500 lbs 1134kg

Useon Pnndle16 I10 (5 mm) RHfastenen

3.00" ball bearing blocks are used on scows, catamarans, iceboats and small offshore boats. The large diameter sheaves reduce the friction caused by bending line over a small sheave. When using single backs on keel boats and offshore boats and other applications where the load is high, use the heavy duty 011 or 012 wnlcn have a toJgner shac6e ana heao post Examples are ma nsheels on ooals 10 35 h (10 5 m i and solnna6er sneels on boats to 29 f i (8.8m). 3.00" wire blocks feature Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated sheaves for wire halyards or control lines. The large diameter sheave prevents wire breakdown. They are ideal for situations where a light. weight block is required to carry wire. Hi-load 3.00' wire blocks use Torlon ball bearings for a higher working load and are used for applications such as halyard lead blocks on masthead boats to 30' (9.1 m). Special Features

Common Specifications

Three-way head system Removable beckets Aluminum wire sheaves

Sheave dia -3 (76 mm) Max line size-7~6"(12 mm)

Addifionallnfomation-

See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation

of special features.

S~~Ckk

202

Wlres~ngk -

203

Wlreslngle w M 1

5%' 133mm 6W 159mm

85(11bs 386b

3WOlbs 136th

6501bs 386b

3WOlbs 1361Q

8501bs 386 kg lWD lbs 454kg

lbs whstenen 1361 kg &pad m l b s 1361 k~

lCCLlbs 454 kg

3WOlbS 1361 kg

10lbs 454kg

3030 Ibs whe?ln,en 1361 kg &pad

1002 2849

6mm

4' 1Mmm

217

HI-loadmre slngle HI-load wre smglewhecket

9Moz % 5' 133mm 2699 6 l 0 02 159mm 2849

HI-load mre cheek

C 1Mmm

219

W 6mm

Wlre cheek

218

Load

91hoz 2699

204

902 2550

9 02 2559

Bnatlnp

Diammer

IN'

W 6mm 'h'

6mm l/i

6mm

3MX)

1 WIRE MOCKS I w r e blocks are lighhveight, low friction blocks designed ta carry wire habards and control lines. Available in a variety of configurations in three diameterj, wire blocks are useful on boats of all s ' i . The Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated alurninum sheave is designed for years of s e ~ c eA. hi-load composite bearing a o m i h e sheave to 1Jrn freely even under hlgn loads To mlnlmze lncbon from hwstlno or dntalr leans..~~ 1 50 and 2 00 -~ wire bl&kskatureside load balls between Me sheave and the sideplate. 1.00" wire blocks use low friction thrust washers for this purpose. The polished stainless steel sideplates are light, stmng and offer superb chafe resistancewith wire halyatds and controls. All sizes and configurations of wire blocks open to allow passing of swaged or nicopressed wires. ~

n~~

Single

312 301

Single wlbecket Cheek

T~N-deck

Single

313 305

Single whckel Cheek

306

mm-deck

308

Siqk

314 308

Single wbllcket Cheek

310

Thrvdeck

a g e d ameter sneaves Stainless sideplates

ltl' %mm % '' l %mm 11%' %mm 11%' 38mm 2

51mm 7 51mm ? 51 mm 2

Ferrule head

1%'

38mm Aldn~n-mW re sheaves h!-.oao beanngs

Additional lnlonatim- See oaoes 14 and 15for an exnlanation of special features. See page 96 for joke sheaves.

1' 25mm 1' 25mm 1' 25mm 1' Z5mm

51 mm 320

B o c 6 pass smgeo W res

ainan

ni 322

Small spri b a c w plate Large split

m ~~ r

M e M u h m ~

102 W 289 2mm ll/loz W 359 2mm llhoz W 350 2mm W I m 2mm 280 2 % ~ H' 3mm 789 301 '4' 850 3mm 3lAm 4' 929 3mm 3x01 W 929 3mm 5x01 %s' l490 5mm W402 %S' 1639 5mm 602 %$ 1709 5mm %e' 1639 5mm 301 W 85g 3mm lrn

28 9 1'4 02

1WOIk 454b IMalk 454b 1WOlbs 454$ 1WOlbs 454$ 1SWlbs €8441 1SWlbs

sbsn~

2WOlbs 907kg 2WOlk 907kg 2WOlbs 907kg m l k 907b 1SWlbs M$

2000lk Wkg 2WOlbs W$ m l b s 110 (5 mm) 907$ RHfarteners 2WObsX10(5mm) 907kg RHfasteners mlbs 1361kg 3WOlbs 1361kg 3WOlbs %'(Emm) 1 3 f l b RHIasieners 3WOlbst10(5mm) 13Mb RHWnen 4Malk 1Bl4kg 4WOlk 1814kg 4WOIk SAs'(8mm) 1814b RHfastmers 4(100lbs'/5(8mm) 1814kg RHfasteners 3WOibs 136lkg

15Xlk Wkg mlbs 9071m

3WOIbs 1361 $ m b s IR141m

1SWbs

W$ 1Wbs

For304 blocks For3D8 black3

1LITTLE HEMRATCHET. I T n e in e hexaratchel 1s a smal er verslon 01 me rlemratcnel 11-2 t IS oeal for sma~looat ma,n, o an0 sDlnnaker sneels It a lows the crew to hand hold sheets k i h up to 10:l holding power. Tne specla reverse ralcnel 043. rotates in ine oppos~led rectlon from me sundard lm e hexaralcnet It s Dalreo wltn the 019 lor applications like spinnaker and jib sheetswhere ratchet rotation must be in opposite directions and it is desirable to have the odoff switch on both blocks face up. Harken little Hexaratchetsfeaturean eight-sided sheave which is machined from solid aluminum for the ukimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Hexaratchets run on Delrin ball bearings so friction is virtually nonexistent when trimming under elher high or low loads. The odoff switch will operate under load. Special Features

Common Specifications

Solid aluminum sheave Three-way head system Switch operates under load Reversible cam cleats Fits 051 stanchion base

Sheave dia -21K (57 mm) Max line size -W (10 mm) Max wo&ing load -500 lbs (227 kg) Breaking strength - 2WO lbs (907 kg) Holding power w/18O0wrap - 10:l

Additional Inlomation- See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation

of soec$I features.

Ratchet blocks are truly hand and crew savers. W i their uniquely shaped sheave lney grlp loaded sheets wltn JP to 15 1 hold~ngpower, yet allow a me to be eased instantk w i comolete comro Thev Dermlt the crew to hand hold main, jib and spinnake;sheets with onlya fraction of the effort that a regular block requires. The special reverse ratchets, M4 and 045, rotate in the opposite direction from Me standard Hemratchet 11+2. They are paired with the W9 and 050 for applications like spinnaker and jib sheets where ratchet rotatlon must be in opposlte airectlons an0 r l ~ deslrable s 10 have me onlofl swltch on wth bloccs lace LO Harken Hemratchetsfeature an eight-sided sheave which is machined from d i d aluminum forthe ultimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Hemratchets run on Delrin ball bearinas so - - friction is virtually non-existent when trimmina under eRher hiah or low loads. An onloff button allows the ratchet mechanismto be tumed off in light air. ~

SpeclaI Fealuns

Solid aluminum sheave Three-wav head svstem ~emovabiebeckis Ao~ustaolecam arms Revers~olecam cleats Fns 144 SW vel base Add~IonaIInfmaIiion-See of special features. 28

~~~

0 -

Common Speciilications Sheave dia- 3' (76 mm) Max line size -7/1s1 (12 mm) Max workino load -750 1bsi341 ko) Brearlng stGngm - 20M) DI ; (907C ~ doo~ngpower n1180"wrap- 15 1 rioalrq powerwl20"rrrap- 9 1 .w - s 14 and 15 for an exolanation

3 LITTLE FIDDLE BLOCKS ( worn L i t t l e fiddle blocks are ideal for mainsheets and vangs on dinghys and cruising boats to 24 feet (7.3 m) or wherever a small Uiree or four part tackle is required. Lie fiddle blocks are available in avatietv of configurations. These include fiddles wi7h little Hexaratchets and with cam-~aticcam cleats o n adjustable arms. Little fiddle blocks acceptthe 111 snap shackle which makes them easy to remove for storage.

Speclal Features

-7-

weight

UsewitMX12 lor3:l Use wfl53 for4:l

054

Rddle w m t

6W 171 mm

6%.02 1849 7 or 1989

055

Rddle wMexaralchet

6 152mm

702 1989

U~ewnXn for3:l

056

Rddle wNexamtche4

6%'

711 01

171 mm 6' 15cmm

Use w1053 lor4:l Usewi002 lor3:l usewm lor4:l

i OS3

152 mm

057

Rddle w/lM CanAMic

1 058

Fddkw/lSOCam-Mac B becket Fddkwmexarafchet B 1% Cam-Matic

6%' 171 mm

2139 1202 340 g 12th oz 3548

6' 152 mm

12 01 340 g

UsewlDM lor 3:l

Rddle wfieraratchet. 150 Cam-Matic & becket

6%" 171 mm

1302 3679

Usewm53 for4:l

Common Speciiwtlm~~

Large sneave d a - 2 ' 4 (57 mm, Tnree-ha, Mao slslem So a a .m n.m snea.e Sma sneaue d a - 1'7 (38 mm] Switch ooerates Shackle Din dia-%6' 15 mml - ~ under - ~-~- load ~~~ a line'size-W x (lo'rnm) ' ~ e r k a b l beckets e Max working load -500 lbs (227 kg) Adjustable cam arms Breaking strength -2000 lbs (907kg) Reversible cam cleats Addilionallnformalion- See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation 01 special features.

ungn

059 060

-29

1FIDDLE BLOChS I Fiddle blocks are used to build simple three and four part purchases for mainsheets, vangs and other applications. The large sheavdsmall sheave configumtion prevents line chafe and forms a b l y neat low friction taclde. Harken fiddle blocksare aMilable in avariety of configurations. Tnese include fiaales wlM hexaralchets ana &m-~atic&n cleats on adlustable arms. F oale blocks acceDt me 112 snao shack e whicn makes them easy to remove for storage. Spaclal Featurns

Three-way head system Solid aluminum sheave Removablekckets Adjustable cam arms Reversibk cam cleats

Common SpscIIIcanO1ls

Large sheave dia-3 (76 mm)

Smallsheaved'a--1W(44mm) Shackle pin d!a -TA' (6 mm) Max line size-W (10 mm) Max woaing load -750 lbs (340 kg) Breaking sbength -25W lbs (1134 kg) Mdifionalntomrattio See pages 14 and 15 for an explmfion

of special features.

028

WdR

030

Fddkwh~kel

032 034

036 038 040

lllrroz

Use wR28

241 mm

326 Q

for4.1

7'X 184mm

12M 02

Use w m

8%'

1302

241 mm

367 Q

16Moz

& Pecket

7h' 184mm 8%' 241 mm

Addle wflwaraichel& 150 Cam-Matlc

7%' 184 mm

Fiddle wMemratche1, 150 Cam-Matic 8 beckel

241 mm

17%roz 496 Q 1801 5100

AddlewMexaratchel

Fiddle wflexaratchel &W 1 Rddk wliM Cam-Mic

Fiddle wllM Cam-Matic

814'

3548

4680 16% oz 4E8g

lor3'1

Usewfl28

for4:l

UsewrUC6

for3:l Usewm fort1

UrewmOG for3:l

UsewD28 for4:l

Little Hexa-Cats combine a lttle Hexaratchetwith big bullet blocks to make powerful, mum-purchase systems for mainsheets on small catamarans and keelboats. They also make ideal vangs on boats to 25 feet (7.6 m) and are useful for tackles such as split backstay adjusters on boats to 28 feet (8 m). For best results, little Hexa-Cats should be matched with the blocks shown.

Special Features Common SpeciflcaNons Lower sheave din-21A" (57 mm) Three-way head system Upper sheave dia- 1%1'(38 mm) Solid aluminum sheave Max line size -W (10 mm) Switch aperates under load Shackle pin dia- 1/d (6 mm) Adjustable cam arms Breaking strength-25M1 lbs (1134 kg) Reversible cam cleats Additional Intomraton- See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation of special features.

189 Five-part Hexa-Cat 1W

Six-part Hexa-Cat

191

Seven-part Hem-Cat

2Emm

4549

16'h m

232mm

4689 1801 5109

219mm 192 1%

Eight-part Hexa-Cat Hexr-Cat bare

238mm SW

18 m 5109 ~~

12m

Hemcats were deslgned to provlde powed~malnsneet tack es for catamarans whlch. because of lhe~rtramoo lne decds.~.are Ilm tec ~ - to ~- a single attachment point. They soon became just as popular on offshore boats where they allow large mainsails to be sheeted without a winch. Today they are used for mainsheets, vangs, backstay adjustem and other tackles on a wide range of boats. A Hexa-Gat corn sts of a ~ekratchetbloc<wth 150 Cam-Matc and 2.25' block mowtea on lop of n wth a swlwe .The 112 heaq d JIV snaD snaclde can be used for fan easv removal of ,~~ voLr rlemCat For bkst results, Hexa-Cats should be &ched with Me proper blocks on the boom. Seethe chart for the correct combination. Special Fmtures Common SpeciNmtions Three-wav head svstem Lawersheavedia-3" (76mm) Solid alumlnum sheave Uooer sheave dia - . 212. <157 ~- ... - &l. , Adlustaole cam arms Maxllnerze-%6'(12 mm) Revers ole cam cleats Max wn ng cad - 1500 os (680kg, Remvable Deck& Snaclde p n ala - 'h'(6 mm. Breahng strength-~WO ~bs(1361 kg) A d d i i o n a I l R f ~ m - See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation of special features. 32

~~~

~~~~

L o w profile triple ratchet systems are useful on catamarans rvn~cncarq me r oooms very c ose t o tne deck an0 for Dowerill ma nsheet and vang systems on offshore boats. All blocks with cams feature a becket eyestrap over the cleat to allow vely close sheeting. Cam arms are adjustable to suit your precise needs. Small catamarans can use the light duty models which feature a single swivel post but larger catamarans and all offshore boats mustuse the heavy duty models which have a coupler joining the three posts for greater strength. SpecialFsalures Allows close sheeting Becket eyestraps on cam arms ~djustablecam arms AddilionallnlmaIion- See pages 14 and 15for an explanation of special features.

"poin

Diamder

Ilo.

M Weim ~

L-ealdng

~ i m woww m Load % ' 1500 Ibs 30W lbs Use wIOO8for

051

Triple wMexaratche1 & cam

052

Triple wIHexaralchet. becket .8 cam

Triple wniddle Hexaratchel 8 cam

065

Light duty lriple wlswivel pas1 .8 becket

152

Light dufy triple wlHemratchet, cam a swivel post

153

Light dufytnple wlswivel post

194 195 196

3' 76 mm

5 27 02 138mm 7658 % 6' 29 oz 171mm 822 g

31'1%' 7%' 33 az 7 6 m t 4 4 m m 184mm 9369

12 mm

3%' lOmm

11 oz 127 mm 312 g

5 2502 133 mm 709 g

12 mm

57mm

4th' 1001 114 mm 2849

12 mm

Light duty triple wMexaratchet, cam g swivel post

2%' 57 mm

4M' 1802 114 mm 510 g

l 0 mm

Triple ~Mexaratchet 8 cam

214' 57 mm

4% 2002 1 1 4 m m 567 g

l 0 mm

Triple wlHexaralchet,

*,m P h*"**,

2%'

6'/4'

21 az

5:1;wfl491or6:1

1500 Ibs 30W lbs Usewfl49 12 mm 680 kg 1361 kg lor6:l

Z1/i 57 mm 76 mm

680 kg 1361 kg

Me'

750 lbs 2500 lbs Use wm65 340kg 1134kg lor7:I ~

7501bs 2000lbs Use w f l M 12mm 340$ 907 kg lor7:l -~ 8

8 ' 6 '

3%' ?.$ %

750lbs 2000lbs Use wfl04for 340 kg -~ 907kg 5:1: wl153 far 6:l 750lbs 2000 ibs Usewl152 340 kg 907 kg for6:l 500 Ibs 2WOlbs UsewlOMfor 227 kg 907 kg 5:l; wfl48fo!6:1 1000lbs 30W lbs Usew/004for 454 kg 1361 kg 5:l: wfl48$r6:1 1000 lbs 30W lbs Usewm46

1MAGIC BLOCKS I Magic blocks are patented gross-triwne-tune systems that automaticaliy 'shiigears'with asingle mainsheet line. They offer a powerful fine-tune for subtle shaping of the main and afast gross-trim for light air, quick maneuvers, and mark roundin~s. Invented by scienti& and Tomado sailors Greg Smce and Mike Zutec, Magic Blocks n 112 a ~niquelether Ineana the ho aing power of Hamen Hexaratcha I t 2 sheaves ro chanae the oeadend locabon of a male me mainsheet. This shifts the system from grass-trim to fine-tune as you trim and ease the sail. They're hard to describe, but easy to use. After trimmina the main comoletelv in the amss-bim mode. Me fine-tune automaticallveniages when the'sheeiis ease; sliahtlv during a puff. The sail can now beirimmid in the more powerfulfine-tune mode foi precise sail shaping Ease rhe sheet lunner and Me Magic Blocks revert to tne gross-trim moae The fine-t~necan be enaaam at anv Doint of tnm so a Dowerf~lDUIchase is available even on reach&. In lighiirthe system can be disengaged to allow trimming exclusively in the fast gross-trim mode. Part

D&SCdPtIOI

WO.

334 335

Mu.

"QM

4lm1 Magic

330~

bl0dD

,354kg

6:1/12:1 Magic

3802

Slm W lOmm

W 4

12Mlk 544kg 1mIk *.

Magic Blocks are available in twosizes with 4:1/7:1 or 6:lfl2:1 purchase ana in both seV-conta neo and spln system configurations. The 4 117 1 system is aeal tor catamarans lo 17' 15 2 m) ana s ~ o lWl E 10 24' (73 m\ The 6:1/12:1 systems are perfect for powerfd catamarans to 21' (6.4m) or sport boats to 30' (9.1 m). The split system configurations are designed for sport boah where a swive cam mO~nledon Me mckp~tsole allows hard tnmm ng wrMoul dnwina me traveler car to windward Thev use a 009 ratchet block mounted on a i44 swivel base, which must be ordered seperateiy. The limitingfactor in using Magic Blocks is the minimum distance between the boom and the traveler which controlsthe ranae of fine-tune adjustment. Refer to the chart for these dimensions. -~

Mm.r.Saillns ~ultlhuii swnm 180e 16.7m2

240ff

"*,".2

MO$

18.6n2 2mff

.. ".? ,

-~~

- -- --

Automatic shifting Pre-reeved with messenger line Hemratchet II t 2 sheaves

Dawiption

413 414

4:ln:lSplR 6:1/12:1 Spll

Mm. W ~ M tin8 20'hoz

Slm W

581g

lOmm

2802

7gkg

lOmm

Msr.Sallh

MuMhlll$nm

12Wlbs 544kg

225e 20.9 m2

12~lbs 544@

256d

275 ff

~egu.iresone W and one l44

Reguiresone Wandone144

Pull in then ease sheet. Then pull the sheet and you're in fine tune. Watch the tether line. When the tether line is relaxed YOU can sheet using the fine tune svstem.

To .se me grosstr m ease eno.gn Slleel so !he oa n 1s tne decn D oct hoh yo. can ease ine sneet qucdy in gmss trim.

Rememoer tnal y o l~m neeo 10 sheel in grosslnm in oroer 10 ease ana enlpr lhef ne tJne

2:1/4:1 Self-Contained System 331

2:1/4:1

wlth Swivel Base

TWO SPEED MAINSHEET SYSTEMS

These gross-triflne-tune systems are very simole to install and use. For fast sheking in light air ordu;ing maneuveri like jibes and mark roundings, pull both tails of the mainsheet When more power is required, pull one tail and the purchase is doubled. Two speed mainsheet systems are offered in five configurations for boats from 22 to 35' (6.5to 10.5m) with mains as large as 400 ft2(37m?. The selfcontained 330. 2:1/4:1. and 332.3:1/6:1. are vervsim~leto install as the lower blockshacklesto the t'raveler &and the uDoer . . blockattaches to the boom. The 331,333and 336 utilize a swivel base with double cam f o ~ centerline sheeting.

All systems are offered in packaged h,but blocks may be purchased individually to customize packages orto allow utilization of existing parts. Maximum line size is3W (l0mm) and minimum line size is 5/16' (8 mm). It is suggested that the line be spliced in a continuous loop so that the line wears evenly and remains evenly distributed in the tackle after trimming the fine-tune. Spacial Features Ball bearing sheaves Ball bearing Cam-Matic cleats Hexaratchetsheaves Adjustable cam arms

System 333 3:1/6:1 with Swivel Base

System 336 4:1/8:1 wlh Swivel Base

Not available in all countries. Marimun Sail M a End Mid B wm Boom

~mription

397

Double ratchet

2.25' 57 mm

Ratchet widouble rdm and crass block

2.25' 57mm

399

Double ratchet

mmav

Shmw Oiamder

lV4 44mm

3.W 76 mm

contained System ~

Semndav Sheave Diamstsr

Lenm

thight

41%' 105mm

10oz 2849

7'W 181 mm

20 01 5759

S 127

18.501 525_g_---~~-

2-114:l System w/sw~velbase

Double wicmss black

3.w 76mm

2.25' 57 mm

g%.' 241 mm

22 m 625g

332

3:lffi:l Selfconmned System

401

Double ratchet fiddle widouble cam

3.W 76mm

1% 44mm

7%' lfflmm

3102 8850

333

3:lffi:l System wlswivel base

402

Small swlvel base widoubk cam

336

4:118:1 %em

14m 405 g

Acwts397

GROSS-TRIM FINE- TUNE SYSTEMS

Hawen gross-trim fine-tune mainsheet systems offerthe power to properly shape highly loaded mainsails, but feature afast gross-trim speed for sheeting in light air or during maneuvers like jibes and mark roundings, They are self-contained systems that attach to the traveler car and do not require mounting additional hardware to the deck. Three systems are offered to fit offshore boats from 28 to 40' (8.5 to 12 m). All feature Harken Cam-Matic cleats for easy release and engagement of sheets, Hewratchet II + 2 sheaves on the gross-trim for control when easing, and free miling ball bearing sheaves throughout. The 410 6:1/24:1system is suitable for use on boats to 35' with mainsails as large as 300W (28 m2)and end boom sheeting. The powerful 24:1 fine-

tune is ideal for shaping Kevlarand Technora mains. The 1661 is a 4:1/16:1 mainsheet suitable for similar boats Mat do not require as much power in the gross-trim mode. The 1662 6:1/24:1finetune system is ideal for boats to 40'with mainsails as large as450 ft2(42m?). 3mff

Special Feabwas Ball bearing sheaves Fast gross trim mode Powelfultine tune HewratchetiI

sheaves on gross trim

1662

Cam-Matic cam cleats

2wff

28m2

24m2

350ff

3wI?

33mZ

%m2

45off

350#

+Distancebmom shacldeto lop shacldem We two blocked.

MnUwSim Mar Fins WoMw Trim Tun8 Lcaa

L a n w wslnm G m 410

6:lRd:i Rnetune

1661

4:1/16:1 Fine

8%' 5301 479mm 179$

%s' 38' 15Wlbs 12mm lOmm 660kg

30301bs 1361kg

1662

6:1/24:1 Fine

22%'

tune system

565 mm

10401 295 kg 14 mm

l 0 mm

35WIbs BWOlbs 1588 kg 3629

u r s o r 3661 C,~noi!lv'.ir,'c:r

- S/i,/i/iooG~pipipi Photo

'"ATJLa ' 1 '

Three-Way Head The three-way shackle system allows Swivel blocks to be locked in front or side pOSHOnS or left to swivel freely. The set SCmw fitssecumly into detents on the swivel post.

Wrap-AmundHead Sbap The sidepiate strap wraps acmssthe head Of the biockfor increased strenoth and

Sheaves ride on ball beanrgs to insure l o w frictionpossible. Bearings camy high rad'lal loads and also isolate sheave from side@aferm prevemfnnion caused by unfair leads.

Reva18iblls Cams

Hollow sheave albm large d'lametw wRh minimal wQM.

Doubles and TriplesSwivel

Cams on m 0-rangeh00 esana stngle latenets can Dobb e and tnpe mla-rangeb.ocks fealure sw re1 be reverse0 so o o a s may be set lor -P or aown pons Bloc~scan Ce ocred n from or s oe release Aoiust to oen s.d y0.r spec~hcneeds shacre postons, or elt 10 s w e free

Uni~ueRatchet Sheave Tne wemed elgntsded rlexaratchet sheave IS macn ned from sold 6061-T6al.m n.m for ~Ilmatestrength and corroson res.stance The s n e m gnps l e ~ ousy c o.tal ows lhneto be ease0 smootnb

IMID-RANGE BLOCK FEATURES I Mid-range blocks are ideal forsheets, halyards, and control lines on offshore boats because their robust construction is strong enough to handle high loads while their ball bearing sheaves reduce friction to a minimum. The large diameter sheaves accept line to 9/18' (14 mm) and the wide range of configurations meansMere is a mid-range block that's ideal for any application.

HaroNare specn cat ons are lor mononj s o l rnooerate olsp acement. ML Ih~ IS ano neavy alsplacemenl monon. Is sno. o r e d ~ c etne max.m-m sal areas snoan D, as m.cn as 25O0 P ease contact rlarken I yotl nave any q.esttons reqaro ng naro;.are SL ran I b.

Mainsheet End-Boom System P

Maximum Mainsail Area 500 ft2 (46 m2)

Single Attachment Multiple Attachment*

Mid-Boom System

Single Attachment

Genoa Tumlng Blocks

Maximum Genoa Area

180' Deflect~on

Maxlmum 100%foretrianglesailarea150ft2 (14 m')"

90' Deflection

Maximum 100% toretrianale sail area 215 ft2 (20 m')"

Maximum Spinnakerh a

Spinnaker ~

SfandardBlocXF

Hi4nadBIoCXI

1100ft2 (l00 m2)

1300 ft2(120 m2)

~ - -

Sheet Blocks

Plain

Afterguy Blocks

Ratchet

900 ft2 (83 m2)

Mounted Amidships p

1250ft~(ii5m~)

1100ft2 -~(100 m2)'*'

Mounted on--Transom

900 n2(83 rn2)

1000 it2(93 m2)

Maximum "I" dimension 48fi (14.6 m)

Maximum "I" dimension 53ft(16m)

Masthead Halyard Block

Mast Base

Standam'BlncAs

Hi-LoadM&

Main Halyard Lead Block

Max " P dimension 48 f i (14.6 m)

Max " P dimension 52 ft (15.8 m)

Genoa Halyard Lead Block

Max "l" dimension 46 ft (14 m)

Max "I" dimension 50 ft (15.3 m)

~~~

Max "I" dimension 48 tt (14.6 m)

Spinnaker Halyard Lead Block

4600 lbs (2086 kg) - ~~-

1:l Deck Block

2:l Becket ~

2:l Sinole

Max "I" dimension 53fi (16m)

3600 lbs (1633 kg)'

Flying Block 2:l System ~

Maximum Runner Wire Breaking Strength sbdard B&! H~-LO~~BIOCXI

Running Backstay

2200 lbs (998 kg)

2800 lbs (1270 kg) ...

3600 lbs (1633 kg)-.

3600 lbs (1633 kg)

4500 lbs 12040 ko)

5000 lbs (2268 ka)

Maximum Mainsail Area

Vang -p

fiddle Blocks

400 n2(37 m2)

~~~

Triple Blocks

Multiple attachment assumes more than one load carrying shackle on both the boom and traveler car or deck. "Assumes maximum apparent wind speed of 35 knots. '"Assumes maximum deflection of459

450 ft2 (42 m2)

( MID-RANGE BLOCKS I Mid-range blocks are used extensively for mainsheets, halyards, spinnaker sheets and control lines on medium and large offshore boats. The 3" (76 mm) diameter ball bearing sheave accepts 9h6" (14 mm) line and has a working load of 1800 lbs (816 kg). Hiload mid-range blocks use Torlon balls and have a working load of 2300 ibs (1043 kg). Mid-range blocks can be used for mainsheets on boats with mainsails as large as 540 ft2 (50 m') when multiple blocks are used in end boom installations. They are perfectspinnaker sheet blocks on boats to 35 feet (10.7 m) and are used as mast base halyard lead blocks on boats to 39 fl(11.9 m). Special Fealures

Common SpecIlicatim

Sheave dia -3" (76 mm) Max line size-%6"(14 mm) Max wire size-3/16" (5 mm) (B mm) Shackle pin dia -%E' Additional 1nfomrafi~- See page 40 for an explanation of special leatures. See page 41 for suggested uses. Three-way head system Removable beckets Aluminum wire sheaves Wide sheaves

kcmlion

lam

webk

~ a ~ n p ~oad

1540

Single

% 6' 156mm

1302 3678

lsWibs 816Q

Hi-lmd single

6'8 156mm 6'A' 156mm 6%' 156 mm

1302 3679 1502 425g 1502 425 Q

WX)L

7% 1Mmm 71x 1Mmm

1402 3979 14or 3979 1601 45-49 16m 454 g

lWlbs 816kg 2300ibs 1043kg l8Wlbs 816kg 23W ibs 1043 kg

1542

Single wAuminum sheave 1588 Hi-l& single w~a~uminum sheave 1541

Sings wmecket

1587

Hi-load single

1543

Sn~iewlduminum

sheave & becket 1589

HiibadsinQlewhluminurnsheave& M i e l

7W 184mm 7 1Mmm

2% mlbs 2268kg

SWO ibs Torlon ba16 1043kg 2 W k g l(MOibs 5WOlk Formmb&ams 816$ 2 W k g orwmols 2300 ibs 5 W l k Forvdmtntjards 1043 Q 227% kg or corno~s SWOlbs 2mk0 SWOlbs TohnMls 2Wkg 5WOIk F a r w i m W s 2268k~ orcmtmb 5WO ibs Forwire h w s 2268kg or cwhnls

Dwription

Lenm

Weight

Worldno Load

z$z

1544

Double

7 191 mm

25'4m 7239

28Wlbs 1270kg

7WOlbs 3175 kg

1545

Double w m k d

6Vi 216mm

2614 ru 751 g

28W lbs 1270Q

7W0 lbs Usewil546ar 3175 kg 1555for5:l

1546

Triple

7%" 197 mm

3601 1.02 kg

38M)lbs 1724 kg

85Wlbs Usewll5470r 3856 kg 1556for6:l

1547

Triple whecket

6%' 222mm

37 ru 105kg

38001bs 1724%

85W lbs Use wll546for 385Eg6:l-

1548

Cheek

43%

11 01

15001bs

42Wlbs %.(6mm]

Max

~ P p

MID-RANGE HEXARATCHETS"

Mid-range Hexaratchetsare larger, stronger versions ot the nexara~cnet1142Tne ~n~qJeiy shaped ratchet sneave offersa gnpp ng power ol 15'1 at 180"ol wrap yet allows the line to oe easea inmntlv. ncomoratea ~nrohlanh oaoed svsrems Ihe sails safely and with mainsheets, they all& the crew to complete contro. For the first nme, crews ol DOalS as large as 35 leer (10.7 rnl can nand hold soinna6ers n liont lo moderate a r. ~id'range k r a t c h e t s featire an eight-sided sheave which is machinedfrom solid aluminum for the ultimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Mid-range Hexaratchets ride on two rows of Delrin ball bearings so friction is virtually non-existent when tnrnmlng Lnoer h gh or low loads An owolf swdcn al owsthe ratcher mechanism to oe d~sengagedm IgM alr Tn s swtch operates under load. The 1571 and 1572 are special reverse ratchets. They are paired with the 1549 and 1550 for applications like jib and spinnaker sheets where ratchet rotation must be in opposite directions but it is desirable to have the onloff switch on both blocks face up. Mid-range triples with ratchets and cams are used to build powerful, low profile 5:l or 6:l tackles for mainsheets, vangs or backstav adiusterj. These blocks feature the 280 Cam-Matic cleat on adjustabie cam arms so the angle can be changed to suit your precise needs. Special Feaium common ~pecIIIcalipns Sheave dia -5 (76 mm) Solid aluminum sheave Max line size -Yi6'(14 mm) Three-way head system Holding power wll80"wrap- 15:l Removable beckets Holding power wM20"wrap- 9:l Adjustable cam arms Reversiblecam cleats Additional Information-See page 40 tor an explanation of special features. See page41for suggested uses. 44

MPI

~escrlplion

Length

Weight

Womg Load

1554

S~llgleuil280 Caln~Matc8, becket

71% 183 mm

2 ioi 765 Q

1800 ibs 816 kg

5000 1115 Llse !v:1541 2268 kq 10.2 1

1555

Tr~ple~ ~ ~ H e x ~ r d t c l ~ r t 73. 4902 & 280 Cam-Matr 197 tmnl 1 39 k~

3800 b s 1724 kg

8500 b r Use~,/1545 3856 kg 1015 1

1556

Trllle wHcxJIJ~cI~~~. a!," 280 Cam~Mdi~: 8 Oc~kel 222 m n

85001bs User,/1536 3856 kg for 6 1

1571

Sn~le~.~';rererse rotat~on

6% 1402 156 ~nln ~397 g

3800 b s 1724 ky 1800 b s 816 kg

1572

Snqleu!~bccket8

l 5 oi

1800 b s

5000 b s Tarns coullter

7's''

jl "2

1 15 kg

5000bs lur11scounter2268 kg i:lock8~1sr

Fiddle blocks are used to build simple three and four part purchases for mainsheets. vangs, backstays and other applications. The large sheavdsmall sheave configuration prevents line chafe and forms a very neat, low friction tackle. Mid-range fidd es are often Lsed on mainsheets on owls to 45 feet (13 5 m) th ma nw.s as large as 450 f12 (42 rn2) They are a W ~ s w for spinna<er sheets on ooats as larae as 36 leer (1 l rnl All mid-range fiddles with ~ewitchetsfeature a slidlno onloff swab whicn allowsthe ratchet to be disengaged n ight air and operated dnaer load Mid-range lidd es vvnn cams inc ude tne tojgn 280 Carn-Mat c rvhlcn can be reversed for UD or aown re ease Cam arms are easily adjusted to suit your precise heeds.

Special Features Three-way head system Solid aluminurn ratchetsheave Removable beckets Adjustable cam arms Reversiblecam cleats

~ercrlption

1559 15Q

Cmmon Specilicatim

Larae sheave dia-5 176 mm1 Smil sheave dia- 2.i51 mm\ Shackle pin diaPs/i6' (8 mm) Max line size-%6" (14 mm) Max working load- 1800 lbs (816 ka) Breakins strength -5003 ibs (2268 h) AddiUona//nfomfion- See page 40 for an explanation of Special features. See page 41 for suggested uses. 46

~enpn

wig~

1563 1564

1565

1566

17ru

fiddle Rddle wb&t Addle wiz80 Cam-Mal'c F'ddlewi280 Cam-Matic & beckel

Fiddle w N e x a r . e t & 288 Cam-Mal'c Fiddle ~Hexaratchel, 2Q hrn-Mac & b&t

Usewfl54lfor3:l

216mrn

482~-

916 241 mm 6'8 216mm

18m

Urewfl559for4:l

5100 23% ru 666g

Use wii541 for 3:l

24% m 6859

Usew11559for4:l

8'1' 216mm 911' 241 mm

26'1 oz 751 g

Use wll54l lor 3:1

27% 02

Use w11559for4:l

241 mm

7800

Fan iiC 40, Gravler - Gm Conser Pholo

Polished low profile screw heads won'tmaQ on sheets.

Sh& are high m n r U 17-4 PH sfainless wt. polishedto a high lusler.

Sheaves and saepMesam rmchined or stamped horn salid WG1-TE alurninum for I'k~Mwe'uM % e n m Ni aluminumpartrare Hardlmteanodized wMI Tenon irnpregnimonformeultimate in carmsbn misiantance.

Cemn mls c m y sue lws. ~ n g s h ~ f r rubDln0 m n wnn msmapues

set s c m W be spmenedn secure& sh&+ h &r afmnt orsiie~namaybelMllmre bdlowthsWt0M.

n gh siren0 T o m deer warnos cany the hqh n d e lads n b o m g beck arm mb o r n %per

Sheaves are designed for easy m a i m a m . Afmhwdter rinse and occasiond squirtwm a light spray lubrhmt is allmat is required.

L'ig~ghtsheartu~carry sheave and sidepllfe M s .

1BIG BOAT BUCK FEATURES ( H a k e n big boat blocks were developed to meet the demands of offshore racers and cruisers. They are desioned for hiah oerformance and for vears of trouble free semce n the most demand ng cond Dons B g boat b o c s leature free rol lng oearlngs c a r e l ~ly engineered baa carrv& s l r ~ n ~ r ean0 s . rnaterals selecreo for thelr strengrn to we~gntral o Wherner y o race ~ or crJ se haken otg boar blocns are me pedect cnolce lor performance strengln and ret ab IW

:rcep reistall1 past,: l ~ r ~ s l ~ r ~ p ;elates s#!r!ve post from head.

FlusPn~holesallo~,vfresh 'water rinse u!lthout diSdSSPlnll)Of b o ~ k

Foot Blocks Foot blocks have large swallows to pass sheets and twists freely.

Hanging Tab An attractive hanging tab is standard on all spreacher blocks and can be fitted to any big boat block. Spreachers are designed to pass shackles (except 596 and 597) tofacilie running new sheets.

Fool Blocks The foot blocks specialkshaped housing accommodates a wide range of lead angies. Bolt spacing is designed to properly spread loads to the deckstructure.

Teardrop Fairlead BlocKF Teardrop fairlead blocks are excellent mast base halyard leads as they hold lines extremely close to the deck and have limited articulation on their padeye.

Sheave - - - - Grooves - -- -Snedkr yroobes are spec al, uesgneo to Mno e Mre rope an0 Dacron SpRtra or devlar lnes

Runner Blocks Bails on runner blocks keep lines on sheaves and the bails on stand up and hanging blocks are specially designed to allow blocks to articulate close to decks. Runner blocks are olfered with a variety of head posts and tangs for attachment of runnersand checkstays.

~-.

Stand Un Blocks ~

~~~

Stand ..p oloc6 can p rot n a I o~reclons an0 srrve free y, or oe ockeo n tront or sloe pm lons -nlp.e, anractre srand .p oevlce a ONS o ocrs to fol oa eren gnt loads freely.

Choose the Right Bearing for the Job Big boat sheaves and blocks are offered with three types of bearing systems. Match the sheave type to your application. Ball bearings are the freest running system, but they have the lowest load carrying ability. Use ball bearing blocks wheneverthe load will permit. Roller bearings can carry more load than ball bearings, butthey have more friction at low loads. We combine rollers with balls, which carrythetwisting side loads of sheaves, in our standard big boat hardware. This is avery free rolling system for moderate and high loads.

Sometimes the load is too high even for roller bearings. This is usually the case when the size of a sheave must be kept to a minimum and will not permit enough rollers to cany the load. Good examples are masthead sheaves and runner block sheaves. Forthese very high load applications we use a TefIon impregnated bushing combined with side load balls in our hi-load combination bearing. These bearings produce more friction than balls or rollers at low loads and should only be used when space will not p e n i t a roller bearing sheave. 49

Mainsheet Maximum Mainsail Area 4.00" 4.50"

3.O f f ~ i eoar g Blocks

AirBlcXs

~ i oat g B/&

AirBt&

Single 650 tt? 750 f? 675 ft2 Attachment 56 m2 70 m2 63 m2 Multiple 800 tt? 900 ft2 850 tt2 74 m2 84 m2 79 m2 Attachment' Single 475 550ft2 1 525V 44 m2 51 m2 49 m2 Attachment Multiple 675t12 700 n2 , 700ft2 63 m2 , 65m2 Attachment' 65 m2 'Assumes two or more shackles share load on both boom and dec~k.

EndBoom

ft2

MidBoom

~ i gat Bhh-

5.W

5.W Big oat Block

AirBI&

900 ft2 84 m2

925 n2 86 m2

AirBI& 1250 ft2 116m2

IlOOtt? 102 m2

1200ft2 112m2

1500 n2 139 m2

15wft 139m2

700 ft2 65 rn2

750 ft2 70 m2

1000 ft2 93 m2

1000ft2 93 m2

1350G 125 m2

950 ft2 88 m2

1000fi2 93 m2

l3 0 ft2 ~ 121 mZ

1300ft2 121 m2

1500 ft2 139 m2

~ ~

1250t12 116m2

ISOO~ 139m2 170Ott? 158m2

Running Backstays

Mast Base Lead Blocks

3.w Big Boa1 Blocks

Main Halyard

4.00"

AirBl~&

Bio Boat B/&

4.50"

S:!lr

AlrBIock Blockk Maximum '?"Dimension 81 ' 24.7 m

5.50"

6.00"

AirBIocXs

~ i eoar g B/&

90' 27.5 m

96'

27.5 m

29.3 m

28.7 m

Big h t

AlrBI&

~~p

'T%imension

~~~

Genoa Halyard Spinnaker HaIvard

W 18.3 m 6d'm 19.5 m

72' 21.9m

68' 20.7 m

76' 23.2 m

77' 23.5 m

87' 26.5 m

86' 26.2 m

74 22.6 m

70' 21.4m

82' 25 m

83' 25.3 m

93' 28.4 m

29 m

1BIG BOAT USE CHART I

94' 105' 32 m

Spinnaker Maximum Spinnaker Area

3.00" Big Boat B/&

4.00" AlrSI&s

Affergu~'

i75ott2 ! 2400tt2 163 m2 223 m2 1925$ , 2600# . 173m2 1 242 m2 'Assumes maximum deflection of 45'to ~

722- 3.00" @~!cher

Spreacher Blocks

2200 6 204 m2 winch.

Block

2900 tt2 269 m2

4200 ft2 390 m2

41 00 tt2 381 m2

3300 n2 307 m2

3200 fi2 297 m2

4600 n2 427 m2

4500 ft2 418 m2

5300 ft2 492 m2 5800 @ 538 m2

95' 29 m

105' 32 m

&!!a&.-

-.-p

. - ~~

P -

AirllIoeks

1917-4.00" Airspreacher

1916-3.00"

1750e 163 rn2

Big Boat

3000 ft2 279 m2

moott2 185 m2

6.00"

AirSIoeks

AlrSI&s

- .- . .

5.50"

B/&

BlPnkr

5.00"

Bi# Boar

Big Boat ,

Spinnaker Sheet single B I O C ~

4.50"

2400 It2 223 m2

3000 ft2 279 m2

p -

External Masthead Spinnaker Halyard

W 19.5 m

74' 22.6 m

Maximum 7" . ~ pDimension

~ p -

70' 21.4 m

82' 25 m

83' 25.3 m

93' 28.4 m

Genoa Maximum Sail Area at 25 Knots Ad/ustable Lead Car

#l & #2 Genoa

Small Boat

MidRange

3000 Series Big Boat

4500 Series Big Boat

MiniMaxi

575 ft2 53 m2

1l0Qfi2 102 rn2

1500 ft2 139 m2

27W f12 204 m2

4400 f? 409 m2

apparent w~ndand E,": 25 knob 45O sheet lead angle

650 f? 60 m2

1300ft? 121 m2

:g,":

if3Genoa

185# 17m2

Maxi

335 ft2 31 m2

435 It2 40 m2

Assumes 155% Genoa.

Assumes 100% Genoa 40 knob apparem wind and 60° sheet lead angle

Maximum 1Wh Foretriangle Sail Area at 40 Knots Single Genoa Foot Blocks

l@ Turn

12$ Turn Tum

- -

2.25"

3.00"

4.50"

5.50"

7.00"

8.00"

10.W

220 ft2 20 m2 255 n2 24 m2 310ft2 29 m2

240 @ 22 m2 335 tt2 31 m2 410 ft2 38 m2

650 f? SO m2 750 n2 70 m2 9% ft2

750 ft2 70 m2 875 tt2 81 m2 1050f? 98 m2

1150ft2 107 m2 1335 tt2 124 m2 1625f? 151 m2

1700f12 158m2 1975tt2 183 m2 2400 tt? 273 m2

2203 112 204 m2 2550 tt2 237 m2 3100# 288 m2

85 m2

Maximum 100% F o r e m e Sail Area at 40 Knots Double Genoa Foot Blocks

18f Turn ~

12f Turn Turn

2.25"

3.00"

4.50"

5.50"

145@ 14 m2 1656 15 m2 205 @ 19m2

235 22 m2 270 tt2 25 m2 330 31 m2

535 ft2 50 m2 620 n2 58 m2 760 f? 71 m2

585 l+ 54 m2 68ott2 63 rn2 830 n2 77 m2

7.110"

8.00"

10.00"

940 ft2 87 m2 i100n2 102m2 1335ft2 124 m2

1450T 135m~ i675n2 156!!-~-~ 2050112 190m2

1750 t? 163 m2 2025 ft2 -I -8 2485 ft2 231 m2

This chart is designed to help you select the correct size of hardware for each system on your boat. Match the specified dimensions on your boat to the maximum values shown in the chat These hardware specifications assume a boat of moderate displacement sailing in normal wnditions. ULDB's may often use smaller hardware. Heavy displacement boats and multihulls often require stronger hardware. Please contact H a k n if you have any questions regarding the suitability of hardware for your applications.

3 2.25" HI-LOAD BIG BOAT BLOCKS

2.25"hi-load blocks are designed forapplications where the need for a small, ligM big boat block outweighs the need for low lncbon a1 low loads rl -load blocs use a speclal beanng system whlch comblnes s ae load carwlna oa Is wflh a Tef on &mposite bushing ta carry the radial h i s . While not as free rol ing as the standam harken ballroller oeanng system, this hl- oad Deanna svstem s enremelv a~rableand we I sLned to applicationiwherea small diamkter block must carry high loads~ 2.25' hi-load blocks are well suited to applications like spinnakertweaker blocks and genoa barbemauls where size and weight are the primary considerations.They should not be used for applications like mainsheets. The sideplate on 1754 owns to acceOt lines and k is ~erfectfor tweakers or

W ~eariptlnn

hqlh

Common Specitiwtions Sheave d i i - 21X (57 mm) Shackle pin dia -%s" (8 mm) Max line size-M'(12 mm) Max wire size -%e' (8mm) AddiIionalInhwnaIion- See pages 48 and 49 for an explanation of Special features.See pages 50 and 51 for suggested uses.See page 62 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates. 52

WoMnp LWd

1746

Siwk

5 13mm

1748

Singlewm

69~6'

169mm

Special Femm Three-way head system Hi-load bearing system Remmble beckets

Wlgl

1750

Dauble

5716'

1752

Fairkd

13mm 3% Wmm

1754

F e i r k d w/open&p sueplate

3%' &?mm

1767

Stsndup

5%' 132 mm

&g$

3WOlbs iMikg

SOWlbb 2722kg

13.50~ m l b s W g 1%1$

m b lb

12.401 3520

19.702 558g 7.9m 2249 8.9 m Z Y 20.1 02 572 0

3WOIbs IMI$ Wlbs 1134kg W lbs ~ 1i?d$ mlh

1361 k~

2722kg SOWlbs Block srnvels z7z$

%YNIbs

z68$

FiD688padeye

lbs 2268~

60mlbs

F o u I % / ~ ( ~ ~ ~ ) R ~ ~ 2 7 Z kg wllVi(32 mm) s p a d n e

3.00'big boat blocks are extremely popular on smaller offshore boats where they are used on malnsheets, running backstays, halvards. and soinnaker sheets and auvs Thev are also used ext~nsivelyon larger boats for such adp~icatia;ls as reefing blocks and traveler control blocks. Special Feahrres

Common Specilimfions

Sheave dia -3 (76 mm) Shackle pin dia-5/16'(8 mm) 2% friction load-3000 lbs (1361 kg) Mar line size - 'h' (12 mm) Max wire size-5/16" (8mm) Additional Information- See pages 48 and 49 for an explanation of special features. See pages 50 and 51 for suggested uses. See page 62 for blocks with stainless steel sideolates. Three-way head system Rolleriball bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot

NO.

Daaaiption

Length

Weight

504

Single

6%1' 165 m m

505

Single wlbecket Double

18'hoi 524 9 20'401 581 Q 27'402 780 g 29'hoz 836 Q 14m 397 g

506 -

507

Double wlbecket

551

Fairlwd

7%" 197 mm @X 165 mm

8 203 mm 4'ii 114 mm

Safe Wollring Load 36501bs 1656kt 36Mlbs 1656 kg 49501bs 2245 kg 49Mlbs 2245 k~ 49501bs 2245 kg

73001bs 3311 kg 7300Ibs 3311 kg 99001bs 4491 kg Mlbs 4491 kg 99001bs 4491 kg

(%08mm Wist shackle (%a')8mm Wlst s w k b R5689&690 padeyes

P -

1 4.W BIG BOAT BLOCKS I 4.00 big boat b ocks are ~ s e when d an excepbona ly free rol ing o~ocks reqd red for moderate loads on offshore ooats. 4.00 big boat olocks have manv aool cat ons on mainsheets. runnina bacdstavs spinnaker sheets: afierguys, halyard leads and' reefing'blocks. * SpnciaI Fealums

Three-way head system Rollerhall bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shackles

Common Speciications Sheave dia-4' (102 mm)

Shackle pin dia-%B'' (8mm) Max line size - 1N (12 mm) Max wire size -%s' (8mm) 2% friction load -3600 lbs (1633kg) Safe workino load -4950 lbs 12245 ka) ng nringtn -WO 10s,4491 kg; Additional lnhmatim- See pages 48 and 49 tor an em anmon of spec al feat.res See pages 50 ana 51 for nggmea uses See page 63 for o ocks vrnn stainless steel sideplates 54

Daraiflm 544

FaiM

hpth

5%' 146mm

588

Single

589

Single w k k e t

7W 191 mm 8%'

222mm 590

Doubk

591

Doubkwhket

672

Stand up

7W 1Wmm 8%' 222mm 7 178 mm

WipM

19.7~ FbB898SW 5589 224m 6360 24 02 6800 36m

pad-

%s'(smm)

102kp lwbtShaElde 37.7~ %6'(8mm) 1.07$ MShaElde 30.7U Four Ma'(6 mm) FHtdsleners 870 g

wIl'h'(32 mm) swine

3 4.50" BIG BOAT BLOCKS ( 4.50big boat blocks are extremely useful fora variety of applications on otknore boats over 45 feel 113 7 m ) Tney are ~ s e for d ma nsneets. r a n ng bac~stayssp nnarer sneets loreg-ys, aflerg~ys, na jaro eaos ano reel ng D oc6s Special Feafurss Three-way head system Rollerlball bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shackles

Common Specillcations Sheave dia-4W(114 mm) Shackle pin dia- 13152' (10 mm) Maxlinesize-515"(16 mm) Max wire size -as' (8 mm) 2% friction load -6600 lbs (2994 kg) Sate working load - 8250 lbs (3742 kg) Breaking strength - 16500 lbs (7484 kg) Addilionallnlormafion- See pages 48 and 49 for an explanation of special features. See pages 50 and 51 for suggested uses. See page 63for blocks with stainless steel sideplates.

Description

Length

WelgM

9%" 41.7 02 248mm 1.18kg 542

Single wlbeckt

1 292mm 8 222 mm

43.7 02

124 kg 53.8 oz FourW(10mm) FHfasfenen 1.52 kg ~11%(35 mm) spacing

1 5.50" BIG BOAT BLOCKS I 5.50(140 mm) big boat blocks are useful on mainsheets of very

large offshore boats and for halyards, backstap, reef lines, afterg ~ ana p sheers on raclng and c r u s ng ooats over 50 feet (15 m ) The laroe aameter sheave Droteds wrre ana roDe w h etne ~ verv. high breaking strength makes 5.50"big boat blocks suitable for extremely heaby loads. The 1897 and 1898, hi-load blocks feature wide sheaves riding on Torlon rollers. They can handle large diameter line and extreme working loads. Special Faalum Three-way head system Rollerhall bearing system Remwable beck& Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shackles

Additionallnlomra11m- See pages 48 and 49 for an explanation of special features. See pages 50 and 51 for suggested uses. See pages 62 through 64for blocks wLh stainless steel sideplates.

DmrlpUon 545 548 676

Single Single wkket Standup

1897 tlhaad stand up 1898 ~i-load . .

248 mm

2% MLllon 1011Load 6101 88WIbs 173kg 3992k~ Moz 88W l k 1.81 kg 3992 kg 6802 88Wlk 1.92 kg 3992 ko

Il~W 292 mm

12501 145W lbs 175Wlbs 350Wlbs 1' 8 ' 3.55 kg 6577 kg 7940 kg 15875kg 25mm l 1 mm

LsnpUl 11' 279mm 1T 330rnm 4

1138'

.A-

WslpM

9902 . . ..

Ssls

Wortlng ~oad

ShAils

Dlsmeta

105Wlbs 21WOlbs W %S' 4763kg 9256kg 19mm Smm 1ffiWlbs ZlWOIOs %6' 4763 kg 9256Q 19mm 8mm 105W lbs 21W01bs %' We' 4763 kg 9256 kg 19mm S mm

145W ibs 14mlbs

28WOlbs

'542

12mm 15&'

12mm U= M8 Padeye

%C'

BIG BOAT FOOT BLOCAS On A Mission, h 3 8

The loads on lool olocrs are some o l the n ghesl that the nnn ng noalna can !moose o n a D ece ol mar ne hardware Beca~seof the G n i u d e of these force's, energy lost in the form of friction can be substantial. Free running ~ a r k e n bboat i ~ foot blocks use the Torlon oa t rol er oeanng syslem t o s.ostant a.ty reoLce frlctlon Small loo1 olocks f l t n locrolfs al ofl sheets t o be ,ocred off lo lree wlncnes temporarily during sail changes. 2.25'foot blocks use the hi-load combination bearing system and are designed for installations where the need for a compact foot block outweighs the need for vely low friction. Special Featurn Polished bolts and washers Large swallows pass hockles Bon pattern spreads load Additionallnformation- See page 48 and 49for an explanation of special features. See pages 50 and 51 for suggested uses. See page 64 for blacks with stainless steel sideplates. See page 78 for foot block hole spacing.

Sheaw oismeter

De"p'ion

1756

Single

1765

Single wAaCkOi7 Oouble

Len@h

HeiuM

3M' 89mm

29mm

314' 89mm 3Ih" 89mm 3%r' 89 mm 4%' 114mm

29mm 2%' 54mm 2% 54 mm 1%' 30mm

802 2269 1302 3698 14az 3979 12 02 3409

6 ' 4W 8 m m ~ ~ -114mm

21Vi 57mm

4 114mm 414' 114mm

l%< 3Omm 2%' 57mm

MlaSize

Lin

Zi/d 57mm

X 12mm

2% 57mm 21/d 57mm 2)X 57mm 3 76mm

'K 12~mm

%g 8mm

1758 1766 511

Double w,lockoH S~ngle

WelpM

Safe Worklno Load

Breabnu Sbanmh

Fa~lmerpInclud~d (San F'ags 78 lw Fastener Spacing)

30W Ibs 1361 kg

3WO 1bs 1361 kg SW0 lbs 1361 kg 2WOlbs 907kg 20031bs W7kg 49% Ibs 2245$

€033lbs 2722 kg W001bs 2722 kg 4WOlbs 1616kg 4WOlbs 18l6Jg 9900 lbs 4491 kg

2 -%6' (8 mm) ~ 3 ' 1 7 5mm) 1-W(iOmm)x3"(75mm) 2 - %6' (8 mm) X 3' (75 mm) 1-%"(lOmm)x3'(75mm) 2 - % s (8 mm) x4'(100 mm) 1 - W (10mm)x4'(100mm) (100 mm) 1 -%"(10mm)x4'(100mm) 2 -%S' (8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) 1 -W (10mm)xgr/5 mm)

21 01 5959

30W Ibs 1361 kg

32501bs 1474ka

65W Ibs 2948$

1302 3679 220z 6249

30Wlk 1361 kg 30W lbs 1361 kg

49501bs 2245kg 3250lbs 1474kg

9903lbs 4491 kg 65W ibs 2948$

W I ~

w°Ffla'on Loar bed

<X 12mm 'h'

12mm

M6 8mm

5116'

8mm

l l

702 1989

2 ; i(8' -

528 552 553

Oouble Single wilockon Double w~ocko~

3 76mm 3

76mm

'h''

12mm '4' 12mm

78mm

12mm

2-5/16'(6 mm)x4'(100mm) 1 -~X(lOmm)x4'(100mm) 2 -5116. (8 mm) x 3 (75 mm) 1-W(lOmm)x3'(75mm) 2-%a(8mm)x4'(100mm) 1-W(10mm)x4"(10Omm)

Ddpllon

512

Sl~le

530

Double

513

Single

532 514 534

Double Single Double

M u Sb, W I ~

~rlallrq

LOPLD~~

WE:0 ~tm"git

alaludsd (mPawF &78nlpr h a m r spadnp)

3202 9070

74W lbs 3357kg

123751bs 5613kQ

247Ylbs 11226kg

5- %' (10 mm) x3'X (89 mm)

5701 161 kp

74Wlbs 3357kg

W P S 3651 41

161WbS 73Wkg

5-W(10mm)x4W'(114mm)

ffimm 1%; 38mm

470z 1.33kg

9702 lbs 44Wkg

123751bs 5613b

247501bs H227kQ

5-W(IOmm)x311'(89mm)

Hebht

S h m ~ianatsr

UIN

4%; 114mm

16mm

8mm

165mm

1%' 35mm

3% 8mm

6W 165mm

h6'

4H'

58'

%S'

Wdm 2% Frldlan

114mm

16mm

5'4' 140mm

l9mm

8mm

5'4' 14Omm

8mm

12mm

21%~" 72mm

8701 2.47kg

97W lbs 4400kQ

80501bs 3851 kg

161Wlbs 7WkO

5-W(IOmm)x4%;

19mm

T 178mm

%em 8mm

9'4' 241 mm

% '1 38mm

80w

221Wlbs 10025kQ

2.27kg

13aXllbs 5897ha

442Wlbs

19mm

.14701 .-.

13WOlbs .

143651bs ,.-

287301bS .-""A

5-%1'(12mm)xS(127mm)

546'

7%' l52mm

e~s'

9h' -..

21?46'

"?."

,L-

(114 mm)

-11' (12 mm) x 3'4' (89 mm)

A 7: 536

Sheaw

601

Single

WaigM

Safa

2% h i d o n

Double Single

%' l9mm

203mm 10" 254mm

19mm 1" 25mm

12mm

Doubk

10' 254mm

l' 25mm

12mm

MXMDlbs 27218kg 40UlOlbs -18144119

1-~~(12mm)x3M(IKImm)

3%' Slmm

3W001bs 136W$ 2WWlbs 9071 kg

15%i 397mm

% 1' Mmm

23001 652$

24W(llbs 10886Q

43WOibs 194fflQ

8MXlOlbs 38969kg

1-%'(16mm)x3~/1'(9Omm) 6-% (16 mm) x 4%'(114 mm)

15%' 397mm

3l/1 Slmm

42702 12.11 $

24WOlbs 1D886$

286671bs 13004b

573331bs 260Mkg

1 - W (16 mm) x 3M'(90 mm) 6-%'(16mm)x6'(152mm)

5/16. 8mm

1 302mm

F a m e n included (See Page 78for Fartaner Spacing)

19WOlbs 8618ky 1SWOlbs 8618kg

1 % '1 302mm M m m

1/16'

Bmabmg Strength

14702 4.17kg 26201 743kg

8mm

'%6'

... ."-" ,

Los Load

m3mm

- ~ -

602

HsigM

Lenm

~ ~

538

Mar Sim ~ine win

~ianatsr

6-lh'(12mm)x4%r'(114mm) 1 -11" (12 mm) x 3'h' (90 mm) 6-'/1'(12mm) x6(152 mm)

1OPENING FOOT BLOCKS I These unique foot blocks feature a spring loaded back which allows the block to be pulled open with one hand for fast sheet changes. Four sizes of opening foot blocks are offered for use on boats from 20 to 50 feet (6to 15 m). The large diameter sheaves are designed to protect sheets and reduce hiction to a minimum. Housings are hard anodized aluminum and the blocks may be disassembled for service without being removed from the deck. SpSciaI Features Spring loaded opening back Large diameter sheaves Shmn Diamder

M= ~ b t

She

LemL

nai@i

wig^

safe wownu )-A

Bnakinu .%m8m

MAST BASE & OVER THE TOP BLOCKS

M a s t base lead blocks are offered in two sizes and in both fixed and pivoting configum tions. They use hi-load sheaves to carry the high static loads of halyards. The sheave carriers are designed to provide a low lead and are narrow to allow mounting numerous lead blocks at the mast base. 60th styles can be mounted to either the mast or the deck. Over the top blocks are useful for leading lines aft overthe forward edge of cabin h o ~ s e scoam ngr or spdsii q d r o s The 2 25 ,5; mm 11- oaa sneaies can accommodaie high loads but keep lines close to the deck. Over the top blocks are provided with a keeper bail and are offered in single. double and triple configurations. ~~

Snecial Feahlres

sheaves Low leads Lightweight H;-load

Descrigtion

Oiametar

Heighl

Width

Mar Line

Sheave

12mm

2500lbs 1136kg 2500 bs k g SW0 lbs 2273 kg

50001bs 2273kg 5000 ibs 2273 kg lOWO Ibs 4545 kg

3xV16FH 3x8mmFH 3 x 'W FH 3 x 6 mmFH 3 x %s" FH 3x8mmFH

12mm

2273kg

4545kg

3xBmmFH

12mm

t136kg 25W b s 1136kg

2273kg 50W lbs 2273kg

3x6mmFH 6 X'/< FH 6x6mmFH

1987

Pivoting mast base w k

2)~" 57mm

3% 92 mm

t 41 mm

lomm

1988

Rxed mast base black

2'14' 57 mm

27# 73 mm

1'W 38mm

l0p

Plvoling mast base block Fixed mast base black

456" 75 mm ~ l t i m m 3' 3% 75 mm 92 mm 2% 3W 57mm 83mm 2'N 3IN 57mm 83 mm

1989 1990

thetop block the fop block

1W 41 mm 1% 41 mm 1'4" 38mm 2W 73mm

Sale wolng Load

Size %' 3h

'h"

'4''

12mm

.uo!s!n!a luolsn3 )no q6naral alqel!ene are suopn6yo3 pue saz!sJaw '(U LZ 0101) '06 01 EE luqq w q JOJ a w n s saas U! s y ~ q w q 6!q uayre~~qndadww aui JauoaM ,Jaisnlt16!ue Q paus!lod pueq l a a sselu!W ~ 91E are weldapls ' m ~ ! uo!sWo3 w lunluwlu pue

paz!pom ~goypmhS! 4 3 1 4~~ ~ n u l u 9--1909 n~e are s m .~ .m d u. .DRsamus 'a3ue~luo~aU aveuau!elu MO!JW SOIIUW ilep/Jallcu u ~ ~ o ~ a r n ~ ~ ~ lunu!lunle w d ~ w n o a w o ! q w q B!q J!auilo w n w aal ~ al~oi!e uaww DJEUUW are w o ~ IWP q ssalu!w .

~~~

pue &l!(qliiaw Buuq syaolq l a w ssalu!

SEL l

Psan

%FdLllon Los

M ~ Shs Y Lino

Wim

1839 Shgk fmt Mock

Zi/i 57mm

3'h' 89mm

17m 4829

5/16'

12mm

8mm

1840 Double fwt b l M

2% 57mm

3W 89mm

27 W 7659

5/16'

12mm

8mm

768

Sinpie fool blOCk

3' 76mm

4M' 114mm

21 02 5859

5/18'

12mm

8mm

D0ubk foul bled

4M' 114mm

34 01 9700

5/16.

76mm

12mm

8mm

769

WaMnp %fa Brealdng

Muminum

W m m IllCbdsd

sbsn@h

Equlwlsd

(W Paps7l1nFacasr8pachn)

bad

Lwd

mlbs 1361 kg

6WOlbs D22Q

1756

2-%E' (8 mm) x 3 ' (75 mm) l-W(10mm)x3'(75mm)

20Wlbs 907kg

4WOlbs 1816kg

1758

2-5/16' (8 mm)x4'(1Wmm) 1-W(lOmm)x+(lOOmm)

mlbs 1361 kg

49501bs 2245kg

mlbs 4491 iql

511

3WOlbs 1361kg

32aIbs 1474kg

Wlbs 2948105

528

2 -%6' (8 mm) X 3'(75 mm) 1 -W (10 mm) X 3'(75 mm) 2 -%6'(8 mm) x r ( 1 W mm) 1-W(lOmm)x4'(100mm)

1739 Sinpin fool bbxkwnDM

4% 114mm

22 02 6249

5/16'

12mm

8mm

mlbs 1361 kg

4950 lbs 2245kg

99(albs 4491 kg

552

76mm

2 -%s'(8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) 1-W(IOmm)x3'(75mm)

1740 h u b k f w t MackwmM

3' 76mm

4%' 114mm

36 02 102Q

12mm

%E'

mlbs

Single fool bbxk

411 114mm

6'h' 165mm

55 m 155Q

OouMe foot bbck

418 114mm

6lx 166mrn

91 02 2.58kg

48'

5/16.

16mm

8mm

6500 1bs 2948kg 247501bs 11226kg 161Wlbs 7303kg

2 - W (8 mm) X 4' (1W mm) 1 - W (lOmm)x4'(100mm) 5-W(10 mm)x3,x(89mm)

16mm

3250 lbs 1474kg 12375lbs 5613Q 805Olbs 3661 kg

553

770

1361 kg 74Wlbs 3357kg 74W lbs 3357kg

Slngk fwt block

5M' 14Omm

MS'

77 01 219kg

%6'

19mm

8mm

13202

97Wlbs 44WQ 9mIbs

12375lbs 5613kg m01bs

247501bs 11226kg 161Mlb

513

192mm

ll mm

""Mb"

WC4 h

771 772

Double fmt hlwk

518

7%'

48'

8mm %e' 8mm

,*"Q

512 530

W (10 mm) 4W (114 mm) (10 mm) 3M' (89 mm)

5-~(10~~)~4~(114mm)

W i t h their opening sideplates and snap shackles, snatch blocks are versatile performers on offshore boats of all sizes. The snap shackles mean they can be attached to any free padeye or bail while the opening sides mean that the sheets may be inserted without reeving a free end through the block. They are perfect for applications like mast base reefing blocks or changing sheets and are often used for deflector blocks on spinnaker sheets or to pass halyardsto afree winch. Harken snatch blocks feature low friction sheaves and a patented one-hand opening latch. Sheaves mll on rollerlball races for ease of adl~stnlentunoer hlgn loads and nstantaneoJs re ease ..rider olv loads Tne 1600 and 1608 use De r n ro ler bearings while the hi-load 1601 and 16W use Torlon rollers. The push-button latch allows the blocks to be opened with one nano a oef nite adcantage on a pncnlnq ooar Tnp oJnons are oroteclw to Drevenl accloenta release ~ i d e ~ l a t eare s urethane to prevent damage to decks, spars. and cabin houses. An integml bail permits hanging the blocks from lifelines with shock cord. Snap shackles are sized for block loads. They will fit most appropriate padeyes and bails. When attaching directly to toerails or other fixtures that will not nermit the shackle to alian - .oroDerlv . . with the load, use Me 1608 or 1609 snatch blocks with trunnion snap shackle. Snatch blocks may be used for genoa leads, but should not be used as genoa foot blocks. ~~~~~~

S'e Desuiplion

Welohl

1802 5149

3/i

16mm

19mm

2250 lbs 1021 kg

4850 lbs 2200kg

7WDlbs

Special Features One-hand latch Rollermallbearing sheaves Urethane sideplates Snap shackles

Common Spscilications Sheave diameter -Z1h" (64 mm) Mar line size-W (16mm)

16W

Snatch block ~

Hi-bad yatch block 1608 MM-rangesnatchblock whh trunnion 1609 Mid-range hi-load snatch block ~ $trunnlon 3 1601

Bnaklng Strenm

Lsngth

146mm 6'/i

1902

1Ms'

35Wlbs

159mm

5528

16mm

26mm

1588kg

3175kg

51345"

l802

13/16'

22501bs 1M1 kg

45W Ibs 2041 kg

35W lbs 1588 kg

70W lbs 3175kg

1/16'

147mm

5209

l7mm

594'

20oz

lffirnm

5649

22mm

21 mm 1

26mm

t a r t y n the 1992 America's CL^ campa gn we were aDDmacheD bv a svndicate that wanted hioh load blacks that were very lightweight. The tradRional answer tothat would be blocks wlth hi-load composite bearings, butthis syndicate also wanted blocks that were extremely free mllintl and efficient to soeed sail handling and allow use ofsmaller winches. Hartens cJstom engineers started wth a clean desian Daa Tnev (new that a larae d~ametersheave would be required to spread theioad over enough rollers to acn ewe gooo efficiency. Tne cnalenge was to CM OJT we OMon sr I oe able to transfer the loads to the s~deplates.Rtook an open m ~ n dand state of the alt design tools like Finite Element ~nalysissoftware ro oewelop AlrSheavesM. The r centeness des~gn, comDuter oDr mized sldeDlares and Jnlaue attachment mekod was so e ~ i v e i h athe t original AC syndicate used them for virtually every function on their boat. Before the America's Cup was sailed in May, 156 AirBlocks had been delivered to five AC svndicates. AirBlccks are c arty supenorro othe;blg boat b l o c 6 oorn in W gM and df~cency. Harxen offers standard AI* ocks in four sizes for sheets halvards. . . running backstays and control lines of offshore boats, A ~ m i n u mand stainless steel sidep ales are oflered to s ~ iany l app IcatIon ana rating rue.

SpecialFeams Large diameter, centerless sheaves Totion rollers with Delrin balls Swivel shacldes 66

1881 1W

Aluminumsingk AluminumsingB wkket

76mm 3'

76mm

1926

Aluminum stand up

76mm

1912

Stainless steel single

3' 76mm

StainlessSteel

3' 76mm

1908

sirkllewkkel 1676

Aluminum single

1M mm

1905

Aluminum single

19W

4139

12mm

7M' 191 mm

16.101 4579

12mm

Bmm

16.60~

%r'

5/16.

19.601 5569

12mm 'X

8mm

l56mm Iffimm 7H' 191 mm 8'h' 2ffimm 41/18.

233 mm

St4nbsW single

102mm

mmm

Stainbsste singkwkel

4' 1Mmm

41/16'

Aluminurn $and up

1913

14.50~

IM mm 4' 1Mmm 4'

w b M 1927

6 165mm

7%'

198mm h

233mm

5269

23.44 m Wg

W' l%'

12mm M'

12mm

2 1 . 8 ~ ~ W' 6169 12mm 23.902 6779 12 mm 3201 9079

28.50~ 8080 3402 971 9

%S' 8mm %6'

%e'

Bmm Me'

Bmm

%e'

12mm

Bmm

4491 kg

4950th~ 2245kg

99Wlbs 4491kg

4950ibs 2245kg

99a31bs 4491 kg 144Wb 6532 kg 144Wlk 6532 kg 144001bs 6532kg

72Wlbs

%6'

99Wlbs 99Wlbs 4491 k~

%c'

6mm

99Wb 4491kg

49501bs 2245b

7MOlbs 3266 kg

"& l'

12mm

2245kg 49501b~ 2246Q

8 mm

Bmm %S' Bmm

12mm

49501bs

3268 kg

72Wlbs 3266ko 72W lbs

144mlbs

3266kg

6532kg

72W lbs 3266b

144001bs 6532kg

1W7

Aluminum single wfbecket

6 152 mm 3

1 M mm

3%'

201%

19 mm

10 mm

3%'

19mm

10mm

71 m

143Wlbs M86 kg

2ffiOOIbs 12973 kg

143Wlbs 6486kQ

286001bs 12473kg

143Wlbs 6486kg'

286001bs 12973kg

1879 1911

Stainless sfeel single

6 152mm

1 1 3 3Wmm

6901 196$

Stainless steel singlewfbedref

1 3 343mm

8302

3%'

152mm

2Skg

19mm

lOmm

Shackle Posts Parallel

Perpendicular

3 RUNNER BLOCrrS I Running backstay blocks must be extremely strong and reliable, but they must also beas small and light as possible. ~ & n offerstwo series of runner blocks for offshore boats of all sizes. Stainless steel runner blocks (page 69) are ideal far IMS boats, racers/cmisers,and owners seeldng the rich lwkof polished stainless steel. AirRunners ~~

~~~~

(page 70) were first designed far America's Cup boats and combine the free mlling performanceof mller bearing sheaves with the lowest possible weight. Runner blocks are sold without heads. Choose shaclde posts or tangs fmm those shawn on this page.

~ e P o d ghl

737.

76mm

1918.1922 1853,1863, 1919.1923 1855.1865. 1920.1924 1921,1925

4' 102 mm S 127 mm

6 152 mm

"pendlcular Part No.

mllel Part No.

740

1859 1861 1932

18MI 1862 1933

Tan Aaw

Tan0 Pall No. 701 198g 100z 280 g 1302 369 g 1702 470 g

747 1857 1858 1934

Welm 3 02 85 Q 5'4 02 1560 9 02 255 g 11 01 310g

Runna An Dlamshr

rw and C h e m y An Dlrm&f

'ns' 12 mm

Stainlm Steel 6 mm

12 mm

10 mm 'AB' 12 mm %,'48'. W 10mm,12mm

sa' 16 mm

%E', 'N,86'. 12mm,14mm,16mm

Tang M&rlal

Stainlss Steel Stainlm Steel

Swnlss Steel

STAIMESS STEEL RUMER BLOCKS

Harken stainless steel runner blocks feature hi-load sheaves with compositehall combination bearings which can handle extreme loads for long periods of time. Stainless runner blocks are oermitted bv all rating rules and are perfect for IMS boats, racerlc~isersand for ownerswho preferthe rich look of polished stainless steel. They are computer designed to optimize weight. All runner blocks are sold without heads. Choose a tang plate or shackle post from those shown on page 68. Special Features

Hi-load sheaves Computer designed sideplates Accepts tangs or shackle posts Additonal Inbmafion -See pages 48 and 49 for an explanation of special features. See pages 50and 51 for suggested uses.

Description

737 1853

1863

Singk Single

Single whecket

1855

Single

1865

Single whscket

Sheave Dismabr

Gn:;g Lord

BmaW WalgM Sbane 1WDOlbs

1402

125W lbs

397 g 21 oz

5670 kg

5954

3 76 mm

5OWlbs

102 mm

2835 kg

6250 Ibs

125W lbs

102mm 5'

1ZLrnn 5'

127mm

2268kg 62% Ibs

Q544 h

2835kg

5670kg

9500Ibs 4310kg 95001bs

190W lbs 8618k~

4310kg

8618kg

190W lbs

2702

768 9 4402 1.25Xg

5702 1610g

-69

A i r ~ u n n e r smanifest the latestthinking in runner block Iechnology they are strong. ightwe ght 0 ocks wdh exlrerne y free ro lino sneaves For vean racers n a e sacr ficed erf formance lor ielgnt in their &rcn lor the oea rJnner block D ~ n n g Me 1992 Arnenca's CL^ ha&en oeve opeo A rSheaves an0 AirBlocks for svndicates that recoonized the need to combine low weight with'high performance.While most runner blocks use composite bushing sheaves to carry high running backstay loads, AirSheaves utilize Torlon rollers in a large diameter race which allows a large number of rollers to share the load. By removing the material from the center of the Airsheave, Harken has been able to produce roller bearing sheaves with the same strength and weight as composite sheaves. Roller bearings run more freely than bushings, paltlcularly at low loads such as when the runner is being set up or released. AirRunners feature computer designed sideplates with thin bails for weight optimization. Their Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated6061-T6 aluminum shells are legal under all rating rules. Bails are rounded to orevent foulino on lifelines and other ines and posd~onedto allow a arge range of I ne entry ang~es maklng AirR-nnen s ~ ~ r ea for b dse aloft and on tne oecm. Tney are offered in both single and becket versions in four sizes appropriate for boats from 38 to 65' (11 to 20 m). All runner blocks are sold without heads. Choose a tang plate or shackle post from those shown on page 68.

M U 5118 Uns Wire p p

1918

12rnm

5/18'

6mm

p p

1922

Slngle wlbecket

76 mm 102 mm

%a'

12mm

8mm

'h'

%S' 8mm

12mm

p p

1923

Slngle

19X)

whecket Slngle

1924

So~cial -v-- Features - - - --

A~rSneavesfeatdnng Tonon rolers Cornp.ter aesoneo slaep ales Thin wall bailsfor weiaht oDtimization ~dditi0081~nlomation- See pages 66 ano 67 for an exp anat on of specal features See pages 50 ano 51 for suggesled .sn

Slngle

1921 1925

Slngle whecket

Slngle Single wheckst

'h'

102mm

12mm

% 8mm

2002 5749

72Wlbs 3266kg

14400lbs 6532@

%B'

26az 7998

21800lbs %88$ 218001bs %88@

4 '

%a'

4502

127mm

19mm

8mm

127kg

10SWibs 4944kg 10SWlbs 4944 kg

43ar 122 kg

143Mlbs E486 kg

28WOlbs 12972 kg

5107 143Mlbs l%@ E486kg

28WOIbs 12972kg

127rnm

19mm>m

152mm

19mm

lOmm

152rnm

4 "

19mm

lOmm

1 SPREACHER BLOCKS I .

spreachers are ideal spinnaker sheet lead blocks for modem offshore boats. The double in-line sheave configumtion permits Lse of Me D ock for sp~nnakerchanges wdnon Ine Jse of WO anachment Dolnts a senoLs cons~derabonon modem ooars with cored decks. The 722 is an ideal spreacher block for boats to 38' (11.5 m). AirS~reachers'" are lightweight, hiah-strensth spinnaker sheet biocks. They use Harken's~irSheaveswhichfeature Toilon ro,lers and De,nn ba s lor Ine ~ i i m a t en free ro ling wrlormance Tne r arae d ameter Deanna races can carw high loads, yetthe open centers keep weight to a minlmum. When sizing spreachers be sure thatthe smaller secondary sheave is adequate for the highest anticipated load the block may see. All spreacher blocks feature a hanging tab sothat they can be suspended from the lifelines. Special F@ahrres

Hangingtab Three-way head system Rollerhall bearing system Extreme strength to weight ratin

SheaveD'amctcr M m a q Secondary LBmh

WebM

OMarl;kr

76mm

2 57mm

9%" 241 mm

24 m 6809

12mm

76mm

57mm

219mm

6249

12mm

31 4oz 8928

lmmm

3' 76mm

302mm

12mm

saie WO,U"l h a d

Mmrv Ssrondav

Bmaklq

4950 Ibs 2224kQ

7303 lbs

2245 kg

2245kQ

72Wlbs 3266 kg

49501bs 2245kg

4491 kg 14400ibs E32$

4950 lbs 2245 kg

3311 kg

IAIRSHEAVES'"I h.heavesmare the heart of the AirBlocksmthatwere developed for America's Cup boats that demanded extrtmelv liDM sheaves that could carrvvew , ,hiah " WO&ing lidswith vely low friction. By using very large diameter bearing races, these sheaves can carry high loads on Tonon rollers. S de loads are carned by two m k of bal bearinas to reduce fnnlon cause0 bv ine twist and unfair leads. The center of the sheave has been eliminatedto reaLce we gM. A 6heaves are offerea seoarate v for Jse n soecia applications like spars, thrudeck l&ds, or custom fittings. Due to their unusual shape and high working oaas. AlrSheaves mLst be mohnled wirn greal care to nsbre that load is Drooerlv Olstnbhtea to the sumon structure and to thetdsteners. Normal 18-8 or316 StalnleSS stee fasteners may be usea, OJI the sheave must be property al~gnedto the load ~

Special Features

Fastener holes must be perpendicular to the load

Torlon mllerl&ll bearing system Hardkoteanodized, Tetlon impregnated 6061-T6 aluminum Minimum weigMfor working load Addifional I n h f i o n - See Daaes 48 and 49 for an explanation of special featuresaid page 66 for further information.

Bmakln#

h"" sF0clnn

sbwm 1882

1883 1884

5 76mm C 102mm

5' 127mm

1885

B 152mm

'h'

Zmm 7.4 Zmm

49501bs Z45$

mlbs

72Wlbs 3266kg

144Dllbs 6532kQ

4491 kp

l 29mm

1WWlbs 219Wlbs 4 9 4 4 1 9 1 =kg

l 29mm

143Wlbs 64EE.k~

28WOlbs l2973kg

%S' 8mm

5fA 02

15.88mm

%S.

Z.23mm

1560 9 02 2558

1711m

12mm

25.4mm

4928

l' 25.4mm

23 oz 6620

8mm

12mm

B i g boat sheaves are the foundation upon which big boat D OCI(S are b ~ i nTney are offered sewrate y to owe boa! o m e n hloh aualRv sheaves lor sDec at ..

Big boat sheavesfeature the Harken balVmller oeanng system n v ~ h t Tonon n rollers can) tne n g n rao a loaas whl e De r n oa.ls SLDDOrt sloe loads When choosing big boat sheaves, care should be taken t o choose a sheave based upon load carrying capability ratherthan physical dimensions. Special Features Tor on ro er'ba Dear IIQ S)sIrm narame anon zro Telon lmpregnaleo 6061-T6 Aluminum Addilionallnlwmafion- See pages 48 and 49 for an explanabon of special features.

Part

Olrmder Width

Y W 76mm 22mm

518

41$

114mm 25mm 140mm Z9mm

550

Sale EMLWorlong $ : ~oad 3WOlbs 1361 kg 7400lbs 3257 kg 44Wkg 36Wlbs

Cmnler

Hole hrtsnafs Shenfl ularnnar 49501bs SWlbs %' 38' 2245kg 4491 kg lOmm lOmm 14B501bs 297Wlbs h' %' 1%' 6736kg 13472kg 19mm 1Dmm S m m

WelgM

-6736kg 49501bs

7658 1002

B'aSq

13472kg

22mm

1Omm

Wlbs

38'

41 mm

6 02 170g 1601

4549

NO. 2 521

Diameter

Wm i

11%' 178mm 29mm

wFridion W%~O LonLoad L W

cmbr ""W Hole S 1 m m ~~ ~ $ m s l s r

203 mm 32 mm

1""s 2653lb 5897 kg 12CQOkg 24M1 kg 190mlbs 440301bs l " WO 3 88WOlbs 5 8618kg 19958kq 39917 kg

10' 1%' 254mm 32mm

240Wlbs 50WDlbs l W W D l b 1 W k g 22680kq 453M)kg

1%'

12 mm 12mm

121 mm

3"&' 24mm

4950 Ibs 2245Q

99W lbs 4491 kg

lOmm

211' 1 M m m 32mm

12Wlbs 544kg

20a)lbs 907 kg

4WDlbs 1814%

8mm

1539

21f

1%'

8mm

13030 lbs 14850 Ibs 297Wlbs 5897kq rnlb

rnlk

r n l k

2.89kg

54 mm

Mmm 3 83mm

7WD lbs 3175kq

l 114mm 41 mm

1.28 kg 6502 1.84 kg

12mm

1%~' 76mm 40mm

4'8

WsioM

38mm

603

657

circle

1709 25 oz

SAC'

F ':

Hi-load sheaves are the heart of our standard running backstay blocks and big boat deck organizers. They are offered separately for replacements and for use in s~ecialaoolications which require a very strong, compact sheave. They are popuiar for usiin masts and booms and for through-the-transom running backstav installations. ~i-loadsheaves use a special bearing system ~h cn comb nes s de oaa carv ng bal s wnn a Tef on comoos.1e b.sn na to carw the rad.al oaos. Wn le not free rolling as the standard Harken balVroller bearing system, this hi-load bearing system1 is extremely durable and well suBed to applications which must carw vew hiah loads in a restricted diameter. ~ r e a k i i gstrengihs are based on the use of solid 304 stainless steel shafts. Special Features LigMening holes Hi-load bearing system AddilionalInlormation- See pages 48 and 49 for an explanation d special features.

Diameter Widn

Wei~hI DiamMer Pin

MaxSize Wife

Liw

502

1420

12mm

lam 2849

'%S 18mm

12mm

8mm

12WOlbS 5443kp

17m

481 Q

22mm

16mm

% 8mm

15OWlbS 6804kg

IsDmlbs

8165k~ 37WOlbs

12mm

167B31m

23m

6529

22mm

46oz

l?nh

??mm

'h' 12mm

8mm

16mm lOmm 77mm

7OWlbs

3175$

NARROW HALYARD & STEERING SHEAVES

Harken's narrow halyard and steering sheaves are SpeClflcal y deslgned lor mastnead an0 steenng svstem Instal atlons where s,ze an0 welanl are cm ca. cinsiderations. Narrow halyard and steering sheaves are wmputer designed, use 6061-T6 aluminum, and feature ghtenlng noles lor mar m i m we ght sav ngs The Jse of these sheaves In mastheads lmoroves sal nand no , remarkably, speeding sail changes and allowing the u s e of smaller, lighter halyard winches. When used in steering systems, these sheaves retum crucial 'Yeel" to wheel steered boats. Because halyard and steering sheaves are subjected to very high loading, they feature aspecial bearing system which combines side load canvina , balls -with a Teflon ~ ~ composite bushing to carry the radial loads. While not as free rolling as the standard Harken balVroller bearing System. tn s h gn oao oeartng syslem s evlremely oJraole and well %tea to mastnead and steenno" installations. Breawg strengths are basea on a so ~dshafI of type 304 sta nless steel Tn~sstrenatn WI l varv Iother snan materials are used. ~

~~~~

Special Features

Lightening holes Hi-load bearing system Narrow width Additio~llnlomtafim- See pages 48 and 49 for an explanation of special features. See pages 50and 51 for suggested uses.

12mm

%a' 5mm %a' 8mm %e' Bmm

4m0lbs 1814Lp 82501bs 3742kg 12OMlth 5443kg

16828kg

l,$'

38'

1WOOlth 725BlyLp 210WIbs

371Wlbs 16828kg 660001bs

lDmm

h' 12mm 8

12mm %a'

10mm 1/16.

1 W b

7484k4 1Wlbs 7484kg 371Wlbs

STEERING SHEAVES WITH BRACKETS

Steering sheaves are designed to put the '?eel" back into boats with wheel steering. They lead the steering cables from the wheel to the quadrant and reduce friction in this highly loaded system to

- ,...,.....

1 minimllm "

Since steer ng sheaves are p ace0 n me we gnt sensn ve ah ena ol the boat we use our 692 and 694 ghtvleighl narrov, sneaves These sheaves feature a hi-load bea& system which combines side load carrying balls with a Teflon composite bushing to suppolt the radial loads. There are four stainless brackets available for mounting steering sheaves. Pivoting brackets will lay over 45" to simplify alignment of the steenng canes wdh me sneaves an0 quadrant F xea orackels are Iahter an0 ower AI oracf,en l e a ~ ~boll r e slots so tnat tney can be &ted up to l0"for better alignment after installation Special Feahrres 316 stainless steel brackets Lame diameter sheaves

HI-load bearings AddifionalInlmalion- See pages 48 and 49 for an expianatlon 01special features, Height

785

4 (102 mm) Steerlng sheave w/flxed bracket

787

6 (152 mm) Steerlng sheave wnixed bracket

Lenm

Winh

Weight

Max Wire Size

Sale

WoMng Load

7500ibs

Strength

1500Oibs

hnener spacing

Uses Sheava

694

6x8mrnHH

67rnmx54mm

4x8mmHH

90mmx51

6xM'HH 6xlOmmHH

rnmr

X &S'

86mrnx65mm

1ADDITIONAL SPECFICATIONS I

4.50 (1 14 mm). 5.50 (140 mm), 7.00 (178 mm) Foot Blocks 512,513. 514,530,532. 534.770, 771,772,773

d CUSTOM,

Farm,Nindy Sevsn -BabRos~Fnom

G3740 Midiawjb

po@lide m3.W (76 mm) aluminum sheave &r. SW. 36W ms (lWM). Weipht 1.51 Ibs (069k~).

G3801 2.5U (Mmm)fued aluminum haiyard Rad Airamk. SWL: 3500 lbs (1591 kg). Weigm 0.65 ms (0.mkg).

C-2617 3.w (76 mm) pMdnQaluminum law lead b l o k SWL: Wl3 hs (2268 Q). Wdoht: 1.86Ibs. (0.M kg). C-3745 Mid-rangehat yard lack SWL.5000 lbs (2273 kg).Weight: 1.59 lbs (0.72 M).

The Harken Custom department designs and builds parts that complement and supplement our standard line of hardware and winches. Today's sop his^cated yachts require Wings built to exacting standards of perfomlance and finlsh. Only Harken has me exper ence an0 expertise to respond to those news. Whether vou sail a SJOewaCM,an America's CUDacnr or ILSI a weekend cruise<~arkencan'suppiythe hardware you n&d Demand for custom travelers, blocks and other hardware continues to orow and we at Harken have established ourselves as leaders in this dvnamic market. Dedication to continuously improving both customer sewice and the quality of our products helps us maintain that leadership position.The ability to blend produdon hardware wlh custom gear has served us well in a market once dominated bv smaller s~ecializedcustom manufacturers. Our Newport, Rhode liland stafl works daily wim builders, designers, pr0.m managers and captains to oeve op n gh qJa iry cJstom patis. Our wondwlde nenvork of d~strionorsS J D D O ~our ~ NewDorl onlce ov asslst na customers in faraway ports. Ths i ciase mntact w~lcustomersensures that the custom hardware we supply IS ngnr lor the lob Ls~alhrwe can orovlde oear from our ~ M oo of l ex suns cJstom designs When a new design is req&d, our staff of engineers and designers in

Pewaukee can produce hardware that is functional, attmctiiand reliable. Continuous improvements in materialsand manufacturing methods ensure that our customers receive hardware rnat fuwtions well and olok?. good for vears to come. Ur l'izina state-of-theanCNC and EDM rna~hlne~, we can , quickly produce true & t o m parts. We also pay close attention io the finish of the parts whether thqr are vapor-honed titanium or hand polished stainless steel. Experience gained by developingand building custom parts is lnvalqble to the development of our standard pmduct line. Many successful standard parts have evolved from custom prowls. Ths vear saw the successful conclus~onol the Wnnbreaa race m h Harken equipped boats winning the Maxi and fibread ad 60 classes. we were also i&&ed in h e l a t e s r l yacms ~ ~ nduding several of the new ILC 40 and 46 vachts. More and lamer s~oervachtswere fmed M n our aear mis Year as m& owners realize thibeneins of high-quality Harken gear: These pages highlight a number of custom pmjeds we haveproduced recenthr. If vou're i n ~ l ~ with e d a omiectthat miaM need some soecial aear. contad ou;~ustom department~nddiscussya;r requirements we'dkloy wwking with you.

C 3637 500 (127 mm)alumln runnerflddle block SWL 13700lbs (6227kgs) Welgm 427 lbs (1 94 kg)

C 2946 4 W' (102 mm) h1 load alumlnum smvel block

C 3055 bo bcetllb sllderwlh450' (114 mm) stainless steel sheave camer SWL 95001bs 14318 kg) Welght 5 59 lbs (2 54 kg )

SWL 12WO lh (5455 kg) Welght 5 53 lbs (2 51 kg)

3.00' (76 mm) straphead duminum C.3278

douMe Airrlmk. SWL: 1OOW l k (4545 kg). Weight 1.67 Ibs (0.76 kg).

The largest growth in the IMSfleet during the past year has been in boats under 50'. The new ILC 40 and 46 classes should provide some exciting racing in the upcoming Admiral's Cup. The Sydney-Hobart race was won by Ninety Seven, .n

....

l h d Afi .v U

H stonca ly, ooars n m s sue range usea mostly stanaard nardware This IS chanolna as racers oo< tor evem DOSS.ble we qht advantage ana tLm to cJslom h a r d h i to find Mat advantage:dur polyslide~enoacarsire the lightest adjustao e 110can on tne marlcel and have Deen proven for tne past two yeas Sma ler A.rBlocks are now ava lao e whcn nave h~gnerslrength-to-weight ratlos cnan any other blocks. Hardwarefor IMS yachts larger Man 50' (15 m) has evolved from our highly s~ccesstulWnnoreaa 60 expenence Feel wlnner Yamahawaseq~lppedwlrh narken c~scomdeck gear, provlng Rs rel.aD Ity ana perlormance in a I conalt~onsA neb aenerar on ol .MS m m s is emerglng ana lead ng cne way s the a1 Harnen eqJ Ged Brfndabella a J~lson75 The loads on chese ooats are eqJa. to !nose on tne IOR max.s 0.1 matenal resrrlct ons In me M S rule force us to DJloa naroware n sra n ess steel and a umln4m M J C ~ol wha! we learned dealing wdn similar material restrictions on the Whitbread 60's is put to good use on these offshore boats. ~~

C-3n8 Big boat jib slider er with 5.W (127 mm) AirShewe. SWL: laMn lh (4848 kg). Weight: 338 lbs (1.54 kg).

C-3614 5.W (l27 mm) p i t h p stainless steel hakard lead block SWL: 1 2 m lbS(5456 kg). Weight 6.15 Ibs(2.80kg).

C-3808

4.W (102 mm) hi-lwd W n l s steel sMhh block SWL: lOWO Ibs (4545 kg). Weism 4.2 l b (1.91 kg).

C3592 5.50 (140 mm) p m n g m l e s s *l maimheet block. SWL: 14850 lh (6736 kg). Weight: 9.34 lbs (4.25 kg).

Aner their successtu~debut at the ~rnerica'sCUD we refined our AirBlock for Lse on megapMs. Our fee ing &S that despite the extreme loads, 1he blocds dia not nave to LW bdlky and neavyto be strong ana efticient. A IaMer b odc mades boat handllno eas er ana for app~icationssuch as-fiying runner blocks is actualb safer. Polished SA nless siaeplates an0 bails comblne wth the no l& center look of the A rSheaves to Drod~cehamware that looks ooth thomuonv ..z , modem and opulent Some cLstomen and boats reqLire more trad'dional bloc6 ana we continLe to dter odr normal range of mega-yacht gear Wood shell olock using oLr nloh tech sheaves combine a mtalrvtraainonal lookwm high levels of performance. 82

C-3761 40mm T-backsl'dercarrrim 5.50'(140 mm) sheave W r Car and s h w arm IipMpmj Hardkote a n o d i i . SWL 1 7 5 ibs ~ (7955 kg).

G-PLN HHmO gmm W r a r e n g m wIh name

SWL24.m IbS (10,900 kg).

C-3473 5.W (127 mm) stainkss steel footblmkmth wide AirSheave. SWL: 145W It6 (69M kg). G3593 6.W(152 mm) pivNiw Stainlesssteel MPSfairkad AirBlock SWL t 2 W lbs (5590 h). WeigM: 7.43 lbs (3.38 kg).

C-3598 5.W (127 mm) stainless W AlrRunner with becket SWL: lOWOIbs(4M4 kg). we~gm:4.35 I ~ (1.98 S kg).

G3850 162 mm slamless steel hang~noAirBlock SWL 210W lbs(9545b3)

C-3838 40 mm T-tmstainless *eel jib fairlead m162 mm stainlesssleel AlrBlo&. SWL: 21000 Its (9545 kg).

C 3 6 ( r ~ * . w ' ( l M mm) fued aluminum Ward lead Aimlod SWL: 5WO Ibs (2273 kg). WQM: 0.931bs (042 kg).

C3157 4 W ( 1 0 2 m m ) lignium match black sm:mlbs (226B kg). Weight l.Z5lbs(OVkg).

There are still classes of boats that don't restrict materials and this gives our custom engineers Me oppoltunS to explore new materials and refine our ex sting range of gear JS ng carbon hber and ttani~m.This year we nave s n M block and headboard cars ana carbon fber W nch made r~tani~m pedestals as well as ~ M t i a n of s our t i i u m blocks using AirSheaves. For me next Amencas cup we W II oe mlng Mese aeG opmenrs to Me extreme, producing blocks tnat are aronaer an0 lianter than anfln,no we've made before.while many boats are not hrmittedio use exotici, wehave found that products developed using unrestricted rnatenals can often be successf~ly mod lied and b ~ i iwlh i mmenals tnal are legal In a Iclasses.

C-37D8 3 . W ( 7 6 mm) tnanium runner blmk mth m.S W 5m0 13s ( 2 Z 3 kg)

C.3823 9 . W (229 mm) W n g t m i u m masmead splnoaker h a w Mock. SWL 24250 Ibs (11WOkg) Wght:10.93 lbs (4.97 kg).

C3702 5.W (127mm) faed aluminum lead Modr SWL: 1 mlbs ( 4 W kg). Wiht:1571bs (0.76 kg).

Rounded teem Mll not cut mtear line-they hold byWueennJ, not amino imo L. line in when cam

SuwrstmnJcamsare made of HerdkoteTeRon irnpwnakd die cast aluminum.

Drain hob albwa trapped water to v .

Tnree #amof Ddnn' m oeanngs o n n b n n gn NOS

m g m a W cams l0 lame srnoomw an0 ear N

Hardhte TeRon impregmd die

me loom desgn a m cam entry p s o r n 8 ~

a o ~ l n e s 1 0 0 ePU edirnomeammOLI ara* ng npihm,gnmp cm - W#lecl for M e n ,o~\elnrnmealotw m u or madea p&se mnholadjumm

A gooa cam cleat notas sec-re y wlrho~taarnag ng ne engages and

re eases easl v, work, ea~alv we1 wnh a ranae of lhne alameters ana withstands years of use k i i o u t suffering wear damage. In January of 1984 a patent was issued to Peter Harken which covek the use of rotatable bearinos in a cam cleat and the s~ecificaeometrv of cam pawls. Since that time no other cleat has matcheior su&ssed the Harken Cam-Matic" for performance and durability. Ball bearings are one key to the Cam-Matic's success. Because the pawlsfloat on multiple rows of bearings, they open easily even under high loads. Lines engage with simple downward pressure and there's no need to pull nlgh y loaded l1n6tnmugn me .am to ease sneets or hanraras - l ~ sf t~ t rnem d out BecaJse tne MW s nae on oeannas. the &m springs can be very light to allow even easier line entry. The Cam-Matic's patented geometry insures that the samenumber of reeth gr p me ~ n eregaraless of halameter Tn s al ows tne ~ s ot e ro~naea teeth that do not oamaoe tne and 1hey hold smal haro, n ah-tecn aal~srment lines as well as soft large lines with equal force. Light spring pressureand spec al geometry also a low the Lse of rouna reeth aecause tne pawls c ose evenly and aon'! need to bile ~ntome cover ro lnsure rnar rnev c ose ~ h aluminum e jaws are Hardkdeanodizedwim Teflon impregnation. Tne r naroened round ale cast a l ~ m nbm teetn an0 sl ppery Teflon s~rtace res st I ne abraslon aelter than any plastc lnc.ud ng those fil ed rvlrn mater~a~s

lor smooln ermy 01 me an0 6 lam SO 10. can pu ine ne n wnon rcmpngh.caes

I ie carbon A l ~ mnum 1s a rerrd c mater~alfor dlss patlng heal wnere

Dlasr cs tend to burn oLnna h~ahsDeea tnmm na an0 nalvard ran na There are four sizes of Harien cam-~aticcl&ts for boats from &e sma lest a nghys to arge obhore boats. Tne 279 mlcro Cam-Mar c IS oes oned lor small conrrol lnes Tne alum~numteeth wear well wbh the hGd, small lhnes favored by dlnahv sailors. The 11/16' (27 mm) hole spacing allows cleats to be spaced ciose togetner and s pe~iectfor use ,vhere many control I nes lead ro a small area Tne al -D a s c 200 ow Drof~leCam-Mar c IS a lianrwelanl c eat lor small or medium sized line. Use it when the load is lowandadjushent is infrequent. Avold me 200 when llne s arawn rnroLgn the laws d~nngaalJstment The 150 Cam.Mabc s use0 for h~onloads and for aml carlons wnere the line is adjusted often or is drawn ihrouuh the jaws dhing adjustment The aluminum base and jaws make ita strong, durable cleat. The 280 offshore Cam-Matc was aes gnea to complement the mlaranae ser es of bloc6s ,lwl l accommodare ine to 518' l16 mm! ana wll give rugged service in high load situations ~

Cam - -... Kits ....Each cam is available in a oackaaed set which includes a cam, wedae and appropnate W re farleaa 'see page 90 tor weage and wlre fa rieadspecd car ons

L, 3

Cam-Matic " Cam Cleafs h51ener Sim

Fasinsr Spacing

isize :

2'hoz 71 g

XlOFH 5mmFH

1'4'' 38mm

'4'

300 Ibs

3mm

136kg

750 lbs 340-kg

Aluminum

12mm

150 IbS 68 kg

500 lbs 227 kg

Plas6c

150 I h 68 kg

3W lbs 136kg

5Wlbs 227b

ICCillbs 454 $

WiWl 150

279 260

Cam-Matic 65mm

32mm

29/18'

Min ~ine Size

Low prolib Cam-Matic-

1'402 439

YlOFH 5mmFH

ll& %mm

'4.

65mm

ll/i 32mm

%8'

27mm

8mm

3 mm

Micro Cam-Matic

19mm

1%. 47mm

Zmm

3/n 01 219

ts RH 4mmRH

1%~" 27mm

6mm

3 mm

Mfshore Cam-Mac

liN

32mm

&mm

51A 02 1489

%' FH 6mmFH

21/16. 52mm

16mm

6 mm

38mm

'K 'A.

Ma WLoad B ~ Q

BnaMnQ Stnah

PlasBc 8

61Aluminum

Cam Kits &Assemblies l

00cscription

Cam

Wedoe Fairlead WeipM

315

Microcam M

279

297

284

150

145

137

283

262

316

Can-Matic lat ~

317

Gffshorem k#

280

325

MlcmCam-MaG w i y e lairlead

279

326

LowprofikCamMatc w h r e fairlead

327

Cam-Matic wMirefairlead

150

1%oz 3493Mm 93 9 6%i or

8 '4 8 p

284

loz 28 9

298

20r 57 9

298

302 85 9

1 CAMFAIMEAD

328 Mounted behind a 150 Cam-Mac

Cams not included

C a m fairleadsallow cleats to be used even when lines enter or leave the cam at unfair angles. Motlnted aft of the cam, the fa dead allorvs enoaoement and release of lines hum a woe raigiof angles. This is ideal for controls on modem boats where crew move from the cockpit to a trapeze or ro the weather rail, yet the rvelgnt and expense of swivel cams s not ~st~tied. Mo~ntea ahead of the cam, the hidead accepts lines with varying leads such as traveler controls on small catamarans. Made of glass-reinforcedplastic, cam fairleads are extreme6 resistantto abkion. Lines ride on large oiameter slalnless steel tubes which min~mize mCt10nand wear to both me fadead and Ine. Tne shape ofthe cam fairlead has been optimized to ensure easy engagement of lines even when pulled at acute angles. The 328fairlead fits both the 150 and 2W cams. The 3 2 9 f i the 279 micm cam. Both can be reversed for either fmnt or rear mounting. ~

Sp&l

Feaium

Fiber reinforced plastic Stainless tubes protect lines Large diameter guides for low friction Reversible 88

Even at acme angles. linescan easb be engaged into cam.GIB refinforced p M i c and stainless steel guide tubes ensure low friction.

1 CAM BASES I Harken cam bases provide a variety of mounting possibilities for blocksand cam cleats. The patented ball bearing swivel bases, 144, 205, and 1574, ride on two rows of ball bearings to insure smooth, easy pivoting under load. As vou change positions in the boat, the base will k w ~ efreely l to ns,re a la r ead even ~naerh~gn loads. The 205 ana 144 are prov oeo wnn the 145 weaae kn so me cam mav be analed 10 oest SJR you~specificneeds. The iighteniig hole on all swivel cam bases may be used to pass the sheet when the cam is reversed for a downwards release. The 205 is perfect for dinghys and small offshore mats were me oase s mo~niedal aeck level It IS ~ s e ownn big 01. et oloc6s. d ngnr blocks, 2.25' blocks, %d little ~exaratchets: The cleat is the 150 Cam-Matic. The 144 is a more upright base and is ideal for mounting on the cockpit sole or on heavy course racing keel boats and small offshore boats where a larger block is desired. The 144 accepts 2.25' blocks, 3.00" ligM duty blocks, and the Hexaratchet llt2. The 150 Cam-Matic cleat will handle line to 1% (12 mm). The 1574 is designed to accept mid-range blocks and is suitable for use on the mainsheet of boats as large as 43 fed (13 m). 11 s fined Wltn me 280 onsnore Cam-Matt c eat wnich v~I acceot I ne as arae as is' 16 mm1 ?he 240 and 541 sw~veibases wth cams are useful for control lines on boats of all sizes and are frequently used for mainsheets and jib sheets on boardboats and small dinghys. The 238 and 239 are used when your direction of pull s nor a flays direcdy in ine wnn lne c eat The ~ Lseve I fa r ead hods me I ne at ine cleat when not in use Special Features Smooth pivoting under load Cam-Matic ball bearing cam cleats

uacription

Mar

LS):

HelgM WeigM

Fasteners

Fa*rm'

%aclq

Working Inad ----

144 205 238 239 240 241

Swivel base

X -

5 13or 143mm 369g

512mm

L'tUesMl base

4',f 1201 114mm 3409

3-12mm

Cam an plate wbullswe

32mm

40r 1139

3-12mm

Cam on plate wbullseye

32mm

301 859

34mm

Bullseyewlswivel base & mm

l 49mm

7lhm

'h'.'$

2139

fl2mm

Bullseye wlswivel base & cam

l 38mm

6% oz i t 4g

3-8 mm

515/16" 2301 151 mm 6529

6-16mm

1574 Mid-range swivel base

%M' -

K - '

b8+16'

use w/22Y, 3.W I'mM duty & Hexaratchels

#lOFH 5mm

19mm

#lOFH 5mm

19mm

110 5mm

llh'& l' 38825mm

3W lbs 136b

Alumlnum 154 Cam-Matic

$10 5mm

1'/2&1' 38&25mm

IMlbs 68kQ

Plastic2WCam-Matic

l'&'

26mm

3001bs 136kg

Aluminuml50 Cam-Matic

1%~' 26 m m

150 Ibs 68 $

PMic 2W Cam-Matic

llMa' 27mm

nOFH 5mm #l0 FH 5 mm %. FH 6mm

Use Mm tulM drdM 22S&l'iY.ek0mMs

Usewimid-range bloda L

137 201

Eyestrap

281

Lowpmflk westrap Microeyestrap

282

Largee~ertra~

284

Mcra wire fairlead

298 419

Wire hidead Eyestrap

32 01 90 .l601

150,200

38 mm lih'

150,200

4.5g .l601 4.5 g

38 mm lhs' 27 mm

8 oz BQ 2 4 01 70 .S m 140 h az

ZiAe' 52 mm

280

ih6'

279

27 mm l'h'

150.200

38 mm 2'

418

Wedges & Risers I

145

There are four eyestraps to provide a fairlead on cams and to hold the line at the cleat when not in use. The 284 and 298 wire fairleads can be used with the 150,200 and 279 cleats to place a fairlead ahead of the cam. The 201 may be litted to the 150 when a low profile fairlead is desired and the line is no largerthan 5/16" (8 mm). The 419 eyestrap forms afairlead on the 418 Trioaer Cleat. A wZge k t t i ava lab e for each cam so cleats can be angled 15'fOr oetler eads in special sltuat ons Tne 150,200 and 279 c eats can also be fitted to either flat or 16angled risers to provide proper leads. Each wedge and angled riser includes an under-deck shim to provide a properly angled mounting surface for nuts when the cam is through-boited. 90

Om-Matt wedge kt

101 28 0

'%1 38 mm

150. MO

Harten is now offeringthe Nash Trigger Cleat for sailors who require a cleat that can be released easily under very high loads. By pulling down on the sheet, the unique trigger mechanism is activated and the pawls open easing the sheet. In light air, or once the load is relieved using the trigger, the cleat is operated like a normal cam. The Tmger cleat features stainless steel pawls and a glass reinforced nvlon base. It is ideal for high load applications-suchas mainsheets, catamarans and some halyards. While the Trigger Cleat is not ball bearing, the tnggeraction ensures reliable operation in heavy air and the cleat fits a unique need.

@ B . "IWoo*n oo me soon me .mq,e mpgr, mhafl.snl sdflnareoano r n ~ ~ r >pm u~s

418

Tngger Cleat

we $rK$r

Leng

WidIh

Helgm

WalpM

2'W Mmm

139' 35mm

5602

76mm

1599

3mm

WWolng Load 'h' 5WIbs 12mm 227kg

Faaenars XlOFH

5mrnFH

POWER SHEET JAMMERS

Harken sheet iammers feature a double control system. The s k l l hand lever allows the jammer to be opened under light loads. A winch handle is used to release the jammer under heavy loads. The ooen top design allows Harken iammers to be used for genoa and spinnaker sheets. The lammer is olaced in line between the blockand a kinch. ~ h i e t may s be fo&d down into the jaws to take the load off the winch. The jaws remain open until the lip of the winch socket is pressed whereupon they snap closed. The low profile, compact size, and the factthat the nand ever does not protr,ae beyono the base vlnJa lv e im nates me ooss bllrtv of lo~llnosneets power sheet jammdrs are available in &o sizes in Hardkote anodized aluminium or chromed bmnze. Polished bmnze is available by special order. Special Features W ncn nanole release tor neavy loads

nana ever relea% for gn! oaos AJa.laoe n ngnl or letr nand moae r

B1773CL

B18661\R ~186 81866AL

Dsactipllon Large duminum sheet

lammer (W

Largechmme sheet iammer (ngM) L a p aluminum sheet iammer (IeR) Large chromesheet jammer (let) Smdl duminum sheet lammer noht) 6 Smallchrmsheet ~~ iammsr (right) Smallaluminumsheet lammer (W)

widul 6' 3'Ma' 1Mmm l W m m 6' 3'%/la' 150 mm l W m m 6' 31%~' 1 M m m ~ 100 mm

;;

som mm

l ~ m m%mm

108mm

75mm

4%' lMmm 4

108mm

75mm 3' 75mm

Mmm 1%' Mmm l 44mm

li631

4x1

7l5Olbs 14mm 22mm 3 2 5 0 ~ %B" 33Wlbs 4x8mm 4Mg 10mm 14mm 1SWkg 460~ W 44001bs 4 x a m i 13kp lOmm 14mm 20COkp . 39' 33Wlbs 4xamm l602 450g lOmm 14mm 15Wkg

32kg

1STAND UP BASES I m swivel and pwot to give the tairea leaa while a rLbber stano up devlce

Stand up bases allow a variaty of blocks to be held upright, yet swivel freely and pivot to pmwde fair leads under load. The 010 is offenused on the mainsheet of small dinghys.its bail and socket designallowsblocksto swivel freely and to pivot a 45"angie. Bloc6 may be timed wdh spnngs. but even wlthoul spnngs, oocks wi I not hit the aecn. The 010 acceors all Hatten bloca wilh 48' (10 mm) swivel posts. These include big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks.'2.25' biocks, lltk fiddles, the 005 and 006, lIUe Hemratchets, and Hexamtchet 11t2's. Usecare when se ecnng b o c k as the maximum wow ng oaa of the 010 is often less Ulan Mat of the corresaondlna olocks ~ ~ The 029 is simikr to the 010 except that it accepts Hatten blocks with 7/16" (11 mm) swivel posts. These include 3.00'cmiser blocks and fiddle blocks. Many of these bl& have wolldng loads in excess of Me maximum woddng load ot Me 023 so ir m ~ sbe t seledea with cm. Tne 061 stancn.on mount Dase permns easy attacnment of a vanety of bloc6 to 74 or 1' (22 mm or 25 mm) stanchions or DU ~ n sIis frequentiy used for leiding furling lines aft to Me cockpi. The block is free

keeps the o.ockfmm hmlng tne dec6 or stanch on. The 061 ampts &men bloc6 wlth 3%' (10 mm) swivel posts. These inc ude b g bu let olocks, d nghy blocks. 2.25' olocks. file fidd es, the 005 and 006, lmle hexaratchets. and hexalinchet 11+2's The 061 is sometimes usea for Rag naryrds ana lignt a.r soinnaker sheets The 1573 is a stand up base for mid-range blocks. Blocks are supported by a spring, but are free to pivotto permit fair leads under load. The 1573 has a very ow profile aes gn wn ch keeps the sheave close to the oeck, m a ~ n gd ideal for use as a mast oase nalyara lead o~ockThe sate WOhnO loaa of the 1573 is such that it may be used with any single, ratchet, or tddie mid-range block. Mid-range double and triple blocks may be litted to the 1573, but their safe working load is higher than that ofthe base.

Special Feahrms Eases accept a vaneh, of o ock ~ ~ o Wc Ienot nn rh?cd .~

~laikcarswiveland pivot freely

w,m,,,=m,

010

Ball & s W k

1W Mmm

3 a2 859

% 2' %mm

lnrida ~odn

Diameter

W lOmm

3%' 5 m m

029 061

1 1573

Large M l B sacket base

Stanchion mount base Mid-mge stand up base

2' 51mm

4 02 1130

l'W

32 mm

202 57 Q

115~6' .4~mm

702 wag

2% %mm

. .2%' {smm

'h. 12mm

'h'

6mm

%6'

10mm

5mm

..%S' ismm

smm

%e'

Mlr WUMW bad 4WIbs 181$ 4Wlbs 181 kg 3501ts 159kg 18001bs 81641

Fmtmn 13Wlk 590$

l m ~ m 54)lgl

SlOm 1' 5mm 25mm i. i .. n ~ ~ 1. 5mm

UsewRZS,WkMk, &Hexarm& ~ ~ ~ ~v,-.-?M. r m n b

hmm cruiserBHexa~ I Use whullq B0 bullst,

50Wlh .226741 ~

%RH 6mm

41mm

1EYESTMPS 1 Eyestraps are useful accessories. They form light duty mountino bases for blocks. selve as lash down ooints. and several are used on cam-~aticcleats as faiieads.' "Vertld Dull Evestmos wll d~storiat much lower loads

Padeyes are great for mounting blocks and are also used as attachment oointsfor stavsails, reefino blocks. and hundreds of other items. Harken offersa range of stainless steel padeyes. The diamond shaped padeyes, 688 and 689, are 316 stainless and are often used at mast bases where the diamond shaoe allows them to be mounted very close together. The 627,629,648 and 690 padeyes are 17-4 PH stainless. The 717 and 729 toggle padeyes are designed for extremely high load applications. They will accept Harken titanium and big boat blocks only with custom head posts available by special order. For maximum strength, always align padeye bails to me load. 0

627,688:Use l/d (6mm) FH 689,690:Use WC (B mm) FH wa:use%' (l0mm) FH

M7 €48 623

688 689

W 717 729

Smdl mund Hi-load medium ldve mund Small diamond large diamond Nuare Large twle Small

2%' 57 mm 3' 76 mm W' %mm 31~' 79mm 3% 98mm 2W 70mm 5' lmmm 4%'

ll/le' 27mm 1 33mm l

44mm 2

299'

51mm

Mlmm 2% 73mm

ms' 59mm 2W 70mm 115~~' 48mm

%mm 3%~' 84mm 2%' -.

13/16. 30mm 1%' 40mm l

48mm 1%' 32mm 1%' 35mm 1W 38mm 31346' 97mm 2%'

13/16. 30mm l

44mm 2' 51 mm 13/16' 30mm 1%. 40mm 11/16. 37mm 2%' 67mm 2%'

16mm 6

24mm l

27mm %S'

14mm

% 22 mm 13/16'

21mm 1W 23mm i34s'

15/16' 4x02 SOWlb 24mm 118g 2270kg i7/16' l l m 12WOlbs 37mm 3120 5448kg 1%' 2302 2W301bs 44mm 652g 9070kg A' 4 % ~ 38Wlbs ZZmm 135g 1770kg 1 1 ~ ~ - 71102 8 m l k 27 mm 2139 3BSOLg 1%C 8m Wlbs 30mm 227g W k g %' a m 3KOIbs 19mm 1942g 13W8kg %s' 3601 .-- 143Wlb5

45001bs 2WD$ 1lOa)lbs 4994kg 12WOlbs 5440191 SWOlB 2270b mlbs 3628 kg 8WOlbS 3900kg W l b s 13W8kg 143Wlbs

43Wlbs lWDOlbS SMalbS 19% kg 4535k9 4080kQ 85001bs 2 4 0 l b s 2Z000lh 3B50kQ 10B96kg 9988kp 140Wlbs W l b s 24Da)lbs W$ l8l40kg 1 m k g 43Wlbs 780olbs l m l b s 19%$ 3540kg 4535191 7 W l b 1SWOlbS 17hX)Ibs 3540 kg 8618 $ 7800kQ 7 m l b s l ~ l b s172001bs 7710b 7BWQ l m l b s GWWlbs WWOlb 8165k-2 27216kg 27216k9 12WOIbs 286Wlbs 2 W l k

8MalbS 3900kg 1ma)lhs 771OkD 28WOlbs 127WkQ BWOM

39WM

1SMXllbs 7075 kg 1Wlbs 7075kg 36WOlbs 16330kQ. 24WOik C876 kQ

3 MAGIC BOXES I

Fart No

Special Features Ball bearing sheaves LOWstretch line Removable beckets

Numeric tensioning guide

Common Specilications Line size -542'(4 mm) Wmrs-#10(5mm) RH

Max

Sheam

Mach

Dlanalsr

Spaclq

Ld,

118

M a g i c boxes are powerful, multipart tackles housed in a compact aluminum extrusion, The box eliminates tw~stsand neeps the lhne pellectly organ zed Tne secret 10 the Harhen maalc box 1s a Dalented oa I friction between the bearing system to sheaves and between the sheaves and the axles. Magic boxes are useful for outhauls, downhauls, cunninghams, jib halyards, backstays and many other controls which require a powerfultackle with a limited range of adjustment. They are used on boats from small dinghys to large offshore racers. Hi-load versions which use Torlon balls are available to increase the working load capabilii.

Bmanng Matanal

119

Delrin Delrin

8:i 8:l

5' 127mm 10 254 mm 15' 381 mm

1 35mm l

35 l 35mm

14% 15'hoz 359 mm 4399

'%s"x&%" BWlbs 24x213mm $ '5/re'x13%' 8W Ibs 363kg 24x340 mm

1Wlbs 726kg 1MX)Ls 726Q

19' 483mm

1802 510g

5"x18W 24x4W mm

BWBS 363 kg

1GWlbS 726kg . 1SWlbs Wkg 1SWlbs Wkg 20Wlbs W7kg

Uzmm

1202 340g

120

Delrin

8:l

178

Tohn

6-1

S 127mm

1' 8 25mm 2 E m m

802 2279

8M' 210mm

179

Totion

6:1

10 254mm

1' 25mm

lOoz 2fflg

12%' 327mm

180

Torlon

8:l

5' 127mm

1%' 9%' 35mm -232mm

120z 3409

(5/16'~8H. 24x213mm

GWlbs 272kg GWlbs 272Q lOmlbs 454kg

181

Totion

B:1

10' 254 mm

35mm

14'18' 359mm

1 5 M m '%a'xl3W 4398 24x340mm

l W l b 454 kg

2WOlbs W7 kg

15' 381mm

l 35mm

19 483mm

10Wlbs 454kD

2WOlbs W7k~

182

Totion

8:l

Allo_mquEk dirmnned of habardS. all^ qulck dimnned of habards.

1 3 349mm

1802 510q-

l%e'x18'/a' 24x4Mmm

L-A

SE1F-COIYTAIIYED SHEAVES

M o s t small Harken sheaves are not self-contained and cannot be supplied loose. We offer the sheaves which are self+ontained for applications where you need to add a free rolling sheave to your own special configuration. Cons der oad~ngcarel,l) an0 rememoer inar na yarn sneaves carw Iwlce lhe oad of the nalvard Se 1-contatned sheaves are sensitive to over tightening. Use lock nuts on the fasteners and avoid applying squeezing loads on the sheaves. The micro. bullet and bin bullet self-contained sheaves are Delrin with Delrin ball bearings. They are scored for rope and should not be used for wire. Mid-range sheaves are available In e mer Delr~nor a l ~ m nLm ,S? a umlnJm sneaves for wlre Self-conralnea N re sheaves are harokole anoalzea allm nLm wnn Tel on mpregna! on They r de on a hl-,oad compos le oearlng The 1 1 7 (38 mm) and 2 (51 mm) sneaves have oa I Dear nas lo m n m ze fr~ct.onbenveen me sneave and me slaeplatesiused by twisting loads, The 1"(25 mm) wire sheave ,ses low frlctlon r h r ~ swasners l for in s pJrpose The 161 nJa sneave Jn versa, .eaa incddes Two 160 sheaves and is used to divert a line which must turn in ether direction. l t ~ is often used behind the traveler car on a self-tacking jib or to lead a catamaran traveler control line to a cleat. 96

1 ;

d,:escription

Sheaw Dlamsw Width Welghl

Ue ,

Wim

Diameter

P -

M ~ r sheave o

277 -

160 265

'?M

22 mm

lOmm

6 mm

5mm

ZWlbs 91kg

11% 29cm

3Wlbs

12mm

8 mm

6mm

136 kg

38mm

14mm

%e'

'M0 02

Bulletsheave Blg bullet

sheave

161

Dual sheave

303

universallead Wire sheave

307

Wire sheave

149

lOmm

l or

29mm

22mm

289

4 8mm

1' 25mm

1/4 02

6mm

136b

3 ,

%S'

1OOOlbs

5mm

8mm

7mm '3H

l oz

Wiresheave

311 p -

1533

Smallmid-range sheaye

1534

Smdl mid-range

aluminum sheme

51 mm 2 51 mm 2 51 mm

lomm

439

22 mm

43g

907kg

500 lbs

1Moz ~

14mm

6mm

2% oz 946' 22 mm 71 a 14mm 5mm

227Q

5W 10s 6mm

227b

SMALL BOAT DECK ORGUNIZERS

Deck organizers are used when a large number of lines need to be eo n a smal space Tney are oilen Jsea to rLn nalyards and control Ines ah from me mast to w~nchesnear the cockDlt Decn oraanlzers are also ideal for many other applications which'require muiiple sheave cheek blocks. Small boat deck organizers feature 114'' (38 mm) ball bearing sheaves. They are intended for use on rape halyards on boats under 26 feei(8 m) or for lightly loaded control lines on larger ooats. Sma boat dec6 organ zers are aval aole in o o ~ b or ~ ernple sneae conf aJra1 ons. Stacned do~oleand trlD e organ zers are .sed when 1is nicessatyto lead a large number of linesift in a small area Special FeahKes

Self-wntainedsheaves Compact length Low prolile construdon

Common SpecMicatlm Sheave dia- 114' (38 mm) Fasteners -X10 (5 mm) FH Maw line size - W (10 mm) Max working load (per sheave)-300 lbs (136 kg) BreakingStrength -2000 lbs (907 kg)

270 Double sheave 271

272

Tnple shave

Sbched double sheave

5]/16'

129mm 6'%6'

173mm 5%6'

129mm

'h' 22mm

4'4 W 1280

22mm

1849

l%6'

7% 01

40mm

191g

4l/i X ?X 108mmx22mm

6 ' x 7h'

152mmx22mm 4Wx

'h'

108mmx22mm - -

I "'V,

\'""C,

1591, (1593)

9 1503, (1507)

MID-RANGE DECK ORGANIERS

R L n n l n g hatyards and control lhnes ait a lows the crew to ODerate Me boat from the secLnN of the c o c k ~ Deck t a'rganizers are used to lead multiple lines from the mast. They are useful for halyards, reef lines, outhauls, pole l'& and other control lhnes Declc organize6 are also aeal lor manv other aoollcabonswh~chreaulre mumo e sheave

cheei blocks: ' Harten mid-range deck organizers feature 7 (51 mm) ball beanng sheaves. Sheaves are ava~lablein plast~cfor rope nalyards o r contro s an0 n harokote anoaaea alJm n L m for w ~ rhalyards. i They are intended for use on naryaros an owls to 37'(1 1 5 m ) o r tor lghtly loaoea control Ines on arger boats Special hahasp Self-contained sheaves Large diameter sheaves Compact length Low profile construmon Aiuminum wire sheaves

C m 0 1 1 Spscifications Sheave dia - 2' (51 mm) Fasteners 1/4' (6 mm) Max line size -W (16 mm) Max wire size (alum sheave) 7 M (5mm) Max w o m r q load (per sheave) 500 lbs (227 kg)

Single height mid-range deckorganken areavailaMewW shsheam b y w l a l wder.

1591

Fwshmve

15CQ Sid~bdtwO sheave 15m Sackdlhree shea~e 1504 Twosheam duminum 1505 Threesheave duminum 1592 Four shean, aluminurn 1593 Avesheave auminurn 1506 slackedtwo sheavealuminum 1507 SlackedMree shavealuminum

IS 381 mm 6 175mm 9%' 233mm 6 175mm %S' 233mm 12%' 324mm IS 381 mm 67A' 175mm !%S'

233mm

1%' 29mm 2 54mm 2%' 54mm 1W 29mm 1%' 29mm l

29mm 1%' 29mm 2%' 54mm 2%' 54mm

1 9

18751bs 3791bs m$ 17Wkg 161401 12501bs W l b S 4.589 567$ 11341gl 23'4m 12501bs 25Wlbs 5689 567$ 1134M 1201 12501bs 25Wlbs 3410 567kg 1134$ 1701 1250th 25Wlbs 4829 567k9 1134kg 2101 18751b 37501bs 850kg 1 7 W b 5959 26m 18751bs 37501bs 8 5 0 4 17W$ 7370 2201 1250th W X l l k 6240 567kQ 1134b 31 01 12501bs 25Wlbs W O 567ko 1134kn

5390

131~A/ls'xl%s' 354mmxMmn 5'%6'~1%6' 148mmxMmn €38xl%s' 207rnmxMmn 5'%6'xl%s' 148mmxMmn Bi8xl%s' 207mmxMmn 11M'xl%s' 295mmx30mn 13i%s'xl%d 354mmxMmn 51%s'xlks' 148mmxMmn 8'h'xl%s' 207mmx30mn

K: 2,

2s.'

L g:%:%+%:%:% :llw -

BIG BOAT DECK ORGANIZERS

:%+-g :% :gt L %:%+g#:% - - i726 Jla67

ET-zBg%c! 725

D e c k organizers are used to lead multiple lines to halyard stoppers or winches. They are used for halyards, reef lines, outhauls, pole lifts and any other control lines which must be lead aft from the mast base. Organizers are also perfect for many other applications which call for a mukiple sheave cheek-mounted lead block.

SpecialFeaturn Self-contained sheaves Compact length Low profile construction Hardkote anodized aluminum

Additional Inlormalionsideplates.

Common Specifications Sheave dia-21N (57 mm) Fastener spacing - 2 % (70 mm) Mar wire dia -5/id (8mm) M u line size -SA' (16 mm) HeigM-iW(29 mm) Safe working load per sheave4950 lbs (2245 kg) Breaking strength per sheave 9902 lbs (4491 kg) See page 62 for blocks with stainless steel

E5%@3724

Big boat deck organizenareavallahle wRh up tolen sheaves by special order.

Description

Total Length Weight Sale Workinu Lmd 7%e' 19Mm 49501bs 192 mm 5538 2245 kg 1 0 % i 27Moz 7425lbs 262 mm 3368 kg 13%~' 3502 9900lbr 332 mm > g fl M91 kg 1513/16" M oz 12375 Ibs ~

724 --

Twosheave ~

725

Threesheave

726

Foursheave

1867

Rvesheave

402mm1247475613$ 1868

Sixsheave

18%' 45or 471 mm 1276g

14850lbs 6736kg

Total 8resl;ing Snngn 99001bs 4491 kg 14850lbs 6736 kg 198Wlbs 88981 kg 24750 Ibs 11227kg 29700lbs 13472 kg

F&nen Included 2--W(lOmm)x3(75mm) 3-%'(1Omm)x3(75mm) 4-W(lOmm)xS(75mm) 5-W(10mm)xS(75mm)

6--W(lOmm)x3(75mm)

1RUDDER BEURINGS I H a h n rudder bearings bring steering out of the Stone Age. Muliple races of balls and rollers reduce steering

trcl~onto a m nirn~rnallow ng the Jse oft llers on boats to 45' 113 m1 ana OMmlzina 'feel" on wneel steered boats. ~ h k biarings e are desiened to handle boih radial (side) and axial (vertical) loads. The axial load carlying ability al ows Me beanngs to canythe welght of the rudder RJdder bearings are machined lrom sold 6061-T6 aluminum which Hardkote anodized with Tdon impregnation. A plastic liner on the inner race bears directiy on the rudder shaftto insure properlit and to minimizeelectmlysis. This provides a strong, lightweight bearing that is nealty impe~oustocorrosion. Torlon ball and roller bearings require no lubricationand are designed to operate either immersed or dly. Production rudder bearings are offered in four s@s for boats as large as 50' (15 m). Minor variations of inside diameter are available on a special order basis at a sligM addiiionalcost. Common Sp~cificatim Fasteners- 1A" FH (6 mm M) FlangeThickness- 1 X (6 mm) O M n g l n h m n a t i o n - T o order fiberglass ruddertubes see page 104. Mcdifieatimto standard ID is part numbr 641

Pad h. 614 615 616

Ruddl shan Dianslsr 2W 63.5 mm 2M' 63.5mm 2'h' 63.5 mm

Darimn

WipM

Rnge. hub up Flange. hubdawn Plain

6.505 16510mm 6.500' 165.10mm

5.753 146.05 mm 5.75~7 14605_mm

44W 114.05 mm

2.506' 63.65 mm

2.718' 6904 mm 2.718' 69.04 mm 2.780' 70.61 mm

3.6m 91.95 mm 3.620' 91.95mm 3.625 91.95mm

2.9 1b 13kQ 2.9 lb 1.3 kg 2.6 1b 1.2Q

4.490'

2.506'

11405 mm 4.490' 114ffimm

63.65 mm 2.506' 63.65mm

Sah W M r q Load RIIY~ hlll 171Wlbs 7757 kQ 171001bs 7757M 171001bs 7757kQ

20251bs 919kQ 2m51bs 919kQ 2m51bs 919$

623

625

b'Z4

M o d l f c a t o n to standard D 1s part number 641

Part NO.

617 618

Rudder

Shan

620 G21 622 623 624 625

Weigh1

Safe Wohing Load Axal Radial

3 610 91 9 5 m m 3 620 91 95 nlln

34lb 1 6 kg

19675 b s 8925 kg

2325 lbs 1055 kg

3413 ig

196i5bs 8925 kg

2325lbs 1055 kg

~ --

3 762nrnl

Fbdng~ hubup

7 000 11180n1ll

6 250" 158751lln

4.990' 12575rllr

3 006 7635mm

Flarqe hub Uo*!drjn

7 000 1ii80rllnl

6 250" 15875rnrr1

4 990" 12675mw

3 006 i635mm

2 718 6904 7 m 7 718 69.04 m m

4 990" 126 75 nlr

3 006" 7635 m m

2 780" 10.61 lllm

3 620 91 95 nmn

2 9 l3 1 3 <g

19675 h i 8925 kg

2325 11,s 1055 kg

5490" 1g45rllr 5190" 13915 1~1111

3 506 8Y0511tr 3 506 R905mn

2i18 6904nrlr1 2 718 6904 m m

3.620 91 951rlr11 3 670 91 95 m m

3813 176y 38lb 7 kg

22250 Ills 10092 kg 22250 b s 10092 kg

2625 lhs 1191 kg 2625 lbs 1191 kg

3 506 8Y05mm 4 006 10l.Ijr11

2 780" 7061 m m 2718' 69Mmm

3 620 91 95 m m 3 620 Y195nlln

3410 'Sky 4 1 l0 :9kg

22250 b s 10092 kg

2625 lbs 1191 kg

2A32h b s 11261 kg

2925 lbs 1377 kg

(6.2 m m 619

Description

Diameter

-r 6.2 . , nlln

Pialn P

7.500 6 750" 1905amm 171 4 5 m m 7.500 6 750" 1 9 ~ ~ m m171.45 lllnl

:.3! 8R9mm 3' i" 88.9 m n

tlaryc hubup Flange hub uovn

31.:' 889 m n ? l 0 1 6 llrll

Pla~n

Flange. 11,111 I,[,

B.000' 20370mr

7 250 18415mm

5490 13945 m m 5 990" 15215mm

4 131 6 m m

tld!lgc.

8.000 20320mm

7 250' 184 l j m y

5990' 15215nlln

4 006 'Ol75!rm

2/18' 690.4111111

3.620' 91 95111111

4 1 11 19kq

29.825 19s 11261 <q

2975 l b i 1327 kg

1 101 6 m m

Pln~l

5990 152 15 trllr

4.006 101 75 rmrn

2 780 7061 n n

3 620" 91 95 m m

3 R 11 1 7 kg

74875 10s 11261 <Q

2925 lbs 1321 kg

huhdoun

101

1JP3 RUDDER BEARINGS I JP~

rudder bearings nave eamea a worldw~aerep*tatlon for perlormance ana rel'iab l& Thev are bsea bv DrOdJC3 on vards. cJstom oro.ects ana frequentiy 4 highprofile ~renih multihullsand Open 60 class boats. Harken now offers JP3 rudder bearings which, though not as free rolling as standard Harken rudder bearings,are ideal for boats in heavy service or corrosive waters. Type IJP3 bearings feature a self-aligning Ertalyte ball riding in a machlned alumlnum bay. The sef-al~gnng IeatLre means rhar me beannas work smootn v even when the rudder snafl or the hu I Iex, or rhe allinmen1d ~ n n g~&tallabon1s no! perlect The bod~esof the beanngs are rnachlned of sol d 6082-T6 a l ~ m num whlcn a protected ay anod zal on wth am ckness of 20 mlcrons JP3 beannas w me B ~ r e a ~ - are aoorwed .. Veritas" and have been in use since 1987. Harken stocks two configurationsof Type I rudder bearings for shafts from 41 mm to 100 mm. Fhnoed bearinos aretvoicalb used for uooer bearings and can easily be s&red to thedeck. plain bearings areihe normalower bearing ana are pmv oeo wrth a kn~nedoutersurtaceto f a c i l i e am nating to the hull d ~ r i n ginstallation Pain Type I bearlngs teat~rea neck to wh ch a tube can be oonded The inner diameter of JP3 Type I bearings is machined to precisek match your rudder shaft so please allow three (3) weeks for delivery of stock sizes. JP3 offers a complete range of steering components including rudder shafts, quadrants and wheelsmese include bearings wlh rollefland sell-a lgnlng beanngs wth Tonon or Ertalyle roller beanngs RLaaer beannas vmn lntearal shah seals and so~hlsrcared beannos wn ch supp& the vertici load of the shaft andallow heig~adjustmentare also offered. Please contact Harken for further information regarding these special order products. Onlering inhnmaIIm- See page 104 for details on ordering rudder bearings.

Dmrlption 10.11.05

Plain

1011.06

Phin

1011.08

Phin

10.11.10

Pbin

Shm Dlammr Min Mar 1.614' 41 mm

1.W 50 mm 2.m' 2.362' ._W mm 51 mm 2.795' 3.150' 71 mm W mm ~3.583' 3.937' 91 mm 1Wmm

RadialSWL

3.504' 89 mm 3.W SB mm 4.685' 119mm 6.142' 156mm

2.932' 76 mm 2.932' 76 mm 3.740' 95 mm 4.528 115mm

2.362' Wmm 2.677' 68 mm 3.346' 85 mm 4.252' 108mm

2.756' 70 mm 3.150' BO mm 3.858' 98 mm 48W 122mm

,591' 15mm 591' 15mm

381Olbs-59541bs 1728kg-27Wkg 5954 lbs - 8573 Ibs 27W kg. 3888 kg

945' 24 mm ,945' 24 mm

116701bs - 15241h 5292 kg 6912 kg 191901bs - 23815lh 8748 kg - 108Mkg

E 10.13.06

DgulPlDn

Flanged

1013.08

hnged

10.13.10

mwed

Shall Diane$r

Mln

Fmnarr

2.W 51mm 2.795' 71 mm 3.523'

2.362 Wmm 3.150' 80mm 3,937

5.433' 138mm 6.M 159mm 7.835

3.7W 95mm 4.7W 121mm 6.1W

2.6T S8mm 3.346' &mm 4.252

2.758 70mm 3.W Wmm 4.331'

2.126' 54mm 2.756 70mm 3.465'

11516~6.2mm FH

8mm ,394' iomm ,472'

RadlalSWL

5954 1k-&731bs 27W$-3888U 140/6x8.2mm FH 116701bs- 1524Dlk 5292 $ 6912 $ 180/6~10.2mmRi 192Wlbs.W8151k

RUDDER BEARING TUBES Fberg~ass~Odertubes, wn ch are s~zedto exactly match oLr arger oear ngs. are ava lao e to slmD ih instal anon. The ins~desurface of these tubes a a e l m fora smooth, waterproof finish. Polyester resin is used so that the tub&ay be bonded to your boat without using exotic resins.

Because rudder bearings are critieai systems, a computer load analysis must be done on every boat before a bearing may be ordered P ease supply the following inlormar on: 1. Boat Model 2. Length Overall

3. LengU Waterline

4. Displacement 5. Type of Boat (Monohull, Catamaran,Trimaran)

UU 53

wwsc

WJJ53

6 offi ECG

U~U

XW11UW 91 X~IIUWCC

W~~UJWZE

p p

I P ~~o ~ ~ a p ~ l sWWPEB ~ml dW/M lWJOlJW!FY~l 99LZE

IW ~ o l ~ a p ! p y m~~ U E

90 1 '801 a6ed uo u ~ o q sm s alod la!feuu!dS alqwnlpe aeudwdde ~ o s l spua e alod a d w u!d i n o w ! JO ~ UFM alqelpne aJe pm! sllaq !dame sawis y3wi al66ol .suo~puo3ile U!@adad aeIn3we o!alod aQwol@ pue '&a 01h 'buol~s&AS! luaur -a&lw~ewympue llaq a u 'aq!! alod d!p q3!w aeoq amel pue wn!paw uo ~elndodaJes6um!jpua llaa .sasap hllm!ieluolne I! aw!a 4 3 1 41e ~ 'pavasu! S!h 6 aq! I!lun uado uols!d a q sploq 4 3 ! 4 ~ws!ueq3ew ~a66ule AM w u o l n e S! W IILPI~ a u ' Q ~asealaJ I lewalxa pue lewaiu! Jauo 'gwq aJoqylo paqs p!w pue llews l04 salod p pua pleoqu! aw JOJ pue salod 40 pua plwqno a u l o j leap! we spua ad4 u o l s ~ ~ ! pue d suowd l a w ssalu!as wth wnu!wnle paz!poue pleq we spua a~odIIV 'saz!s 3 w w U!s 6 u w pua alod ~ayeuu!dsJO a6uu ap!M e slaflo uayl

;ddtOePFriptiom

Pole DD

Pole ID -

8141150 8145.60 B14O 5l', 8145.80

Plston poleend Plston poieend Piston poieend Piston poleend

Length Pole

PoleDD

Pale ID

50mm 60mm 70mm 8Omm

46mm 55mm 65 mm 75mm

WeiQM

93mm 146mm 175mm 175mm

Jaw Widm 20mm 28mm 30mm 30mm

WeioM

3704 820g 1.4 kg 15kg

1SPINMKER WLE CARS ] H a k e n spinnaker pole cars are based on recirculating ball bearing trave ento permt aaj~stmentunder any oad~Theyrol Ireetv on low Drofile traveler track to al ow Me crew to ad ust the inboard pole end for optimal sail shape on all points of sail. Eight cars are available to M boats from daysailers to offshore boaB as large as 48' (14.6 m). Cars wlM rings for end-for-end jibing are aMilable in small boat and mid-range. Mid-range and big boat cars are offered to accept two popular toggle studs as well as Harken bell end fittings. Spinnaker pole cars for larger boats or whh other attachment configurations are available from our Custom Dihion. Special Featutw

Recirculatingball bearings Accepts most popular pole ends Carsft law profile track A d d i f ~ n ~ a l ~ t i oSee n -pages 112 and 113 for an explanation of special tealure?.. 108

bell car 7E3 Bq boat tag@ car

P/4' 35ru 184 mm 9929 P 36 ru 184 mm 1 02 kg

40501bs my)* 1837kg 1% m' 40501bs 1837 $ 186 mZ

2000s

72 72

516,758 1847 516,758 1847 1847

Ring

8120.0130, B140 bell end-

1%'

spawn

toggle

16mm

Farespar toggle 8120,8130, 814abellend

'4'

12.7 mn

15M 12mm

Sparcrafi tcggle

16mm

toggle

127mn

Accessories are useful items that complement the pmduct line. Modularity is a consistent wncept in the Harken range and many of the accessories are designed to make standard blocks more versatile. Other accessories are small pieces that fill a special niche.

Hand Holds The 062 hand hold is popular on boats like Solings and scows to he p hkng crew re-enter the ooat it s also freq~enty usea as a hanole for enaine covers, etc. t 1s f l e d flnn WOaraln Dons a n cn are shipped ciosed but can be punched out if desired

Bullseye Fairlead The 237 bullseye is used as a fairlead when there is little deflection in the line such as when muting the spinnaker pole foreguy aft along the cabin house.

Sail ChafePlotecfors Sail chafe protectors are rollers designed to ease genoas over lifelines or past shrouds and to help large roach mainsails clear backstays. They are predrilled to fit 3/16" (5 mm) wire, but can be drilled to fit wire as large as 318" (10 mm). Sail chafe protectors are made of WO intenock~nghalves that snap together so tney can be fined to presvrageo VY re and can oe removea. Tney are sold as a par.

Shawe PIn

FaOenerr

Dia 062

Hand hold

5%' 146mm

3's 89mm

077

ON adapter

li/d 32mm

ii/ia' 17mm

He' 5mm

Altaches W9 to DN sleering post

093

U-adapter

%6' llmm

%E' 5mm

lnslde dimensions AandB insidedimensions AandB Hole spacing 1 . W mm) Two per 59

12mm 1598 237

The 947 is a sail prefeederfor use with racing foils or with furling systems. It is supplied with a 36" (914 mm) long Dacmn pennant for easv attachment to the bow. The 947 weiohs 1 oz 128 , a) -, and will w o k with #5, #6 or#7 (4,5,6 mm) l i i t i p e .

285 947

Mid-range U.3dapter Bullseye fairlead Sai chafe proledor set Prefeeder

12mm tin' 38mm 2%' 70 mm

22mm ll/i 32mm

#IOW 5mm

CutOut4'n6'xl% 113mmx48mm

%6'

8mrn

# l 0 RH ?mm

~~~

~uwl'lzdwnh 36'

Han#infl Tab The 630 hanging tab replaces a fastener on big boat blocksto form a shockcord attachment point for suspending blocks from the lifelines. They can be added to all big boat blocks up to 4.5" (114 mm).

Shackles The 072 and 138 shackles are used on most of the small boat blocks. They are also ~sefulfor a w~derange of other appl~catlons. The 077 IS a speelal shaclde to a w n a 009 hemratchet to tne steenna wst of a DN c.ass iceboat ~ h G and 3 1598 u-adapters convert standard blocks with pats to a female shackle so Mat they can be attached to other blocks with posts or to tangs and chainplates. Snap shacklesfd a wide variety of small boat and mid-range blocks to make them removable. Many boats M a snap shackle to the lower vang block so that n can be moved from tne mast base to Me toeral to oe ~ s e as d a oreventer. Sma Icatamarans often M SMD snacldes to me r mainsheettackle sothat it can be removed when the boat is left on the beach. Spinnaker sheet and spreacher blocks are often fitted with snap shaddes so that thev can be removed when not in use and so that they can be placed in a variety of positions along the rail. ~

~~~~

Springs Springs are used to support blocks on padeyes, eyestraps, bases and traveler cars. 110

E! 071

097 072 138

Daraipllon Stand up spring Small stand up wring Small shacM

Laue SWk

111 SW shwe 112 Largesnap shadde 1584 Mid-Range snm shackle

2 ' W 51 mm 22mm 1' 44 25mm 19mm

%6'

12mm l l m m '%6'

58.

17mm 16mm

2%' 65 mm

W 86 mm

3H6' 70 mm

Shadda An Dla

Maa

Worting Load

Fisdl smdl block

m p bullet 8 mkm.

Fis bullet blackr

86'

lmae dimensions AandB lrmd6 dimensions AandB

5mm

'4' 6mm H6' 5 mm 4' 6 mm 346' Rmm

IhXJltS FiiSMockWrm 454 kg %'(S mm) shadde 1SWlbsFasMockwiU 680 kg ' ~ ' ( 8mm) shackle 1sWlbs Ri6h

F,,

&;3

Mibraw and b ' i boat cars ae mitabk Mth stand up toggles Waccept a widewrbty d blocks

&It bearing sheaves e mtrawler adiusbnmt

Conhol Mcckassemblier mount on back fw ear/ mstahn.

A RwirCulaingTorlonbalk ri& directb on t m s a cars wont bind under now vertlc.1 o r m i n g loads.

Trim caps dress track ends ~Prevernsharpedpa. Camh+akcam~k and mkmwil, urderall loads.

HOmontal bearinp ranaalow awry low pofile car k b n .

FivMing camarms permiltravelel adjustment ham anriely of wslons in the mkpl.

Pin-p

Tmck

Mid-range and big boat low profile tracks are offered with pin stop holes to permii use of positive stops. This is especially useful for simple mainSheet travelen, genoa car systems and self-tackino iibs.

Rirenalow easy retrom d

cMn "mks'

End SODS

Hi-BeamTrack 155 560aflo 1511 n-beam tracks are deslgned IO span coc6pns or cornpan onmys wnnout a r , p ~ n bndge 560 an0 1511 tracks rse a patented S d ng Don artacnrnem process nnch a ovvs var abe oon spaclng

Ha*en ntmd~cedrec mu atlng oa~lbear~ngtrave ers Tney are des gneo to move freely ~ n d eeven r nlgn non-verllcal loads They offer a m ~ h l t ~ of ae JnlqJe leatbres that make tnem the lowest. trees rLnnlng ana most versa1le rravelers m the wild F N ranges ~ o f Hamen travelers are ava lab e to M any ooat from the smallest d~nghyor oeach cat to me argest mwa vacM

Track is Hardkote anodized wRh Teflon impregnation for superior conosion resistance.

Adjustable Stops

Tra&Mounted Conhol Blocks

Adiustable stoos are available for manv tracks for use where control linesare not desired.

Bal oeanng conlro o ccaare arallable to In sma m a-range an0 o g ooal !racks

Cars with Two Shackles Track nsen artiwkte somat elmer araigm or curved tracks can be f i i to any cahin house

Cars wnh two snackes or srana up logg esare loea for 2 1 rnvnsneets

Track aalabk in low profile or high beamconfigumtions.

Stand Up To##le

Car Mounted Conhol Blocks

Stand up toggles hold blocks upright so they will not hit cars or deckwhen the sheet is slack.

Single, double or triples are available for mid-range and big boat cars.

Mainsheet Sheave Camers M3 nsneet sheare carnen p

iol Iorwaro to a on ta~r,eaos rrnen me ooat s runnlng

m-'

Winhvam' . . Sheetinn Tfaveler Cars W llauaro sheel ng cars alou sa .on l0 pu Ime car aoow lne cemerl ne buflh0.t re easna rile eemro contro nr The car srays n post on dunnq a tacr an0 can then be pulled above the centerline in the other direction.

Swivel Fan and Low Piwtino Shackle SA RI mrsa,orr a cno.ce 01 contro o ocks an0 tne lm prvoung snacd e a ohs l030 to oe app eo at serere ang es W tnon blnolng

Cars with Cam Cleats

Tfl

Small boat and mid-range travekrs are offered wRh cam cleats on the car for simple multiple purchase systems.

Co.plcrsale ava aole to loan some cars, ncrms nq load carry nq abtl ty h le ma nta nlnq ine abl ty 10 roI on tlgnr radl

Oinghys & Light Daysailers l

Traveler

Cars

MonohuNs (Max Mainsail Area)

Multllulls (Max Mainsail h a-~) EndffoomSheeting Mid-Boom SheeUnp

End-Boom Sheeting

MM-Boom Sheeting

125f?(11.6m2)

100 f? (9.3 m2)

l00f12 (9.3 m2)

160 f? (14.9 m')

135f?(12.5m2)

110-

214,215,247

200 f? (18.6 m2)

160f? (14.9 m')

160f?(14.9m2)

135f12(12.5 m2)

1508,1594,1575

3W 112 (27.9

156,157,171,209,211 158,159,172,210,212

80 f? (7.5 m2)

m2)~ 225 ft2 (20.9 m2) 225 f? (20.9 m')

175 f? (16.3 m2)

Small Offshore Boats & Heavy Daysailers l Trawler Cars 158,159,172,210,211

Mullihulls (Max Mainsail Area)

90 f? (8.4 m')

140f?(13m2)

214,215,247

175f?(16.3m2)

1508,1594,1575

240f? (22.3 m2)

1509,1595,1576

285 f? (26.5 m')

140f?(13m2) 225 f? (20.9 m')

225 f? (20.9 m2)

175f?(16.3m2)

Laqe Offshore Boats l

Monohulls (Max Mainsail Are@ 3W f? (27.9 m2) 558,609,1929,1931

Multihulls

300 f? (27.9 m')

525 f12 (48.8 m2)

325 f? (30.2 m')

575 f? (53.4 m2) 650 f12 (60.4 m2)

500 f? (46.5 m') 500 f? (46.5 m2)

750 h2 (69.7 m2)

625 f? (58 m2)

f? (46.5 m2) 500 f? (46.5 m2) 625 f? (58 m2)

425 f? (39.5 m2)

4 l n n d ,n9,2,

nnn *2 , o c ~ -21

500 f? (46.5 rn2)

170,1704,1705,1841,1842,1843 665.678.679.751

TMVELER USE CHART

11~ft2nn?m~,

This chart shows travelers for three categories of boats: Dinghys and small daysailers: small offshore boats and heavier keel daysailers; and large offshore boats. Traveler spectications are based on mainsail area and the position of the sheet on the boom. 114

.-. . .,.

.. .. . ..

H o h n t a I B ~ n d - In a nonzonta ben0 tne hacr sIa)sf at an0 me enos CLNe 10 me oor or stern of me mat dor zonla benosal orr lhetrareer to to ow tne rad S.

Ol tne ooom as 1sw ngs across lne boat bfflare some1mes use0 for ooom vangs and occasionally for staysails, especially those with booms

~orm 36 -Smry LimrieMPhom is the most common bend. It is usuallv us6d for mansneet lrawlen mo~nledover tne cab n no.se Tne cm . matches uie crown of tne cao n nouse for aesthetc reasons an0 a ows the track to cear the companionway nmch rnde m n mlzlng the neght ol me lracr nsers

W c a l B ~ n~. dEndslim-This . ~~

Vmiical Bends, Ends Up- Some rac ng ooafs use a ven cal oend win tne enas .p 10 releue leecn tenslonlng whcn ccc.rs wnen ine fravtler car IS mouW on of the cenlerl ne. a pnenomenon wh ch s exacernatea w e n pan of the ma nsheel lack e s paced on of the traw er car These oenos are also freq-ent ). ~Seofor StaySa Is. The sack Is Dent to a rad~.s eqLa 10 the -P of me sad plus tne d smce from the clew to the track. The track 6 then mo-nteo on nsen ano ang eo forward to face me clew 01 the sa Compound Bend- Compo~nabenas are a comb nm on of a venlca and a horaonla beno A common examp e wo.10 be when a track s c-mo n lne nor zomal plane to 10 OYY tne rad1.s of me ooom and a mounea toa oecr rcn cn nas a slghl ven.ca crown.

1 CURVED TRACK ( Traveler track is often bent to follow the curve of the cabin house or the radius of the boom. Occasionally, tracks are bent vertically with the ends up to relieve tensioning of the leech as the traveler car is moved off of the centerline of the boat. Very shallow curves in low profile tracks can often be bent during installation, but if necessary Harken will bend traveler track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, veltical or compound bends can be made. Bends cannot be extended completely to the track end, but typically leave T'to S (50 to 125 mm) unbent at each end depending on the type of track. HaWn traveler cars must be matched tothe radius of your track. The oao canying abi IF, of a car is dimln shea n re*afon 10 me sever ty of the oend Consu t me cnarts on lne rraveler tracd Daaes for the rnin mLm radius a car will ride on. When your loads demaid a long car and track needs to be bent in a tight radius, you may need to use two short cars joined by a coupler. Standard Harken mini-maxi and maxi traveler cars cannot lide on vertical bends with a radius under 50 feet (15.25 m).

Otderinp InlormationTO order curved traveler track, please specify the following information: 1. Part number oftrack 2. Length of track or length of chord 3. Direction of bend: Horizontal Vertical, ends down Vertical, ends up Compound horizontaland vertical up Compound horizontaland vertical down 4. Chord depth or radius of bend Communicate the information carefully to Harken or your Harken dealer to insure that yourtrack is bent correctly To determine the price of a bend, see chart for part numbers.

Compound Bands slnple Major PailNo. Pailllo. 142,143,154,155 - 275 276 286 1510,1535,1596 1528 1529 1581 1531 1532 1582 1511 516,680,758,759,1847 790 791 576 792 793 7% 577 560,1701,1706,1848 660,661 795 795 795 795 SimpleBend-Track Lenglh of 6' (183 m) or less and chord depth less than 8'(200mm). MajorBend-Tracklength of 7' (2.13 m) or greater or chord depth of 8' (200 mm) or greater CompwndBand- Bend in both horuonta and venical planes. Compwndsimple Band- Both bends are simple bends. CompwndMajorBend- One or both bends are malor bends. Tncl

Simple Bend PaIINo. 274 1527 1530 789

2% PaIINo.

115

S M M BOAT TRAVELER CARS

k r k e n small baat traveler cars are used on boats from the smallest dingbys to offshore boats as large as 27' (8 m) A wide variety of cars insures that you will find e x a m the right - system . for your boat. Dinghy cars use Delrin ball bearings while hi-load cars use Tollon balls for greaier worklng oaa. 1250 series cars feature a .onaer boav an0 Toflon oatls lor maxmum oaa camna . -abm. iravelefi wlh fixed sheaves and eyestraps are designed for situations where the mainsheet load is within 10 degrees of vertical. Cars wkh oivotina shacldes are desianed to acceot loads up to 40 degrees from vertical wkhoibinding, th&gh load carrying ability is decreased proportionally to the angle of loading. 209 and 210 traveler cars with fixed sheaves and adjustable cam cleats allow a very simple installation, The cams can be adi~sted10 51k. a vantly of cockpt arrangements. Tne 139 lrave er (fl e a o a c m m baveler svstem suable lor small offshore boats to 27"(8 m):~aximum mainsail area is 170 fP (16 m2)for end boom sheeting and 135 ft2(12 m2)formidboom sheeting. The kit includes a 215 car, two 083 blocks, and 259 and 260 control blocksfor a 3:l system. You need to add track fmm page 123 and control lines. Speelal Fkahim Recirculating ball bearings

Connnon Spwhications Width-23/16. (56 mm)

Pivoting shackles Choice of contml blocks

Car body heigM-15~6'(24 mm)

156 157 1% 159 171 172

210 214

1250carwmdsheavs 6 W-

215 175

Rail dia lA' . . lfi \ - mm1 ...,,,, Track-142,143,154,155 No. of balls-42 (214 and 215 use 64) AdditionaIlnhmnaffm- See oaaes 112 and 113 for an exolanation of Special features. See page 114 f i r suggested uses. See pages210 and 211 for suggested traveler systems.

176

2%' 73mm Car wti~edsheaves B 2%' 73mm ~i-loadcar wlpmng 2%' shackle 73mm Hi-laad car wfixed sheam 2%' Beyestrap nmm Car wlplwting shack B 2 SWNel control block .~ 73mm Hiicadcarw/pi~olingskk 2%' B s d wntml block 73 mm Car wmxed s h a m %. WI' adjustable cam deals 171 mm Hi-load carwfixed sheaves W B adlustable cam c l m 171 mm ~~

-2500 lbs (1134 kg)

Breaking strength

Carwlp@~o+m~sh&k

1250 carwlpNotlw shackle 8 swlvel contml blocks Car wupler 21 Replacement

4'hm 5001bs Useform@. 1289 227kg M-tacMngiibs 5WoZ 5001bs Useontqllaad 1569 227 kg i s v e t i i 4Moz 850 Ibs Usefarvangs. 1289 =kg self-taclinoiibs 51/202 850 lbs Use rnw if load 1 % ~ 386kg isverbd 502 5001bs UseM12for2:l; 142g 227kg W f o r 3 : l 502 8501bs UseWIor2:l: 142 g 386kg 0831or3:l 14M02 5001bs Useon~lload 411 g 227kg isvedta14% m 8501bs Useontql load %kg iswlii 4119 B02 12501bs Useontqlbad 4% 567kg isveflid l l l m m 2279 4% 7W or 1253 lbs Use 125for 2:l; l l l m m 2139 567$ 126for3:l 4'402 1SWlk J o i n s W l 5 8 m I o 1289 W $ increaseworXlnaload Fils156.157,171,209,211m

Dehn balls

177 139

21 Replacement Twlon bals Smdl baal

~1%,159,172,210,212.214.215.249can PuKhase 142.143.154orl5Stmkand wntml

Fasteners Not Included

SMALL BOAT TRACK & ACCESSORIES Small boat track is available in low profile or high beam configurations. Low profiletrackshould be used when the track can be supported at each fastener hole. Hi-beamtrack should be used when spanning a cackpil or other unsupported area. See chart below for spann ng capabildy of small boat track. Enner track wi I acceol anv small ooat car. The Iirsl fastener nole on 154 and i55 track is located 2' (51 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole on 142 and 143track is located 50 mm (Ils/ls")from theend.

End Stops and Trim Caps AI track IS SJDDI ea wiIno~1eno stops

173 ana 174 ends are d S i g n e d f 0 r s ~ ldinghys l and low load situatlons 263 and 264 neavy duly ena stops are designed and are to aosorb the shock loads of unlnrentional I I ~ S for use on larger dinghrj and small keelbiats. 261 and 262 trim caps are designed to finish the ends of track when control block assemblies are used.

Curved Track Harken will bend any trackto your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound cmes can oe maae. Reler W page 115 for ~nlormatlonregard ng track bending.

CAPABILITY

l 6

oescri ~ gtion

SPAN :Inchesmelersl

';3

Ltght dub end stnli

154. 112

TrackBendlng

263

Hmy d~~is! rmd slop

154 142

263

lleauy dubend stop

155 143

162

11nCap Tr~trlCal,

154 112 155 143

278

S p c r 1111k

l54 ' 4 2

~ 20

-c:

508

40 U

l ii

Minimum

Traveler Car

Radius

156 159 2 0 9 ~ 2 1 2 171, 172 ?xl5Rv!!175 214.215

4211 07m) RW (2 03 nli

American Track (Lengthllncher) C Fastener Spacing Low Profile Fart NO. 154~24"

Hi-Beam Pan NO. P

Length 2 4 (610 lrlr111

154-40

155~40'

40" I 1 02 m)

15448

115~48

48,. 2 2 n l

154~60 -

155-60"

60" (1.52 m1

Common Specifications Track width -74' (22 mm)

154~72"

155~72

154-83

15584

84 ( 2 1 3 m)

Hole spacing - 154. 155: 4" (102 mm) 142,143: 100 mm (315~6") Fasteners-U10 (5 mm) FH Weight-142,151: 4.93 olm (459 g m ) 143,155: 6.5 ozift (M17glm)

154~100

195~100

1001254m)

154 1 2-0

155-120

l7W1305 m j

154~144

(1 83 1111

FIB Track

Joins

MetricTrack(LenglhiMeteIS) 100 mm Fanener Spaclng Low Profile Pan No.

Hi-Beam Pad NO.

Length

IE"

SMALL BOAT S m a l l boat traveler controls make Harken small boat travelers complete systems. Control blocks allow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the traveler track &If so no additional holes in the boat are reauired. Cams are mO~nledon plvor ng arms SO that contro lines can be enoaoeo or released lrom a vaneN of oosltions on the b&.The 255. singe sneave contro~.IS oflen JSed W th the 21 1 or 212 windward sheet ng traveler car to bu Id a 3 1 purcnase. ITs also ~ s e on d boats to 25' 17 6 rnl to build a 2:l purchase forthe 249 genoa lead dar Th;! 258 is used on boats to 28' (8.5 m) to build a 3:l tackle for the 249 genoa lead car. ~

Spacial Features Ball bearing sheaves 200 Cam-Matic cam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shock absorbing bumper Fasteners included

Common Specifications Lenglh -4lW (108 mm) Width- 19/16"(4Omm) Track- 142,143,154,155 Fasteners-14' (6 mm) Max line size -%s' (8mm) Sheave dia - 11h' (29 mm) AddItiONII Inl0malim- See pages 112 and 113 for an explanation of special features. See page 114 for suggested USBS. See pages 210 and 211 for suggested travekr systems. Travelar CoM~olPurchase Aecommsndations

Halght 255

256 257

Singksheave Singlesheavelmler Siwle sheave traMer

trader mntrd Under 140e Under 13 m2

WdQW

MM".,

7 01

3Wlbs 138ba 3Wlbs

*nlh €02 lbs 272$ MXllbs

IS$

272kg

30olbs

MXllbs

1980 11Hol

Trsd;

Mmm 2'

3260

51 mm

1lHoz 3260

51mm

2270

2%' M mm

13 m

8 ol

367u

73mm 27x

BrMnng

2:l p u m k 2:l purchase 2:l purchase

l%$272$

MXllbs 272 kg Wlbs 27Zb

12Wlbs

3:1or4:1

544$

purchase

12001bs Wba

3:1 or4:l purchase

MID-RANGE TRAVELER CARS & CONTROL BLOCKSMid-range traveler cars are oes gneo or Lse o n otfsnore m a t s from 27 10 34' (8to l0 m ) Fo-r cars are available

A i n a varlety o l track ana contro, acnssor es The 1508 car IS stl taole for eno boom sheet~ngo n mainsails as large as 240 $(22 m'). The 15W car is yitable for end boom sheeting on mainsails as large as 275 ft2 (25 m ). 1508 and 1509 mid-range traveler cars are sold with n o control block fixtures, but a variety of special control blocks attach t o the cars t o allow tackles from 2:l to 4:l purchase. 1594 and 1595 cars include control blocks and cams for simple 3:1 control systems. They are popular o n boats with M e traveler in the cockpit. The 1561 stand-up toggle fits all mid-range cars and holds avariety of blocks in an upright position so they will not hit the cars or deck when M e sheet is slack. The 1557 coupler joins two 1508 cars t o provide a high load assembly which will still roll o n radii as tight as 7W (1.78 m). The coupler assembly offers a very low attachment point. The coupler may be used i n conjunction with mid-range control blocks. The 1536 traveler kit is a packaged traveler system suitable for offshore boats to 34' (10 m). Maximum mainsail area is 275 ft2 (25 m2) for end-boom sheeting and 225 ft2 (21 m2) for mid-boom sheeting. The kit includes a 1509 car, t w o 1515 blocks, and 1520 and 1521 control blocks for a 4:l system. You need t o add track from page 120 and control lines.

Common Specifications C a n Breabng strength -5WO lbs (2268 kg) Width-23X (70 mm) Car body height - 11A' (32 mm) Ball dia -5/16" (8 mm) Tnrk-151n .. -. . .- . -, 1511 .- . ., 1575 . --- , 159fi .-- AddilonallnlDMlation- See pages 112 and 113for an explanation of special features. See page 114 for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 211 for suggested traveler systems. Special Features Recirculating ball bearings Pivoting shackles Choice of control blocks

~esc~iptio~

Controltang kR

Lengm

1508 Md-range 4 car l08 mm 1509 Long mid5 133 mm range car 1557 Mid-range car coupler 1594 id-range car 9% wlcams 232 mm 1595 Long mid-range carwicams 232mm

Weight

Capacic,

Load

of balls

10 oz 284 g

l8W lbs

26 02 7379

1800 1bs

1513

End-boomsheefingon malns to 240 If (22 m') 12 oz 23001bs 60 End-boomsheeting on 350 g 1M3 kg mainsto 275 If (25 m') - Joinslwo 1508 cars

28 02

794g

816 kq

816 kg 23WIbs 1M3kq

4W ( l 1 mm) wide

Mow mck

Safe WorXlng Load

Single control blocks

67mm

4o 149 2'h 02

IOW lbs 454k9 ?Q0lbs 32mm ~136 - -kg 1%' 3W lbs %'

289 l

4W(ll mm) wide

20W lbs

W7kg

1:l purchase

2 20W lk 2:l Purchase (sold as pair) 67mm 71 Q 907 kg 1514 S~nglewntrol blocks 2 302 2000 lbs 3:l purchase wmecket (sold as par) 67 mm 85 g M mm 136 kq 907 119 1515 Double contml blocks 2% 402 l MXl lbs 20Wlbs 4:l purchase (sold as pall) 67mm 1139 48mm 272$ 907kq 1561 Stand up 2 % ~ " 314 01 - 2500 lbs Accepls3W'small boat. fiddle. toggle 59mm % g 1134 kg single 8 mld-range blocks 1526 25 Replacemenl%s" Fit mld-rangecan (8 mm) Torlon balls^1536 Mid-range Purchase 1510.1511.1535or 1596trackand traveler k't control lines separatek ~

~~~

E:$

1512

Oesription

Height

Length W&$

1 MID-A

5 TMCK

Mid-range traveler track is available in either IOW profile or high beam configurations. 1510 and 1535 low profile track is ideal where ils supported for its entire length. 1596 track has W (10 mm) holes spaced on 1 (34 mm) centers to accept 1597 adjustable pin stops. 1511 high beam track is designed to bridge cockpits and companionways without expensive bridge structures. It mounts with bolts riding in a channel in the bottom of the h c k . Bon spacing is flexible, but at least three bolts should be placed together at each span end. The fastener hole on 1510 track is lacated 2" (51 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole on 1535 and 1596 track is located 50 mm (llshs') from the end.

End Stops and Trim Caps 1522 and 1523 end stops are energy absarbing polyure thaneto absorb the shock loads. 1524 and 1525 trim caps finish track ends when control assemblies are used.

Track Risers 1849 track risers are sold by the Dair Thev oermit easv installation of mid-boom travekrs which neeb i o be raiseb to C ear companionway hatches R~sersartlc~lateto allow Jse wth elrner straignt or CL& track an0 to fir mos! anv cabin house.

curved Track Harken will bend any trackto your specifications at a modestaddtionalcharge. Horizontal, vertical or compound curves can be made. Referto page 115. Common S p e c l W i m Track width-ll/ls"(27mm) Hole spacing- 1510:&(l02 mm) 1535,1596: 1W mm (315/167 Fasteners- 1510,1535,1596: 'M (6 mm) FH 15ll:lA'(6mm)HH Weight- 1510,1535: 7 on? (655 g/m) 1511:1602m(I.5kQ/m) 1596: 614 on? (620 @m) 120

M i d - r a n g e traveler controls make Harken mid-range travelers complete systems. Traveler controls allow simole installation of ourchases from 2:l to 4 1. Assemblies secure to the travelertrack ~&lf so no additional holes in the boat are required. Ball oeanng sheaves nsure tnat can can oe adLsted Lnoer oaa ano re eased instantly t arms . n a -odst. Cams are m o ~ n l e don ~ i v ong SO that contml lines can be engaged or released from a'varietyof positions on the boat. The 1597 pin stop is used on 1596 track to provide a positive adiustable s t o for ~ aenoa leads, traveler cars, or self-tacking iibs ~

anb staysails Special Featurss

Common Speclllcatlons

Ball bearing sheaves

Length -41N (114 mm) 150 Cam-Wtic mm cleat Width - 13Yd 144 mm) Pivoting cam a n ~rik-l510,'15ll,lj35 Fasteners -5/16' (8 mm) Shock absorbing bumper Max lime size-W(10 mm) Fasteners included Sheave dii- Iln"I38 mm1 Addilionallnfomalion- See pages 112 an0 113loran ~.xpanal on of spec.a features See page 114 lor s.ggesteo .ses See pages 210 an0 21 1 tor s.gqestea traveer svstems. ~

Tmler Conlml Puffihaa Racanrnsndallms sail h a

Description Single sheave traveler contml Single sheave traveler control ~1150cam (pon) Single sheave traveler control ~1150cam (stbd)

9 02 38mm 2558 1501 1"/18' 4259 43mm 1%' 15m 425 g 43 mm 10~120~ 21h' 54mm 2989 2%' 16Moz 4689 60 mm 16'1202 2%' 4689 60mm 502 1%'

3Wlbs 136$ 3Wlbs 136Q 3Wlbs 136W mlbs 272kg Wlbs 272 kg 6W l b 272 kg

~~p

trawler control control wl150 cam (port)

15WIbs 680Q 15Wlbs 680$ 15Wlbs 680W 15W lbs

2:l purchase 2:l

purchase^

2:1 purchase 3:1 or4:l 660$ purchase 15Wlbs 3:l or 4:l 680 kg purchas 15W lbs 3:l Ot 4:l 680 $purchase F 8 1596

BIG BOAT ..

Harken 010ooat traveler can are known as the best b ~ gboat bavelen In the world Thev have earned thelr rwLtat,on as tne most souoht - - ~ - - after racing and cruising travelers beduse they roll freely unde;hjgh non-vertical loads. Where others have failed, Harken has succeeded bnnging the ease of olngny traveler control to the oftshore yacht. Var ations of me big boat trave er can are available to la boak from 32 to 65' (9.8 to i9.8 m). Big boat traveler cars are used pnman y lor malnsneet travelen, b ~they t are also frequenl y usm for se l-tack no los outha~ls.and vanos Big boat c& ride on recirculating iorlon ball bearings. They feature pivoting shacldes which allow them to accept loads up to 40° from ven cal wrlhout b nolng, thougn load canying ab~ldyis decreased PrOPOrt Onalnl to the angle of load na. The 1928 and 1929 cars leat~re a stand up toggle whichholds avan'ety of blocks in an upright Dosition so they will not hn the aec* wnen me sheet s slack Tne 1896 toggle kd can be adoed to most 515 or 558 can Bla boat cars WI I nde on C L N ~ tracks, though load carrying ability is decreased DroDortionalivto Me tightness of me rad~usSee page 115 for m nlmum rad I The 1939 s a car W th two stano uo toaoles 1 rnaln~ "- -des~oned --~ for - 2 -~ ~.~ sheets or self-tackingjibs. The 1940 hatwo shackles. 4:l mainsheet systems can be buil using either the 1941 car with three stand up toggles orthe 1942 car which has three shackles. Each car will accept a variety of contml blocks allowing a selection of controls ranging from 1.1 to 6:l.See page 123-124for car couplers and control blocks. ~

~~~

Special Fealures Common Specitications Recirculating ball bearings Car widm -3%' (84 mm) Pivoting shackles Car height-lW(43mm) Choice of control blocks Track- 516.560.680.758 759 --.1847 . A d ~ i o n a l l ~ I o n - S e epages 112 ana 113for an eap anmon ot special feat-res See page 114 for suggesteo .ses. See pages 210 and 211 for suggestedtraveler systems

192945DOSeriescar WM up

1939 SWOSeneSmr wf2 bggles 149 SOOOSeriescaf wt2 shacldes 1941

WBt w k s 1942

547

122

GOm*caf

MXXlSeriescar ~Bshaddes 25Tmn

rephment Wb 1896

Stand up

tasole

7%' 1Mrnm 8

%m 40m

216mm

1.13k~

X 216 mm

3302

267mm 10iX 267mm

1.08 kg

4Wlbs

9Wlk

2Wl$

4081

5m01bs

2268b SOOOlbs

lmlbs 4mkg

=M@

9368 4802 1 ~ k g

110

GOmbs

4001 1.13kQ

110

GOmIbs 27Z$

nzks

MS 515,554,557,558,559,587,19891149, 1941and l942 can Accepts mld-ranoe Mocb and 2.25',9W, and4.W

lWmlk 4536b 1owOlbs m k g imlb

BIG BOAT CAR COUPLERS

Bigboat car couplers join two big boat cars to form a high

load assembly which will run on curved track. The 517 coupler is used to join two 515 cars It aDXpts a wide variety of standard blocks for control lines. The 580 coupler is used with two 515 cars when 1797,1798,1799 or 1935 con~rololocks are useo. It lorms an assemo y wnlch IS ~ s e on l ~boats w~thmalnsalls ro 650 li2(62 m2land ena boom sheeting. The 752 coupler is used with two 558 cars for boats like 12 Meters and Formula 40s which have very high sheet loads. It accepts a variety of standard blocks for control lines.

Traveler ~ t and s rraclc r sers oller a convenlenr means to add a narken b g boat traveler to onshore boats.

Tnveler Kits The 561 traveler kit is a packaged system sultable for offshore boats to 43'(13m). Maximum mainsa; area is 400 f? (37 m') for end-boom sheeting and 300ft2 (28 m )for mid-boom sheeting. The kit includes a 515 car, two 1515 blacks, and 564 and 565 control blocks for a 4:l system. You need to add track from page 127 and control lines.

Tmck Risers 1849 track risers are sold bv the oair. Thev ~ e r m ieasy l inslallation of mid-boom travelerj which need to beraised to ciear companionway natcnes R~sersan c~lateto a IOW Lse wlth e rner srralgnr or c~rvedtrack an0 to fir most any cabm house.

l?dq

Bip h a t traveler kfl Tmrk tirer

516.5M). 758.759or 1&17track and mntrol lines sold separately

Coupierfor

584

Couplerfor

752

TRAVELER KITS & TRACK RISERS

561

517

8 Ibs 3 02

515can

Couolerfor

6WOlbs

12WOlbs

ECUIbs 27nkg

12WOlbs

595g 2801

93Wlbs

1BWOlbs

21 oz

184mm

5443 kg

BIG BOAT IRAElER ~ C O N I Blocks R ~ Big boat traveler cars will accept am* of control blods offering standard purchasesfrom 1:1 to 6:l.Car mounted control blocksare designed so that they will not hit Me track or end controls. Use the 659 or 1512 as a dead end for 1.1 controls or when you wish to use loose blocks for your control purchase. Use the 659 when the control blocks should swivel to meet unfair leads or for track. - curved -The~1513is ideal for 2:l~controls on smaller boats whik the 1514 builds a 3:l tackle and the 1515 forms a4:1 purchase, These ligM duty control blocksfeature ball bearing sheaves and should only be used with 515 cars (see Control BlockSelectionGuide). The 1797,1798 and 1799 are hi-load control blocks with roller bearing sheaves designed for larger boats and use with either the 515 or 558 cars. The 1935 is a low profile triple control block for 6:1 purchases The sheaves are roller bearing for high loads and the low profile configuration prevents damage from mainsheet blocks. 1935 control blocks are 5 (127 mm) wide and may present clearance problems when tracks run in troughs or deck recesses. All cantml blocks and tangs are sold in pairs. ~~~~

1935

Special Featurns

Modular attachment to big boat can Control blocks do not hit track or end stops Free rolling bearing sheaves Additionalinformallon- See pages 112 and 113 for an explanation of special features. See page 114 for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 211 for suggested traveler systems.

Dercrlptlon

Lene

WelgM

HeigM

mow Tradl

Sale Working Load

2;;

1WOlbs 454 kg lmlbs 454 kg 3Wlbs 136 kg Wlbs 272kg 7501bs 340Q 750lbs 34Qkg 15001bs 680kg 15Wlbs 680 kg

mlbs 907$ 20W lbs 907 kp 20Wlbs 907 kg 20WIb 907kg 2500lbs 1134kg 25W Ibs 1134kg 25Wibs 1134kg 25W lbs 1134kg

659 1512 1514 1515 1797 1798 1799 1935

Swiil W s 1%' (pair) 35 mm Canholiangs 1%~' 30mm (pair) Smglecomml 25e' blodswhkets(pair) 67mm O o u b l e c a ~ l ~ 2 (pair) 67mm Hi-load single control 3' blocks (par) 76mm Hi-load single m m 1 3' blocXs%(Wr) 76mm Hi-load doubleconbol 3' blocks (pair) 76mm Lowprofilelnpla (par) 2%' 70 mm

202 57 g 101 280 301 859 8.501 2410 8 . 5 ~ 2419 105m 298g 14az 3979 902 252 g

70mm

W 20mm 1% M mm 1

48mm l

40mm 2%' ?mm 2'/a' 60mm 1%' 45 mm

Max mainsail area: end boom-275 t? (25.5 m2),ma bwm - 240 n'(22.3 m2)

Cunhol Punhaw 1:l ~-

2:l 3:l 4:l 6:l

515 1928 659 1512' 1513' 1797 1514 1515 1935

Cantml BbdlSelenim Guida Car P;alt No. 558 1939 1940 2x515 1929 1941 1942 m611 659 E59

2x515

wfiw

2x558 wm2

1797

2x1746

1797

2x1746

17% 1799 1935

1798 17S¶ 1935

2x1748 2x1750

1798 1799 1935

2x1748 2x1750

BIG BOAT TRAVELER CONTROLS Big

boat traveler controls make Harken big boat travelers complete systems. Traveler controls allow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the traveler track itself so no additional holes in the boat are required. Ball bearing sheaves insure that cars can be adjusted under load and released instantly in a gust. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control lines can be engaged or released from a variety of positions On the boat. The 599 stop accepts a standard winch handle and is used to limit car movement on 516,560, or 758 track when control lines are not desired. The 703 stop is used on 680 or 759 track to provide a positive stop for travelers or genoa lead cars. The 704 not only serves as a stop on 680 or 759 track but also serves as a bail for attachment of snatch blocks. Special Features Ball bearing sheaves 150 Cam-Matic cam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shockabsorbing bumper Fasteners ~ncluded

0ezription

563

564

Length

Weight

Oauble sheave haveier control

51n. ?@mm

21 02 595 Q

Height Sale Above Workina Tnck Load 2 1 1 ~ ~ ' 700 ibs 68 mm 318 110

Doubksheavetmekr control wi150 cam (port)

140 mm

28oz 7949

68 mm

23'/1<

7Mlbs 318h

Ooubk sheabetraveler wntro~wnsocam[stbd) Slngksheave traveler contml

5 14omrn 5fx 140mm

2801 7949

2"hs" 68mm

lath02

1%"

700 ibs 31Bkg 350 lbs 159 kg

682

Sinqh sheme trawler

683

Single sheave traveler controlw/l5Ocam (sthd)

5 ' ~ 140mm 5'8 14omm

25 or 7099 2501 7099

5 1 mm

599

Adjustable screw stop

3' 76mm

5Moz 1569

%' 16mm

703

Adlusiable p n stop

3' 76mm 4% 121 mm

7'hoz 2139 13 02 3699

'5~a

24mm 2'h' 54mm

35Wlbs 1588h

Common Spec;/;catim Width - 2W (54 mm) Track-516.560.680

758,759

Fasteners-% (10 mm) Max line s i z e - W (10 mm) Sheave dia- 1 % (44 mm) AdditIona1Intomation- See pages 112 and 113 for an explanation of special features. See page 114 for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 21 1 for suggested traveler systems. Trawler Comml Purchase Re~ommendalions Sailha End-Bmm Skding M i m mS k m q Under240 t12 Under 2GO flZ Under 24 m2 Under 22 m2 240-4W t2 260 - 450 n2 22-37mZ 24-42m2

zy 565

568

contmlw/lSOcam(pOlf)

Pvrchaas

4:1

Adjustable pin stop wkhackle

#I,!

5240

44mm 2"

51 mm 2

350 lbs 159119 3501bs 159h

Breatiq ~

zwoibs 937 kg

Forwntrolsw~h remotecleats

20Wlbs W7 kg 2000 lbs

31or4:l purchase 3:1 or4:l

W7h 20001bs 907 kg

purchase

2000 lbs 2:l purcha% 937 kg 20Wibs 2:lpurcha~e W7k~ h p t s standard winch handle

Shackleaccepts snatch blocks l

125

Hi-load traveler controls are designed for use on boats with mainsails over 400 ft2 (37m2). They use big boat sheaves and hi-load aluminum sideplates to withstand the severe shock loadina aenerated bv unintentionaliibes on large offshore boats.-~-loadtraveier controls allow s mp~ensta latlon of pJrcnases lro~n2 1 t o 6 1 hl-loaa !rave er contro s are also S, bole lor aenoa - lead car adjusters on offshore boats. The 1936,30Wand 3001 traveler controls are used with the 1935 low profile traveler car control blocks to form 6:1 purchases. They feature roller bearing sheaves and stainless steel sideplates. Special kalures

Common Specifications

Hi-load bearings 150 Cam-Matic cam cleat Shockabsorbing humpers Two boiis for strength Fasteners included

Width -2'hz" (56 mm) Track- 516, 560, 680 758,759,1647 Fasteners-W (10 mm) Max line size - 1 8 (12 mm) Sheave din- 21A (57 mm) Addilionallnlomafion- See pages 112 and 113 for an explanation of special features. See page 114 for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 211 for suggested traveler systems.

Sal1 h a BbBamSheetlng M ~ m o m Shedlw Under 4 5 0 e Under400 n2 unaer 42 mz Under 37 m2

Over MlO l? nWr56 mZ

731 732 733 734

Trawler Confml Rlnhaae Rdcmrnendatlom

450-603$ 42 56m2

130

400-5~0f+ 37-51 m' over nUnr 550e 51 m2

735

RMase

736

1936 -

61 ,I,imn+ 21 -

3QW 3W1

Singlesheave hi-load tra~elercontrol Singlesheave hi-load traveler control wA50 cam (port) Slngie sheave hi-load traveler control wIl50 cam (stbd) Double sheave hi-ioad Double sheave hl-load traveler contmlwl150 cam (port) Double sheave hl-load traveler control wllYlcam (stbd) Tnple sheave hi-load tlmler conllol Low profile triplecontrol block w,bxket Low pmfile tnpkconhol block whecket cam(por1) Low profiielnple control block

Welghl

Leqlh

Move

Working

27'4 or 7804 34'4 01 9789

7% 194 mm 7% 194mm 754" 1Wmm 7 194rnm 7% 194mm

2%' 56mm

20Wlbs 907 kg 700 Ibs 318 kg 700 lbs 318$ 14001bs 6Sk~ 14W lbs 635kg 14Wlbs 635kg 14Wlbs 635$ 1SW lbs 680b 15Wlbs 680b 1500 lbs

34% 02 9789 S02

9929 41% 01 118b 41'4 oz 118kg 4202 119kQ 21!402 6109 28or 7949 28 02

7%' 194mm 7% lMmm 5% 140mm 524' 140mm

2%' 56rnm 2%s 56mm 3%~" 81 mm 334s' 81 mm

3%' 81mm 4%' 106mm 2 Mlmm 2 64mm

2'8

hrchase 4WOlbs 2:l 1814 kg 14W l b ~ 2:l 635 kg 14W lbs 2:l 635kg 2BIOlbs 3:l 014:l inokg 28W lb5 3:l or41 1270kg 28001bs 3:l or4:l 1270kg 28Wlbs 5:1or6:1 127okg 2500 Ibs 5:1 or6:l 1134kp 2500lbs 5:lor6:1 1134kg 25W Ibs 5:1 or6:1

3 ~~

A..

BIG BOAT TRACK & ACCESSORIES SPANNING ,APAE .TY 563 Track

B i g boat traveler track is available in elher low profile or ni-beam conftg~raoonsUse ow profl e tracks wnere the, can oe sJDDorlea for lnelr entlre length. 560 hi-beam track is'designed to bridge cocqits or companlomays w l h o ~sLppon l strlnures. See me o r a ~ hoe ow for sDann no capability of 560 trGk.'~histrack mounts w'ih bolts riding on sliders in the bottom of the track so spacing is flexible. 680 and 759 tracks have 7/16" (12 mm) holes spaced on 1M' (34 mm) centers to accept 703 and 704 adjustable pin stops. 1847 Ailtrack'" is a very light track ideal for travelers, lead cars and sp~nnakerpo es on raclng boats Tne f rst laslener hole on 516 and 680 tracks 1s located 2' (51 mm) from the track end. The first hole on 758,759, and 1847 tracks is located 50 mm (l15/16') from the end. ~

Dolt Sdes Included ~..,..,~..,

9 aic

SPAN i ~ c h r s ' m e t c r i l

Fits Track

NO,

De~criplion

548

End stop

562

tlld 5103

560

631

Trim cap

516 680 i s 8 759 1847

End Stops and Trim Caps

632

Tr~mcap

548 and 562 end stops are energy absorbing polyurethane to absorb Me shock loads. 631 and 632 trim caps finish track ends when control assemblies are fitted.

l786

S ~ c Ien k

Curved Track Harken will bend any track to your specifications. See page 115 for information.

Common Sflecificafions Track width- 114' (32 mm) Hole spacing -516,680: 4 (102 mm) 758.759.1847: 100'mm(315~6'7 Fasteners-516,680,758,759,1847: 5/16" (8 mm) FH 560: 348''(8 mm) HH

Weight-516.758: 11.4oz!it(1.06kgim) 560:35.3 ozlft (3.29Mml

Track Bending

AmencanTrack (LenglhFeet)

4"Farlene r Spacing

Regular Part No.

wi51op Holes Part No.

516 680 i58 i59 1847

550

100 mm Fanener Spacing Length

Length

Regular

Hi-Beam Part No.

Part No.

wntop Holes Part No.

Airlrack" Part No.

7581 2 ln

759-1 2 m

680~1

4 ( 1 22 m!

758% 5

11,

75% S m

516~5

680-5

5605

5 11 S2 m)

758-1 8 m

759~18 n1

516%

680-6

5fi0~6

G'IlY3mj

i58-2 l m

i 5 9 ~ 21 irl

516~7

68Ui

560-7

7 l7 13 ~ r l i

i59-2 4 m

1847~21nl

51 6-8

5808

56ua

8 1244171

i 5 8 ~ 24 11 .. ,!>R3 nr

i5Y~311

516-10

6EC~13

550 l0

758~36 m

759 3.6 17

1 8 4 i ~ 63 m

516-1

Metric Track (LengthiMeters)

Variable Fadener Spaclng

3 1911 1rllll)

680~3

Pa~r

516758

560~4

516~3

184i-1 5 m P

1 2 m 13'111.::) 1 5 1n(4'11") P~

18mj5103ni 2 1 m (6'105s i 24m(110/?) 1 ln (9'10'~i")

36n(119'11

MINI-MAXI TRAVELER CARS

Mini-maxi travelercars are designed for large offshore boats from SS to 71 feet (16.5 to 22 m). Harken mini-maxi traveler cars ride on two rows of recirculatingTorlon ball bearings so they are free rolling under even high nonvertical loads. One standard configuration of mini-maxi mainsheet traveler car is ava lab e In three variations to fit dlfterent nonzontal track rad I Mmlmaxl rraveler cars cannot nde on velbca cad11under 50' (15 25 m) Eacn standard m nl-maxl car leallres a hl-load D vouna"~ snacde-~~~ ano 2.2Y control blocks fora 2:l traveler control system. Omervariations are available on a spKial order basis.

Going Concern - Llnle Harbor68

Special Features

Common S ~ e ~ i l i c a t i m

ReclrC~allnQ oa oeanngs Pmtng snacltles blocc6lorcomocc6

Free Rol ing .oao - 8750 os (3969 (g) Breakng SIrengm - 180W 10s (8164 (g) Lmth-lCf1254mrn1 -~ ....., ~idih-4%(111 mm) Height -3%' (95 mm) Weight- 89 oz (2.52 kg) Bail dia-W (12 mm) NO.of balls -68 AddBionallnformaIion- See pages 112 and 113 for an explanation of special features. See page 114 for suggested uses. See suggested systemson pages 210 and 211. ~

128

I--

Minimum Rdlua Marlmum Radlus IHodmnbl &nd)

1700

lm4 1705

Minimaxicarfor Mlni-mm car for cumd trw Mini-maxicar for curvedtrack

50' 15.25 m 24' 7.32 m 16'

4.88 m

32' 9.75 m 24' 7.32 m

MINI-MAXI TRACK & CONTROLS

Three configurations of low profile mini-maxi traveler track are available. 1701 is a low profile track suited for most applications. It is commonly used for applications like mainsheet travelers. 1706 is a low profile track with holes for the 1708 adjustable stop. 1706 is typically used as a genoa track. 1848 AirTrack'" is a lightweight track well suited to mainsheet and genoa lead applications as well as spinnaker pole, outhaul and Bancar track. The first fastener hole in 1701 and 1706 track is located l7A6" (37.5 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole in 1848 track is located 215/16"(75 mm) from the end.

End Stops Tracks are sold without end stops. The 1703 provides a 2:l traveler control to lead to a winch. The 1 7 0 8 adjustable stop is used to limit movement by genoa lead cars or to control mainsheet travelers when control lines are not desirable.

I Regular Part No. 1701-1 5

LOWPmtile Mebic Tndr NrTmCk PadNo.

TncL Length

RegularvlStop Holes Palf No.

~ 1848~1.5 .m

1701-1 8 m

~ 1706-1.5~ m 1706-18m

1701-2.1 m

1706-2.1 m

1701-2.4 m

1706-2L-

1701-3 m

1706-3 m

1701-3.6 m 1701-6m

4'11(15m) 5'1W(18m)

6'1M(2.1 m) 1848~2.4m

TlO'W12.4 m)

liW-3.6 m

18483.6 m

9'10'/r6"(3 m) 11'9/e(36ml

1848-6m

19'8% (6 m)

Curved Track Harken will bend track to your specificationsat a modest additional charge. The minimum vertical bend for mini-maxi track is 50' (15.25 m) Refer to page 115 for information regarding track bending. Common S~ecilicaions- Track ~ldth-11ibI6" (42 mm) H e i g h t ' N (22 mm) Weiaht - 1701: 17 ozKt ( l 58 kulml 1706: 16.25 o h (1.51 k ~ i m ) 1848: 13.25 ozm (1.23 kgim) Fastener hole spacing - 75 mm (2i5b16") Fasteners -3/s' (10 mm)

Description 1702 End stop

wipdeyea

Length

Wlmh

HeigM

Safe Weight WoRinQ

33%' 2 5 1%" 1302 95 m!-~- 67mm 38mm 3690 2901 2 5 ~ " 2%' 55, 143mm 67mm 7 0 m r n 3

P -

4950 Ibs Hi4oad 2245 kg sheave

Also availablewiih stainless steel sideplales.

1 M M TMVELER CARS I Hatken maxi trawlers bringthe ease of dinghy traveler adjustment to the largest of offshore boats. The Harken maxi traveler is a develooment of the recirculatino ball bearino orinciole which makes all ~arkentivelers free rolling even und& high non-vertical l i d s . One standard configuration of maxi mainsheet traveler car is available in three variations to fit diierent horizontal track radii. Maxi traveler cars cannot ride on veltical radii under 50' (15.25 m). Each standard maxi car features a hi-load pivoting shackle and control blocks for a 2:l traveler control system. OMer variations are available on a special order basis. Special Featurn Recmulahng ball beanngs P $01no snacldes Ii& m k s forcontrols

Common SpeoiIications Free rolling lom - 12WO i x (5443 ng) Brmhna shenath - 25000 lbs 11 -. ' 1340 kal ~engm113% (353 mm)

Width-5lX(133 mm) Height-Y(127mm) Weism-l80 oz (5.1 kg) Ball dia M' (12 mm) No. of balls- 100 Additionallnhtim- See pages 112ano 113 for an erpfanat on of specta lealures See page 114 for suggested .ses See pages 210 ano 211 for suggested baveler systems.

Mmmum bdlur wadmm b d l v l (HorimntsfBend)

130

MW car for curved track

7.32 m 679

MW carfor curved track

9.75 m

3 Mnx! TMCK & CONTROLS I T w o standard confiaurations of maxi track are available. Both are lightweight low profile tracks ped&ly suited for mainsheet and genoa sheet applications on maxi boats. 660 is a low profile track suited for most applications. 661 is a low profile track w l h holes forthe 664 and 668 adjustable stops. The first fastener hole on 660 and 661 track is located 50 mm (115h6") from the end.

, I

Regular Pltlno.

End Stops Tracks are sold wlhout end stoos. End stops are available in a varietv of confiourationsto suii every need. The 667 is generally ised ro o;~ a 2 1 lrave er contro s to eao to a wtncn Tne 664 aal.s!able slop is ohen ~ s e dro .mI movement oy max oenoa ead cars oc to control maxl malnsheer rravelen whet?-control lines are not desirable. The 668 adjustable stop m n paoeye selves a a ~ arole l as a stop and also selves as an aLxl tar) sneet ng posnlon on maxl genoa track

Curved nack

Worbng

End stop

~~~~~~~

Harken will bend any trackto your specifications at a modest additional charge. Referto page 115 for idormation regarding track bending. Common Specificaafiam-Tmck width-212 (64mm) Height - 1V ' ' (29 mm) Weiaht -660: 33 oziit (3.09kuim) ~~

~-~-

Fastener hole s p a ~ i n g ~ 3 ~ ~mm) ~~(100 Fasteners- 'R (12 mm) FH

End slop wbadeye Adlustable stop

4%" 121 m m

3%' %mm

51 mm

639'

3%' 95mm 3%' 95mm

3%' 86mm 2'n' @mm

3%' 95mm

%mm

W@"

162mm 3'h' wmm

Man end stop wifool block

146mm

3%'

28 oz 7?4g 4402

125kg 26 01 7379 46k02 132kg

49Wlbs wiS11 2223kg fmtMCd

4 W lbs wi505 2223$ fwtM &W Ibs Fe661

w n d w a r d sheetingtraveler cars b"ng a new ease to traveler adjustment. Cars may be pulled above the centerline without releasing the leeward control line. Tack, and the car stays in the same Dosition on the track, ready to be Dulled to the new windward side. he windward sheeting ca;allows'the mainsailtrimmer to Stay on the high side of the boat and allows the boat to be ta&ed without the need to first cleat the leeward control lines. Oncevou've sailed with a Harken windward sheeting traveler car, you'll wonder how you ever sailed without one. Windward sheeting traveler cars are available in seven sizes for boats from dinghys to large offshore boats. Adapter kits are amilable to fit most Harken small boat, mid-range and big boat traveler cars. The 21 1 and 212 feature a small boat traveler car. The 21 1 fits smaller dinghys while the 212 is used on larger dinghys like the Fiying Dutchman and small offshore boats like the JR4. The 247 features a 1250 series car and can be used on heavy course racing keel boats like the Dragon and on offshore boats to 26' (7.9 m) with mains as large as 175ftz (l6 m2). Small boat cars can be ligged with 2:l or 3:l traveler controls. The 1575 is built on a 1508traveler car and is ideal for offshore boats to 33' (10 m) with mainsailsas arge as 240 V(22 m2). The 1576 Jses a 1509car an0 may oe ~ s e don boats to 35' (10 6 m) wnh ma nsatls to 275 H2 (25rnzl and end boom sheer no. All existing mid-range windward ;heeling cars will acce~tthe li6l stand uptoggle. The 608 and 1930 use a 515 big boat traveler car and are suit. able forthree-ouartertonners and some offshore boats as $roe as 40' (12 m) &h mainsails as large as 400 ftZ(38 m2). The 609 and 1931 are oaseo on a 558 car and are ~ s e on d boats Ike onelonners wnn lame marnsalls to 525 112 150 m2l. All exlstlno b ~ oooat windward she&ng cars will accept the'1896 &nd uo. to&le&d . . the 1930 and 1931 include the toggle. All windward sheeting cars have 150 Cam-Matic cleats built into the control mechanism. They are best suited for travelers mounted in the cockpit and at, or near, deck level. Controls cannot be led through turning blocks to a remote location.

Small boat cars are providad with tube becketfor 3.1 ourchase.

Spocia~Feahlm

Leewardcleat opens automatically Recirculatingball bearing cars Piting shackles 150 Cam-Matic cam cleats Integrated wntrol sheaves AdditionaIlnlomtation- See pages 112 and 113for an explanationof special features of traveler cars. See page 114 for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 211 for suggested traveler systems.

~snm 211 Small boat car

6%' 175mm

212 Kload small 247 125OSeriessmail

Bails

Load

3'Ae' 78mm

142,143 € 6 2 ~ 154,155

SWlbs

2302

142,143 154,155 142.143 154,155

6%'

3Ms' 78mm 3%' 78mm

8 7

nmb~ h in^ e 01 roll

weight

l75mm

175rnm

width

2302

€628 2702

769a

muder Can Blod. 2:l -

227$

1203 lbs 544 kg

ffiolbs

20W lbs

2.1 -

907$

3:l 255

386$ 1250 ibs

30W ibs 1361 kg

3:l 255

567$

Fudw

;67i77/

3:l 255

2:1

sheetlng adapter lat 248

159,171,172

1 2 5 0 S e k windward

2:l or3:l

157i Mid-range windward sheeting adapter hi

15MI. 15ffl

3:l or4:l

610

515.558

4:1.5:1 or81

Big boatwmmrd sheeting adapter kR

Wind Windwardcleafisengaged, Carcan bepulledabove fhecenferllne wrfh-

H a ~ adjusiable n lead blocks ride on traveler car bodies. Torlon ball cars adjust easily ewn under high loads. Torlon rod cars require more effort to adjust, but are removable from tracks. These bl& feature wide sheaves which will accommcdate m sheets during sail changes. Thqr pivot to either side to accommodate changing lead angles. Small boat cars m p t elher bullet or big bullet bl&. The 1537 mid-range lead car accepts 1513,1514, or 1515 control blocks. The 587 accepts 1799 control blocksforatl purchase. Mini-rnai and maxi cars are offered with either control blocks for a 2:l purchase or puller tangs for a l:l system. S P E x i a I ~ Recirculatin~ball b w i n g s or Torlon rods Pivoting sheave carriers

Wide sheaws pass twosheets Low profile genm twks

A d d I W l h h n a h - S e e pages 112 and 113for an explanation of special features. See page 207 for sheet lmding formulas. See suggesfed systems on pages 212 and 213.

134

~ m ~ a -1s

318

-I

249

SmaU boat

1537

Maximum wind awed 25 knots

249

Small boatcar

323

MI boatcar

1537 Mid-range car 1599 Mid-rang car w/slder mds

~ypical

Lsnm

Two 2% Twa 1519

Two

083 TWO

1515

142 154 1510 1535

Maa Sail h a M Gsnol' Osnua.. 450W 175V 41.8mZ 16.3m2 750112 mf? m7m2 30.7m2 fi0rt~

25'-31' 7.6m-9.1 m

W-v 8.8m-i1.3m

Maximurnvlnd sped 40 knots

2 64mm 8 64mm 2W Mmm

1Wllbs 5 8 7 ~ 1250 ~bs 567kg 23Wlbs 1C43kg

25mlb 1134kp 2 5 ~bs ~ 1134kg 46W lbs 2086kg

%S' 5W %mm 140mm 2%' 518 %mm 140mm 2%' 51/4' 7Omm 1 3 m m

142 154 142 154 1510 1535

18m 5100 1901 539 0 27 m 765 0

2W %mm

mlbs 1043kg

46W l k 2Wkg

2%' 5'x 7Omm 1 3 m m

1510 1535

804 U

2W Mmm

mlbs 1351h

MKX)lbs

3'8 &mm

518,680,758 759.1847

3701 1.05kg

2722kg

B 2W mm

28 cc

554 1874

Big boat Big boa1 4500

car wlslider rods 1869

Mini-maxlcar

1870

Mini-maxi car

1871

Mantar

1872

MaAcar

,",,",, ,ah, 1-k

GEMOA LEAD CARS, SLIDES & T TRACK

Harken offers a wide array of genoa lead cars and trackslides. Tne tn-roller lead car otters many Jn que advanlaoes. Tne W oe sheave WIIIacceDt two sheers for eaiy sail changes and is mounted vew close to the deck to permit sheeting of low clewed genoas. The vertical side rollers orotect sheets and reduce fnction even when leads are unfair The single piece construction reduces noise and damage from uffingsa.b Tn-ro ler lea0 can are provldeo wth a low no ball lor aai~stmenran0 mLst be umd with a h c k stop. Tri-roller lead cars are ava lab e to fn metnc or Engl sh track Genoa ead bloclcs offer me s mDl~cltvof a D n stop type car. The pin stops can be'lockid in an up '&ion to facilitate mbvement along the track. Track slides offer a convenient attachment point for snatchblocks or other lead blo*, They feature plastic sliders to reduce friction and to protect tracks. The pin stop may be locked in an up poslon. Track stops are low profile and easy to open even with cold, wet hands. Ttrack is clear-anodiid aluminum and is available only in metric sizes. 136

3 tma9rinm

Genoa lead b w f o r 32mmt~&-aKlmnum 8154 Gemalead block for 32mrnkd-ch~ 8155 Geooaledd blakfor Omnbadt-mm B156 Slldefor 25 mm track- chrome 8157 Slidelor32 mm

8153

track- chmme

~ m g n W I ~ ~ e i g wign ~ Dism&r 3%' 95mm

%mm

4M' 15Moz 115mm 4399

3%' 95mm

2 ' 54mm

411' 115mm

5%' 142mm 3%' 80mm

2%' 70mm

37mm 3%' 1"As' 95mm . 46mm

6802 5 150mm 195kg l 13301 47mm 3779 2%' 18Moz 56mm 5248

5%' 142mm

2%. 7Omm

25/16.

56mm

34 m 964g

381h 01 1.CBb

lhx Dis amm hw

LDad

2' 52mm

Ss*

~ormnp

14mm

k6'

52mm

14mm

21tA6' @mm

22mm

W p

llWlbs SWkg 18951bs &%kg 4475 1bs 2030kg 2050 IbS Wk9 39501bs

%*'m"Q 26501bs

12Mkg 33S~lIbs

1750kg 99201bs

45Wkg 4625 Ibs 2100kg 81501bs

25M$

W k g

I B806 '~mhbbtofnhnmnlia~k. ~d EIO pannumkr whenordenng.

Lam

Dmription

Width

End stop for B201 T track

8807 Height Welghl Dhmeler Sheave ~

Mar ShaM

12mm

End stop for

Safa

Woll;lnp Bra*ino *nm

01871A Tri-roller lead car for 25 mm track-aluminum 81872A Tri-roller lead car for 32mmtrack-aluminum 81872C' Tri-roller lead car for32 mm (1M')track-chrome

3%' 90mm

li546 50mm

2% 415%' 125mm 70mm

18751ils 39501ts W l 3W 1401 &mm 4Wg 3 8 m m i 2 m m 650kg 1800kg %S' 33WlbS 70MIbs 4%' 31Moz ll5hi 14mm 1MOkg 32Wkg llOmm mQ 50mm

41s/rd 125mm

70mi

4 % 3 1m l1Omm 9309

l 50mm

81873A Tn-roller lead car for 6%" 4Ommtrack-alhjmi~m 170mm 81673C' Tri-roller laad carfor40 mm 61ih6" (1Vf)track-chmme 170mm

3%" 65mm 3%" 85mm

5IW 130mm 5'h' 130mm

% 2' Mlmm 2% Mlmm

57m 162kg 57 or 1.Mkg

Hebic TTnck 1W mm (P%67F m n s r Splcing 26 mm (A) 32 mm (A) 40 mm (A) X 4 mm (B) i 6 mm(B) X 6 mm(B) 8201-15m 8202-1.5 m 0203-1.5 m 1.5m(411') 8201-2 m 8202-2 m 8203-2 m 2 m (66%)

%6' 4950 lbs SWOlbs 14mm 2250k~4 5 W b W

46301bs 20mm 21W$ W 69451bs 20mm 31Mkg

TnckLaT

99201bs

45% 143W ibs 65Wkg

8201-2.5 m 8202-2.5 m 0203-2.5 m 0201-3 m

p -

82055

Stop for 25 mm track

1% l % 32mm 2794mm l 6 m m

4or 113g

82056'

Stop for 40 mm (1%)' track Stop for 32 mm

l 50mm l

2116'

4 or 113g 402

13751bs 2650 Ibs W $ 13WkQ

0202-3 m

0203-3 m

2.5 m (8'2'h') 3 m (9'101h6')

0201-3.5 m 0202-3.5 m 8203-3.5 m 3.5 m (11'5%) p~

82057'

56mm 2%~'

1' 25mm

2650 lbs 55W lbs 12Okg 25W kg

8201-4 m

l7501bs 38501bs

8201-5 m

8202-4 m 8203-4 m 4 m (1?l1h') 8202-4.5 m 8203-4.5 m 4.5 m (149%') 8202-5 m 8203-5 m 5 m (164%)

137

PIN STOP LEAD CARS & T TRACK

R n stop lead cars are used when full adjustability of recirculating ball bearing l e a cars s not requ rea. Tney are ohen seen on the 6 &noa tracks of racing wars and as me orimarv.oenoa lead cars on oerlormance cruisen.

T Tmck Lead Cars Harken 1997 and 1998 T track lead cars feat~rea n gh perlormance rollerhall bearing sheave for excepnona pellormance both tnmming and easing The sheave wlll accept two 7/16'(12 mml sheets to faci mte w changes. The sheave carrierpivots 450ta each side and alticulates fore and aft to accommware cnanglng lead angles Beca~setne sheave carrler also swivels Mese cars can oe ~ s e dIn aoollcat ons where otner w~de sheave lead blocksare inappropriate, such &'on Me cap rail when reachIng and for oamemaJ.lng sneers ro an o~moardtrack. The pin slop on Me 1997 IS act~atedbv a lwer rnat s easv to ~- s e even with cold'wet hands and can be locked in the oDen position to lacllltatemov ng the car a ong tne tracd oy nand or vrdh an adlbsrer I ne whlch can be sol ced to Me inreoral oa Ior altacned wdn a snaclde The 1998 is provided with a hi-load sheave to permit use of a 2:l adiuster tackle. Cars noe on ouv fnnion s ~dersto prevent metal to meta .contact and ease of adj~srment.Tnese cars are amiable lor eitner 11 4 or 32 mm T rracd. ~>

53 mrn(lh61 HdespKlng

1891-1 m 36%6'(Wmm) 1891-1.2m 46Me'(llfflmm) 1891-1.8m 70'As' (17fflmm) 1891-2.4m 93"As'(238D mm) 117%6'(29BOmm) I891;Jm

Polyslide Cars 1663 Polysiide lead cars are state of Me art oenoa fairleads which nde on 1596 mla-range p n stop track Tnese are me cars ~ s e don racing boars ,ike me Mumm 36 and manv ol Me ILC 40's. The LntoJe slide;material IS bonded to Me body of the car to Dmvlde a low& enlclenr of fnct~onso tne cars may be aojJstea ~nderload The sheave camer e low and p vots s~deto slde W. The pln stop can be locwd n Me up poslbon Hmen the car CSbeing adlustea

IWldm

235'ns' 5880mm

T Track, End and THm Caps Harken 1891 T track is a high performance32 mm track. Hardkote anod~zingprotects i n s track aga nst nlcks and scratches whicn are damaqinq to boM Derlormance and moearance. P n stoo noes are ~- -~on 33mm (1Vis')'centers to permit fine adiustment of cars. The 1993 tnm cap WIIal ow cars to pass so th& can be moved to encaos~lateme other hacks or stoweo below 1994 end caos ,~~ - - eno .~ . of the track to hide ends that have been cut to ienath and will not permit cars to pass. Trim caps are typically used ai the back d tracks and when it is not desirable to remove cars from the track. ~7

Common Specificatlm-Cars Sheave tiia- 2%' (61mm) Maxsheet size'-7/16" (12 mm) me ghl aboretrac6- 4'4 (1 14 mm) Max worhng loao - 3000 lbs (1361 ng)

CommonSp&Misatim-T d Track width -32 mm (IlN) Fastener hold soacina-33 mm 113 Fasrenen - 8 mm ,i 1 6 ' ~Fh We ghl- 8 4 oUh (784 glm,

AvaibMe toft Ametcan l%'PackMd Et0 palt number when wderino

1997' 1998'

1663

T trarX lead ear

6M'

w/Pinstapfor32mmf~ 165mm Tlrackkzdearwhd~uster SW' sheavsforBmmtradr 165mm Poblide pin 4%.'

1891

7949 300z 8Mlg

2 51 mm 2' 51 mm

1891 B202

2202

2%'

1596

2802

B202

STAIIYLESS STEEL T TRACK

S t a nless steel T track IS deslgneo for ,xLry c r sers ~ an0 racers The trac< s ool shea to a mlrror-l 6e fin sn an0 chemically treated t o resist corrosion even in tropical saltwater. Three stainless tracks are available in metric sizes suitable for boats from 33 to 140' (9.5 to 42 m). Tracks feature a n intearal riser and have two Din stoo holes between each fastenerto facilitate fine adjustment of cars. l888 is a hi-load t e n o n of Ine 1830 40 m m t r a m an0 .ses 12 mm Fd lastenen Track end s t o ~ sDrevent cars from com na o n of tracKs dress the track end;, and Drevent lines from snagging Tney are a so h~ghlyp o ~snedsra nless. Traclcs are aba ao e in two stanaaro lenqths 2 m (6'632 1 ano 4 m 113'110- 1., or m a t oe oroered cJt 10 enqtn wllh tne ends CN ser ~~-~

~~~

Special Features Mirror like finish Corrosion resistant alloy Integral riser Pin stop holes at close intervals CommonSpecifications Fastener Hole Soacino - 100 mm (315/16") Pin stoo .) - ~ Hole ~ - Sbacini ~ -50 - mm -r, i l 5 ~ 6~. ~ ~ Orderiring Infonnafion- To oraer vac6 c1. 10 engln rnth lne enos DO Shed aoo pan n.moer 1832 loine oroer an0 specty e a r l ength desired. Due to hole olacements. may be necessatyto slightly modify the length you request. r

~enpn 1838 1889

End stop for 32 mmTtrack-. End slop for

2% Wmm

W~I~~II

602 1700 1902

~sstemr H6"FH *./'l 8mmFH32mm

1835

1830

1%'

Desc~pion

19/le'

1835 32mmTlmck 1888 40 mm Hi-load Tlmck

40 mm 1114'

32 mm l%< 40 mm

8 mm 'M

12mm %S'

?/lb.

20 mm ks'

6 mm

8 mm

14mm

%S'

'h' 12 mm

20 mm

8 mm

W IOrnm

20 mm

%a' 8 mm

16 mm

lomm

20 mm

'3%

'?/l<

'%S'

Fadener

43 oL?1 4 kgim 26 aim 24kgim 43 OaV 4 kghn

W FH IOmmFH

1830 40 mm T twk

Weight

Recommended StDp Pin Dlameter '6

8 mm FH

12mm W l01y

12mmFH

16mm

%6'

5s'

584 Cars not included

586 Cars not included

3 A" "'THEET CARS & SHEAVECARRIERS

Ma.nsheet sneave camers are sea wltn ao~ble-endedma nsheers to oive 2 1 or 4:l D~r~haseS on laraer boats "~ onsnore ihese sheave krriers feature low friction Harken big boat sheaves or blocks to insure ease of mainsheetand traveler car adjustment under any load Sheave carners are des~gneato lay down wltnln 15" ol nonmntal 10 mantaln lalr leads even wnen reachng and runnlng The 584 and 586 serve as a co~plerfor two 515 b ~ gboat cars Tne 751 fits a standard m w lraveler car Tnese carnen do not include traveler cars. The 1841,1842 and 1843 mini-mai cars and carriers will acceot etheral~mnum, stun ess w tmn.um swivel bloc6 These assemb les are aes~gnedlor appl cat.ons where me sneet wincnes are not olrecr y In Ine wnh the traveqertrack or 1he lrack s cuwea. ~

751 Car not Included

Spmial Features Big boat mainsheet sheaves Carriers oivot No l o o k blocks Additi~mrlInlonnation-See pages 112 and 113 foran explanation ol special features. See page 114for suggested uses. He1ghl 584 586 751

Smallmahsheet s t w e camer

Tmium4:l maxi mainSheetsheave camer 1841 2:l M i n i - d c a r 6 carderfor swlvel blocks 1842 2:l Mini-maxicar 6 camer lorswbl blocks 1843 2:l Mini-maxicar 8 carrierlor swNel blmks

. . .-

Tnwlar

ShMM

Diame(sr

Puldlare 7..

1W 254mm

165;~

Mn l

1 M'

1.25 kg

76 mm

8' 2W mm

9002 2.55 h

4.0W 102 mm

6:l

425 mm 12%' 311 mm 12' 305 mm 12' 305 mm 12' 305 mm

129 02 366$ 149 oz 4.23 kg 1490~ 4.23 kg 149 m 4.23 kg

4.50' 114mm 4'014M' 102 m m ~ o r l i 4mm d' 0, 418 102mmor114mm C or 418 102mmorll4mm

2:l

Mainshset sheave

6%'

wnipm

229 mm

V 229 mm V 229 mm V 229 mm

mDI Block

WJZCG "-,-

Tmdl Radius Blod4 0 ~ ~ A 8 ,~ A ,,,L,""""

o r w o 563 7% .v-

h # , , A d

8 (25m) Y

( L * I,,)

or,m

666 or 66; ~-

.71.

. .--

17n1

,,,","U""

I--U-,. I - U < 7fd

or1713

50'(15.2 m) orgreater

2:l

1703

Use541.764 or1713

2cto32' 7.3 to 97: m

2:l

1703

Use 541.764 or1713

16'toZd' 4.9 ta 7.3 m

MKII JIB R1 IG & FURLING FHi S

+ Tapemd Toque Tubes A gradualtransition from torque tube M foil minimizes sail stretch and wrlnkles. A positii locking clamp won't slip. + Sculplunrd Chafe Guard

Fuding lines are protected by the smooth surface of the chafe guard which can be adjusted to any posion.

Bearing Shlelds For overa decade, Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems have set the world standard for performanceand reliability. No other systems have offered morefeatures- until now. The new Harken MKll Jib Reefing and Furling Systems utilize ail of the good design attributes of their predecessors, but include many new features10 make your furling and reeling safer and easier. +

Airswivel and tack bearings are protected fmm UV and dirt by shields.

+ Molded PleIeeder New lighter prefeeder anaches to the deck and is designed far better sail change pefformance.

More Power

A larger inside spool diameter provides better mechanical advantage for easier reefing and furling. + Less Ffictflon

Several years of research has resulted in computer designed bearing races that minimize friction. + Liohter Weighi

Design and manufacturing changes have resulted in a lighter system to reduce pitching and heeling. %;

+ Comion-PmolSpool The new molded spool and cover are lighter, corrosion free and less susceotible to chain and anchor damage.

& W&s-&%*~

+ Standard Split Drum

All unitsfeature a split drum to facilitate conversion to racing.

The new sculpursd tomuehlbe minimiles sail stretchand win!&.

+ AirSwrlwls

AirSwivels are lighterto remove weight aloft, smaller for less windage and turn more freely due to Meir computer designed bearing races.

Nickel phW silicon bmwturnbudde bcdy irsures gall pmaf op3aSon.

New m n m i o n p m o l s ~ o l lighter 6 and Lsssuscepdbkmcllam and mor damage.

Man wmpomnbare6061-76alrmr n.m wnlm s rlsrdmteancdeed m TOADn ~mpregMOnlOryear?. GI m c e

Unidirec(ad beaing system handleslads !mm all dlr#ms.

Swa*. Nuneman, Stalok or rndRningsneybeuredwiUI most Hatken systems.

Re(ubkT0rlon ballMngs require no lubrication and minimal mintenance.

PrnwNdesigned furling t u m b u c k k d b ~ e3syadilstmsntwhik pmntingfaUaue m mcaused by side losding.

4 ~. ,'

n m b a r e lighter

ta remove weight

alofl, smalkrfor 'm windwe and turn

Excellent Racing Unil All rlarwn dnts can De converted to raclng by removlng rhe arum an0 lower no 1ne havam s w w to clear thetwln amove 101for sa I chanaes ~heiilrfoilsiaped extrusions give you raing performance that i u n d foils can never offer. The tops of our foils are clean and they completely cover your headstay for maximum luff lengths. Harken units are also light, crucial for racing and advantageousfor cruising. Feedersare carefulvshaped and finished toallow quick

single-handed hoistingand eniciem racing sail changes

Plus all of the great features for which Harken is famous:

Easy Length Adjustment The integral tumbuckle makes installation and mast tuning easy. It is a very special t~mbuckle,aes~gnedexpressly to handle the sioe loaas ol a fur ina svsrem. Tne s I con oronze and stainless stee construction is gall resistant and durable.

Easv Sail Changes and Shaping

These features include sail shaping double acting swivels, triple interlock aerodynamically shaped foils, a true furling tumbuckle, and the only true 7 year warranty in the world.

~eefingis greai, but there ari times when you may want to change sails. Eacn darken Jnll nas a prefeederand a S-perbty des~gneosta n<esssteel feeder which make sa I chanaes smooth. Slnce sails rase an0 lower on your own halyard and there ire no mechanical devices at the masthead, you can change sail shape through halyard tension.

Torlon Searings

Dntm Lock

Todon bearings require no lubrication and are so strong that you can use a winch to reef. They're covered by the 7 year warranty.

Easy to Assemble Designed for owner installation with only simple hand tools. Picture book instruction manuals make assembly a snap.

Uses Exisling Headstay The integrity of your rig is unaffected by thefuding system becausethe aftfacing double-groovedfoils ride over your existing headstay.

Adaptable to Swage, Rod, Norseman, or Sla-Lok Teminals You may choose the type of rigging you prefer. For easiest installation, use swage fittings - our long swage stud allows you ta reuse your existing wire. There's a special terminal for low stretch rad headstays. Many people prefer Norseman and Sta-Lok f'ttings, especially for extended cruising or for tropical saltwater.

A unique drum lockallowsyou to secure the unit when moored for extra peace of mind when you're ashore.

Clean Aerodynamic Foils Our foils wbn't offend your sense of aesthetics or spoil the airflow on your genoa. They are engineeredfor superior strength without offensive bulk.

Free Rolling, Low Maintenance Bearings Torlon bearings in multiple stacked races distribute radial and thrust loads evenly allowing the units to turn with exceptionalease. Maintenance reouires an occasional rinse and thev're so touah that MU can winch the units in heavy winds. They're even covered by ourseven year limited warranty

Finest Materials and Consbuclion

Foils are ioined with splice links shaped to match the extrusion. Screws secure the Cp~ices.An adhesive is usedto remove paint loading from the fasteners and insure a joint that will endure years of torque loading.

AI of oJr loan oeanno comoonenrs, incl~oinathe orum are 6061-T6 aluminum, silicon bronze, or skinless keel for Gars of service. Aluminum components are Hardkote anodized with Teflon impregnation fortrue corrosion protection. Even the silicon bronze is electroless nickel plated for better durability

Superb Reeling, Not Just Furling

Seven Year Warranfy

Triple Interlock Foils

If a unit doesn't provide sail shaping, it's wrong to call a reefing unit. All Harken units incorporate independent head and tackswivels to give good sa I shape when reefed They can be usea W th exlsbng salls, sal s wnn loam I ~ foads. f or salls wnh l ~taw f i laa svstems ide Aerol~ff~ ihe foil sections are tough enough to stand reefing loads and the bearings roll freely in the highest winds. Winching doesn't bother them^

Harken units are covered by a simple seven year limited warranty The warranty is transferable and requires no cumbersome documentation procedure.

Worl&ide Service Harken's networkof distributors means that no matter where you cruise expert service and parts will be available.

VG INFORMATION

Ha&n Jib Reefing and Furling Systems are offered in nine sizes. Most units can be used with swage, md, Norseman or Sta-Lok terminals. The correct unit for your boat is easy to determine:

0 Determine the size of the unit you need for your headstay diameter and boat length.

I Units 0,3,3.5.4 and Hydraulic Units are offered wth a variety of cWi oin diametersto match your chainplate. Specify the clevis pin diameter you require.

Rod Headstays

0 Choose between units for wire or rod headstays 0 Choose which terminal you requirerod, swage or Sta-Lokrmorseman.

Swage Filtngs vs Sta-Lok or Norseman Terminals

Mbsr darn& Jlb Reet ng and F~rl~ng Systems can oe ~ s e with d elher swaoe Mrmsor wlth STa.Lok or horseman term nals. ~wageimingskustbe installed by a rigger using specialized equipment. Some people prefer Sta-Lok or Norsemanterminals. They can be installed wahout specialized equipment -all you need is a wire cutter, pliers and wrench. They are, therefore, popub with people in remote areas wno oo not have access to swag ng machines. Norseman an0 Sta-Lo<rermina s are also consdered ov manv oeoole to be sLoenor to swage fittings in tmpical saltwater asihey ak ferito be less susceptible to stress corrosion.

All sizes of Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems may be used with rod headstays. Rod headstap must use a special ada~terfitting -and must be cut and reheided by an authorized rod service center. Rod head?Jays work very well with furling units. They offer the performance advantage of low stretch and are felt to offer vely good corrosion resistance in tmpiml saltwater.

Specily Turmiinal All furling systems are sold without headstay terminals. Fmm the chart on the specification page, choosethe correct stud to match your headstay type and size.

Wire, Rod and Clevis Pin Diameter Before ordering a system, determine the wire or md diameter. Most rod is sized by "dash numbers" such as -12 or -40.

Wlm Slls (1 119StllnlsaSb1l) UnlO Unit l

Un11.5

Vs', %S'.'hi 4mm.5 rnm.6mm' 'h.,W 6 mm, 7 mm. 8 mm' %6'

Rod shl 4 (437 mm)

4 (5.03 mm) 8 (5.72 mm) -10 (6.35 mm) -12 (7.14 mm)

8 mm unn2

ks'.

8mm. 10mm Un12.5

'AS'

Un13

llmm,12mm 'As'. W 11 mm,l2mm

UM.3 ltjdraulii Un13.5

'W. W 11 rnm.12mm P16'

-12 (7.14 mm) -17 (838mm) -22 (9.53 mm) -22 (9.53 mm) - N ( l l . i mm) -22 (9% mm) -30(11.1 mm) -40(12.7 mm)

14 mm Un13.5 Hydrauric Un14

%6'

4 0 (12.7 mm)

14 mm

W, W 16mm.19mm

W%'

Unit4 Hydraulic

16 mm. 19 mm

Un14.5

W, l'

-48 (14.27 mm) M) (16.76 mm) -48 (14.27 mm) M) (16.76 mm) -76 120.62 m)

Mar l a n m SLmMmIPamps Marlllmbls

W4' 11.6Bm W8' 13.92 m

462 i4.07m a2' 18.34171 60'1W 18.54 m 74'8' 22.76 m 755' 23.01 m 74'9' 22.78 m 75T W.@ m 7tiT 23.81m

9011' 27.71 m 1 ~ 7

454' 13.82 m 52V 16.E m 53'2' 16.21 m 67'7 20.47 m 67'1W 20.68 m 81'8' 24.m m 825' 25.15m BBY 27.05 m 897' 27.31 m 1022' 31.14m 114'11' 35.03 m 1267'

Mm Dllrnetar

Cl& k6'.

W. %S'

147

7.9mm,95mm, 11.1 mm 'h'

148

12.7 mm

148

1s.amm

149

15.8mm

149

19mm

W, W

150

19 mm, 22.3 mm

W,'X

152

19 mm, 22.3 mm

W 22.3 mm 'A' 22.3 mm l., l'#, 1lX 25.4mm. 28.6mm,31.8mm 1W.lW 28.6 mm. 31.8 mm 1%

150 152 151 152 152

FURLING ACCESSORIES J i b Reefing and Furling Systems are sold ready to install, but we offera few accessories to complement Me systems and allow you to tailor your installationto your exact needs.

Stanchion Mount Bases 061 sranchlon moJnr oases prov de an oeal attachment method l line eao blocks. The bal o nr societ acceDls most sma I for f ~ rna boat swiel blocks, including ratchi blocks. They swivel and pivot to provide a fair lead. They f't all standard 7 8 and 1" (22 and 25 mm) pulpts and stanchions. See page 102 for further details. The 319 is a061 base with a 127 double big bullet block. It is useful for boats with continuous line furling systems or when leading rnukiple lines aft, such as a furling line and staysail sheet.

Furling Lead Block Kits Furlino lead block k i s are available. K i include ball bearing blocks, &ratchets to provide proper drag on furling lines, stanchion mount bases, and cleats. Use a 266 lead block kit with Units 0,l, and 1.5. Use a 267 lead block kiwith Units 2 and 2.5, Use a 969 lead block kit for Units 3 and 3.5.

Haryrd Restrainers The masthead geometry of some boats dictates that a halyard reslra~neroe Lseo-~wosues of na yaro reslralnersare ava tan e. Eacn IS a sra~nlessstee braciel shape0 lo lit ra0l~Sedspars. The Hardnote anodized alLm nLm sheave IS groove0 for bolh wlre an0 rooe halvaros and naes on Tellon lm~reanalweDOw DearInQS ~alyardistrainersshould not be used inless required. please refer lo Ins@lat,on InstrLcr ons lor oela Is. Use a 944 restralnel W m Lnl~s 0. l . an0 1 5 Use a 945 restramer wnn J n ts 2.25. 3, and 3.5.

Description 266

Small lead

267

blockk'it Medium lead

969

block kit Large lead

wkh

Includes

0.1.15

Three 166, 0 ~ 0 1 9 , four ffil.and onecb! Three 168,one019, Io~rffi1,ardoneckal

Unik

Prefeeder The 947 prefeeder is supplied with a 3 6 (914 mm) long Dacron pennant for easy attachment to the bow.

2.2.5 ~~

One011.mree001,

3.35

one W a n d one deal

block kit

Pmjectian

Dewlption

WemM

Folvlrd of Mad

Fa¶8ncra

302

85 9 6 oz

1709

1%' 41 mm 2' 51 mm

XlORH 5mm RH X10 RH 5mmRH

1 01

944

Small hatyard

'345

Large habrd restrainer

947

Preleeder

restramer

Max

WeigM

0,1,1.5 2.2.5.3.3.!

061

anchion

All

319

Stanchion mourn double lead Mock

2 02 579 6 02 170g

Wollring Land 350 lbs 159 kg

350 lbs 159k~

Use wbulla, brl bullet, dinghy, 2.25 6 Hmratchet

QUESTIoW & AWWERS ABOUT JIB REEFING AND FURLING

Can I change sails? Because you use your jib halyard to raise sails, it's easy to change sail shape through , ,ah tension and ifs simple to change them. Evew Harken system includes a built-in prefeederand an excellent feeder so sail changes are a breeze. Chances are you'll fit a genoa to your system and reet it to suit the condiiions, but it's easy to change sails to take advantage of a specially sail like a drifter.

,-~ ~--

shipped with a picture bookinstructionmanual and is easy~tiinstall. You can have your headstay cut to length and swaged by a rigger and complete the installation yourself or you can use Norseman or Sta-Lokfittings to do the whole job.

Why would l use a rigger to install my unit? A professional rigger is experienced in furling installations and is comfortable working in a b&un's chair. If you are not comfortable working on your rig or if time does not permlt you to install your own system, a professional rigger can do an excellent job.

Why do I have to cut the headslay 10 install a Harken system? Futfing units place a high h~~zontal load on the lower part of the headstav. beca~setne sai S are l a c k on tne drLm rather than on tne deck rlarmen svsterns Incorporate atLmb~cklethat is soeclalk ena" neered to handle the side loads of afurling system. We feel this'is a better solution than utilizing the existing tumbuckle of unknown quality. You can reuse the existing wire, but don't forget that headstay wires have afinite life and older wires need to be replaced.

A jib reefingand furling system is a major purchase and should be

considered carefully. The following are questions people often ask about furling systems:

Can l use my existing sails?

Arm sail n good conddion can be moolf eo to fR a harken svstem harken furleifeaturehdependent head and tackswivels sothe cente; of the sail will roll before the ends ana the WI W IIflanen as d reels. Sails need a uli tape an0 the primary sa Ishould have a sun cover added Even Iyou purchase a new reei ng genoa. a000 seamanship reauires that y o have ~ neavy ar sa Is aooard so you W I brobaoiy convert yow worklng ,lb an0 storm 11bby adding a lull tape Tne Independent swivels WI IensJre lhat tnese sal s also reel elfectweiy.

What are the advantaoes of a new aenoa? A purpose oJlk geno&~l feat~rea siiaplng device to supplementthe ao~bleW vels, d W I address the lssJe of strength typldly througn ~ s ofe raala construction or vanable cloth weconts. and ir WI Ilncluoe orotectlon against ultraviolet, haquentfy without a ieaG add-on cover.

Can 1m l l y reet with a Harken M n g system? Yes, effective reefing is a realiy The independent swivels help shape sails and work well with any shaping device a sailmaker might install. The foils are small so the reefed sail is not a bulky roll that disNDt5 ailflow. The tri~leinterlock foils don? rely on mechanical fasteners to handle the torque loads of reefing. When the wind comes up, roll up part of the sail and keep sailing.

Can l use a winch to reef? The Torlon bearings are so tough Mat you can winch your unit when conditions d i t e a reef, but so free rolling that you probably won't have to use a winch unless you have a large boat.

K E H mnr Mau" - Eilk &CA

PhM0

Can I race with a Haken system? rlarxen funing systems areaes~gned,first and foremost, as the wst fLl11ngSystems for cnis ng, out they are also vew etfect ve when Lsea for racing. conversionto racing is simpk on all &of systems. The small, aerooynam ca ly shaped fads are great for ractng and each u n i is s ~ p pwl wnh a preleeder an0 excellent feeder for fast. smootn raclna"~ sal1 cnanaes. The ovirall weight of Harken systems is qunk low, especially weightakn h the racing made. Boats equipped with Harken furling have won many races and many madem performance b a t s are supplied with Harken furling as standard equipment. ~

Whalk inwlved in conve~Ung10 racing? That depends on the level of racing. For msual races most people will s mply eave the l~rlinggear in place, reei when the wind comes up, ana fun to douse the genoa when the spinnaker a up For more senoLs radna Ule halyard swivei can be lowered below the feeier and the dNm r e m o 4 s i that you can tack the sails on deckand execute mcing sail changes.

Connector Foil

Actual Size

Smal c r m n g boats are easlly overpowered and need an elfect~ve reefing system to allow snortenlng sa If r o m the safely of tne cockpit Lnn 0 1s The ~deaI b reehno an0 h r inq system for ooatr W th neaostay wires of 5/52", 3/6i ,.7' m", m m , or5mm and with -4 (4.37 mm) or -6 (5 03 mm] roo headstays L n ~0t may a so be use0 W th 6 mm tvoe 316 metnc wlre. TID c a l l these are ooats 22 to 28 led l6 5 t o 8.5 m ) but headstay size is thk controlling dimension when selecting the proper unit for your boat.

Additionallntonnalion - See pages 142 an0 143 for an erp anallon

615

Furhngsystem

Specfydevls pm slze and order appropnalestud

935

Order n h m d w lengm is over 38'4'(11.68 m) Order one f headsay length over

01 sDecla feat-re8 See .paaes . 144 ano 145 tor an exp anal on of opt on8

Common Spacilicatiale

Unlo

909

~~~tape

XS. 9 5 5 mm

266

Extra7 (213m)foll extmsion Extra6 (152 mm) connector -~~ Lead block kfl

884

U p l ~ osnap ~ l shackle

For headortack-ordertwo Nsnap Shackle required at bath head and tack

061

Stanchion mount base

Attaches166.168.023,W1. or019 to pulpn or stanchion

940

lsomat adapter U

For useon lwmal spars. Includes stemball r i n g and toggle.

944

Halyard restrainer

For use only when required- see instruaion manual

HPadrtay wire Rod headstay

Clevis pin diameter Headstay length Standard p W e Maxlmum allowable

W, 3/16'. %2" 4 mm, 5 mm. (6 mrnType 316 onh) -4 (4.37 mm) 6 (5.03 mm) %S' (6 mm), W (9.5 mm) %6" (11 mm)

38'4' (1168m) 45'C(13.82 m)

39D'(11.88rn) lncludesmree166 bullet blocks. one 019 lmk Heramhet, four ffi1 bases. an~onecleal

147

Connector

Foil

Actual Size

Order Appropriate Stud I

Unit 1 is an extremely popular jib reefing and furling system for moderately sized boats. It is also often found on the staysails of larger boats. Unit 1 f i boats from 28' to 36' (8.3 to 11 m) with 1/4", h". 6 mm or 7 mm headstay wires and -8or -10 rod headstays. Unit 1 may be used with 8 mm type316 wire. Unit 1.5 is aUnit1 with a heavy d u t y t u r n b u c k l e t o f t 8 mm orsns'' W re ana -12 rod It shou a only be bsea when the ooat s t e and neadstay length sdggest a L n d 1. OJTtne heaastay site IS too large Do not .se a Und 1 5 if me boat lengtn ekceeas 36' (1 1 m) or Me heaastay engtn exceeos 53 2 (16 2 m) except atter consultat~onwnn namen regard.ng the SL tab11ty of Me unrl lor yoJr appl catlon Additionallnlonnalion- See pages 142 ano 143 for an exp anat on 01 spec a features See pages 144 an0 145 for an expanatconof opt ons

Common SpecMcnlom

Unit1

Unn1.5

16 '&6 5 mm %',4$',6mm,7mm (8mm Type316onV) 4(5.72 mm) -10(6.35 mm)

unni

Pan NO. 882

U"# 1.5 Pall Dsacri,llitjm

NO. 892

F3mg system

Order appraprlatestud

807

Extra7 (2.13 m)loil exlrusion

810

EdraT(178mm) mnnectar

Order if head* length is over Unil l458'(13.92 m): Unit 1 5 4 6 ' r (14.07 m) Order one if headstay lenmh is wer 46'10' (14.27

266

Lead block k'n

lncludest?ree 1% bullet blocCr. one 019 lmle Hexaratchet. four061 bases, and one yeat

884

Optionalsnap shackle

Far head or lack-ardertw if snap shdle requiredat head and tack Anaches 166,lMI. 023.001, or 019 to pulpnor stanchion

Lufltape Headstqr wire Rod headstay Clwis pin diameler

%a', 8 mm

'h' 127mm

Headstay length Standard package Manmum allowable

6M.5 mm

45'0 (13.92 m) 5 2 8 (16.05 m)

-12 7.14 mm 1/8' 15.9mm

46'2'(14.07 m) 53'2' (16.2 m)

061

Stanchion mount base

941

942

lsamat adapter Kt

For use on Isamat span. Includes stemball fminq and toggle

944

Habrd restrainer

For use only when requtred- see instruction manual

Connect01 Foil

Actual Size

OriierAppmpriale Stud Sta LOW

m-LW

Rod hlt No

onem man

unn

Part No

Unit

size 17(838mm)

p -

ltmm 12mm

2 25 25 25

Rod Palt No 858 17

995 995 996

Nomeman PaltNo -

-Unit 2 is a jib reefing and fulling system f o r most cruising boats from 35'to 46' (10.6 to 14.2 m). It fits boats with headstay wires of 5/16''. 3hn,8 mm or 10 mm. It also fits -12 (7.14 mm) and -17 (8.38mm) rod headstays. Unit 2.5 is a high load version of Unit 2 that is suitable for use with 7/16", 11 mm or 12 mm wire headstayson boats thatare under 46' (14.2 m) and have headstay lengths under 68' (20.73 m). It should only be used when the boat and headstay length Suggest a Unit 2, but the headstay is too large. Before using Unit 2.5 on other boats, please consult Harken regarding the suitability of your application. Addilionallnlormalion-

Unit 2 Palt NO. 896

Unit2.5 Palt Description N%,___

---+I

Furling system

948

Furling system forwlre

949

Full~ngsystem for rod

Order approprlate stud

897

mm7 (2.13 m) foil extrusion

See pages 142 and 143 for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for an explanation of options.

order f headsfay length is over: unti2WC(1839m); Unit2561'(1859m)

Extra 9 (229 mm) connecfor

899

-p

Orderone Iheadsfay length isover 61'1' (18.62 m)

p~ p

899 Common Speeiliralions

Unit 2

Unit 2.5 P

982

Extra9 (229 mm) connector for-22_9.53 mm) md ~ h e Extra P (229 mm)~ connector

267

Lead blockkit

Lun tape

W. 5 mm

W 6M.5 mm

267

d iss over i 61'9'(18.82 a y ~ m)e

Rod headstay Clevispindiameter Headstay length Standard package Maximum allowable

~%a'.W,8mm. l 0 mm -12 (714 mm) -17 (8.38 mm)

11 mm.12mm -22 9.53 m m

15.9 mm

19mm

942

943

lsornat adapter k ~ t

60'2 (18 34 m)

W10'118.54 m) 67'10' (20 68 m)

945

Halyard restrainer

7A6'

885

For head or tack- order hw if snap shackle required at bom head andlack

Ophonal snap shackie -~

C61

061

Stanchion mourn base

Anaches 168,023,001, or 019 10 pulptor stanchon For useon lsomat span Includes stembdl f~tiingandtoggle. For use onb when requtred -see inslr~ctionmanual

~~-

-~ ~

67'2 (20.47 m)

lnclude~mree168 bullet blocks, one019 Hexamtchet,four 061 bases. and one cleat

~p~~

Headstay wire

for %6'(1l mm & 12m~mne

1 4 9

- Connect01 Foil

Actual Size Unit 3

NO.

NB.

1036

1WO

Furling sysfemforMre

Furling W m f o r m d

958

WraT (2.13 m) foil exf~sion

960

Ema l[r (254 mm) mnnector for 1~s'. M'. H mmor12 mm War-30(11.1 mm) md

997

Ema l U (254 mm) mnnedw for-22 (9.53 mm) md

Wi3.5

1W2

EmalU (254mm)mnnsCIor lor%6'(14 mm) wire

ffi

960

Exta 1W (254mm) mnnenar for-40 (12.7 mm) md

959

Lead black Kt

061

Stanchinmountbase

U n d 3 IS a f ~ ng d system for most ~oatsfrom45' to 80' (13.7 TO 24 38 m ) . It Its boats with 7/16', 1.1'. ll mm or 12 mm fflre headstays and boars wlM -22 19 53 mm1and -30 ( l l 1 mm1, rod headstavs. ~~~-~~~ Unt 3.5is a high'load vers;on of ~ n i that 3 is suaablefor b& wnh 9/16 and 14 mm wire heaastays, or 4md neadstays Unit 3 5 shobld nor be ~ s e don boats wlh headstays longer Man 88 7' (27 m).

Fudiw sys$m Specifyclevis pn and oderappprhte md

MdMonaI Inlonnalion- See pages 142 and 143 for an explanat on of specid feat~resSee pages 144 and 145 for an q!anatmn of opbons Common p c M m Luf~Taw Head*

Un13 X6

wire

Rod heamay

Clevis pin diameter H e a m lerglh Standard tackam

W,5 mm %dl. W

W.5mm

I 1 mm,12mm -22 (9.53mm) -30(11.1 mm) %'or%' 19mm.Z.2 mm

14mm

22.73 mm

943

Isamatadapterlot

74'8' 122.76 ml

74'9 12L.78 ml

945

Hwrestrainer

9%' -40 12.7 mm

Requlred if headstay length is ovsr 7 4 8 (22,761")

Requiredif headstay length iS wer75T (25.04m)

IIICIU~~SMBOI~, M~BBW~. Cilem9,andonedeat Atlaches W1 orm9m pulpii or Stanchmn far use on I s o t n span, Include stsmballfntiw and togple. Formemlywhen wuired~ e insbudon e manual

Actual Size

C"'""" ,',l,,r,l'W Z l l m r n , 2 8 6 m , J I 8m

Unit,4 is. a .j ~ breef~ng . . and furling system for the largest cruising boats. It fits boats with headstay wires of?#, % , 16 mm. 19 mm. and -48 (14.27 mm) or -60 (16.76 mm) rod headstays. Typically these are boats 60' to 95' (18.3 to 28.96 m). but headstay size is the controlling dimension when selecting the proper unit for your boat. U n t 4 is a limited production item. Allow up to 6 weeks for delivery. Additiaflallnfomation -See Daoes 142 and 143 for an

explanation of special features. see pages 144 and 145 for an explanation of options. Common Specliicallonr L U tape ~

Un14

n 7k". 6 mm

Headstay wire

W . W ,16mm. 19mm

Rod headsfay

-4811427 mm), -6011676 mm)

Cleuis pin diameter

1.. ll,fllX 25.4 mm, 28.6 mm. 31.8 m m

Headsfay length

Standard package Maximum allowable

76'2' (23.83 m) 102'7(3114m)

mra 12 (3 (366

1W5

fall erPruslon

Extra 13'hS(343mm) connector

Reqored d headstay length S over 77 E (23 67 m) One required for each exha 1W3 foil ordered

Harken hydraulicfurlenhave an i n w a l k wind1 handle d w n neadstaytensioningsystem using asif-iwking b8VBI g m isad screwmhanum in a sealed oil Mh.

Far man"# operdlion, s4mplylp me snitch, Uwn insertawinch handle and furl

1HYDRAULIC FURLING I -

Hydraulic fuding brings the ultimate in automatic sail corn1 to large offshore boats. Sails are reefed, furled or set with the touch of a button. Harken hydraulic furling is suiolble for cruising boats from 50 to 100' (15 to 30.5 m) with headstays as large as 1' (25 mm) wire or -91 (19.51 mm) rod. Harken hydraulic fudina combines elegant styling and mateMls wi!h advanced design and construction to produce a tho/oughly modem unit, he-streamlined housingfits easib witin existing pulpits and minimizes sail distortion durino reefinn. The ~ ~ . ~-~unit is . Hardkote anodized aluminum with investment cast stainless steel body components &ich are polished and chrome plated fora durable, elegant look. Harken hydraulic furlers incorporate an innoMtive headstay adjustment and tensioning system which IS an ~ t e wdh d a winch nand e Th~smans tenslonlng system uses a seltiocsng bevel gear leaa screw mechanism in a sealed 011oath The easv 10 ooerate manual overnae autornatica k diverts the flow of 011 from the hydraulic motor when awinch'handie is insertedto prevent accidental U& of the powered system. standard winch handles are used. The reversible hydraulic drive uses a high reduction, double enveloping, worm gear set which has an inherent ability to maintain oosition when reefed -there is no creep or possibility of hydraulic system failure from &ed loads. T i e main gear set is supported by heavy duty taperedmllerbeanngs and the manual override mechanism rides on bail bearings. Standard hydraulic components are used throughout so parts and service are available worldwide. ~~~

16 W5mm

S6 h',5mm

C l W pin diameter RemmmndedRnv m e Remmmndec pressure

160rX7

t6ort7

W.5 mm, 'M,6 mm

h',5 mm, 7&', 6 mm 1. 22mm. 25 mm -76 (179 mm)

7x,

k', 'fl,

946'

W%'

I 1 mm.12mm -22 (9.53 mm) -30(11.1 mm) %%r W 19 mm.22.2mm

14 mm 4 12.7 mm

16mm, 19 mm 4 8 (14.27mm)

l l ~ . ,1 W 28.6 mm, 31.8 mm

3 gamin 1135 lierdmin 1CW psi (70 bar)

22.2mm

I T N ,1% 31.8 mm, 34.9 mm 5% gumin 19.87 I'terYmin -. 1WO p1(70 bar)

Unit 3.5

Urn4 PanNo.

Unit4.5 PartNo.

tW6

tM8 1049

Unitwith S!a.LokINoffieman terni~i Unit with rod terminal

10%

Extra foll errmslon

1047

P Unit 4,4.5

lme

I I Specfq wireand C M pm size Specty rod and clevls pm sze Reou~red!lheamv lenoth 1s

SMAU BOAT FURLING

H a k e n small boat furling systems are designed to allaw the dinghy or trailerable cruising sailor the ability to furl the , jib from the cockpit. Both the drums and halyard swivels of these furling systems feature multiple stacked races of Dellin or Toan beanngsto lnsrlre smootn rotallon Lnaer loaa. Smaller d nohvs use Me 162 and 163 unlts wan Delnn bearlnas whieiargerdinghys use the 164 and 165 which feat& hi-load Torlon bearings. Tra lerao es and other small wlslng oaats ~ s tne e 207 an0 208 The 207 SW vel s ~~DDlled wrth a remomble retainerto hold the mivel near theheadstay when in use. All small boat furling systems require a jib with a luff wire properly seized to the sail, The luff wire carries most of the headstay load in use and must be properly sized forthe boat. Some boats, particularly dinghys remove the heaastay entirety wnlle others lnclud ng most sma I CNslna ooats deeo the neadstav . to swoorl tne masr when the sail is ndt hoisted. Small boat jib fuding gear does not allow a sail to be used efficientlv in a reefed conliauration but does allow the jib ta be set and doused fro; the cockpit. rmwer

Llna

LU~WN

S(ls

Mmm 153 164

Furling drum

Hi-lmd upper swivel

1 165 207 33

Hi-laxl fudin~ dNm Cruising uwer swivel

C~isingfurling drum

Mmm 2'4' Mmm 4' 102mm 4' 102mm

25mm 2%'

Vn'

Dlarnmw

3mm

3/10'

%' %' 6mm %' 6mm

%o'

'4'

8mm

3mm

1'46'

l' 25mm

Vn'

3/10"

4mm

8mm

3mm

37mm 434'16.

126mm

37mm

'/i 6mm

3/10. 6mm

25mm 70mm

Cl& PI" Dlarnehr

she'

lomm

5mm

WOIM

WoMnQ

2 m

530 1bs Z7kg

Useondmghys underl6R (49m)

2 m Mg

S50 1bs

Use on dinghy3 to 20P (6.1 m): rafamaransto18R(5.5m)

4% 01 1289

950 IDS 431UQ 2WO Ibs

Use w/lM

601

8mm

3/16.

5/16.

6mm

lOmm

5mm

8mm

1709 4 0 411g

431M

907m

2WO lbs 907 kQ

Use on cruising boatsto 25R catama~sfo23R(7m) Use wRO7

n.6 m):

STAYSAIL & GENNAKER"FURLING FLdlng nas recent y oeen appl eo to ootn staysa s an0 Genna6ers VI in exce lenl reslils Sp nna6er staysails are very easy to hoist when rolled and can be deployed or doused without the need for crew toga forward and upset the balance of the boat. This is particularly useful in marginal candhions where the sail can instantlv be struck without chanoina the trim of the boat soihat its effectiveness canbeanalyed. Staysail furling systems include both a lower d ~ m with snap shackle, fairlead and cleat, and the uppel swivel with ~rovisionfor halyard attachment.The staysail must be designed for furling with a luff wire seized to the sail. These units are based on Harken's .oooular . small furlers and utilize the same oatented. multiple stacked races of Torlon ball bearings to insure smooth operation under load. Gennaker furlina was develaoed forthe lame single-handed boais and dramaiic multihulls lllte Primagz. The Gennaker is a reaching sail with a l i l wire and is furled into a compact sausage-like roll wn cn S easy ro stovr and relna ns unoer control wn le be~noho~sleo.Once a otr tne sa I s c ean an0 efficient wihout the windage or confusion of snuffers The l900 Gennaker furler is ideal for drifters and reachers on multihullsas largeas 45' (14 m).The drum unit features a fairlead while the upper swivel is designed for direct halyard attachment. Gennaker I,r ng on rery arge boars .S a cJslom proaLcl but rlarKen has aained mJcn emer ence oea ina ivlrn boats like ~;imagzand can readily specif;the proper unit for your needs.

The LP of asail is a perpendicularline

measuredlromme

lufflOth2 clew.

'Smalkr line may be required for staysails with long twt lengths.

Max

Description -

r852

Large shysal

l899 1900

:: !;

;%,l

rl u ~ ~ l n l

Mar

;E.

~~alyard Load Weiphl

,i5;

2000 lbs

6i1

28 02

Length LuR

fudingsystem 108mm 37mm 186mm 159mm 6mm 907 kg

8Wg 2133m

Maxisfawl

34 02 9M g

furling system 138 m m 3 r m l 9 l m m ~178mm Gennaker 518 13fl furlingsystem 138mm 44mm 152mm 152mm

3000 lbs 1361 @ 5/16" 3000lbs 6mm 1361 kq 6 mm

2902

8228

15m

Ousrlap(LP) bys sail

8.5 m 20' 85m

155

IBATTEN TMVELER SYSTEMS I Halxen Bancar systems allow f ~batten l ma nsalls to real~zethe~rIJIpotenMa nsalls wdn full lenatn banens are easler to tnm last onoer and have a more powerful shape. coupled with lazy jacks, full length battens make controlling the main easier when reefing and furling. Because ofthelr length, however, wttens can eXerttremendOJS leverage on mnvent~onalsail sloes an0 make ra sin0 an0 lowenna sa Is dlffic~tt Harken Battcar systems place the battens i d headboards on recirculating ball beanng cars so that sa Is rase easl y an0 drop ~nstantlywhen the hatyard a re eased Battcars are the reah ol wars of research bv our c~stomdeoadment which first developed the s k m s for the huge inch ocean racing munin~llsPropefi erq~neerwcan wi~nbal bearings provioe the lowest friction, most reliable svstems available standard ~attcarsystems are available in three size ranges for boats from 30to 80' (9 to 24 m). Each size range includes a headboard car assembly, a van* of batten ena cars, shon lutl cars, and an easy to install, l~ghtwe~gnt track Custom or mod fied systems are ava~lablelor special a001callons Headboard couplers jointwo cars and replace themainsailheadboard. These unlque des~gnsspreaa the load of the leech across oorn cars and allow even lame sa Is 10 be camea by free roll no ball beanno cars Batten endcars are offered with a wide vane& of batten krminals 156 lal

to s ~ taltull range 01 sal maaer preferences Bansl~defmngs protect sads from excess ve wear bv olac no the natten end n a ruaam "" batten receotacle which removes the stress from the sailcloth. Their unique, patented', m u l axis articulating link allows banens to move in all planes. The precise mechan ca inkage nods the batten end in ts mended posRion for aptma sai shaoe, a t e a r e oose anachments cannot oner Baml~dettttinos allow battens to rotate into a horizontal posltion when the sail is lowered so sails are easler to Aaae and l ~ rand l the w~derange of movement al ows the ooorn to be moved OHthe cemenlne even wnen ine sa IIS lurled Where the use of Battslide fiings is not desired, cars are offered with tnreaded studs to accept other receptacles. Shod IIJH cars hold the main to tne mast between banens to ~- orevent scalloping. Battcar systems requirethe installation of Harken track on the mast Spec al tracacan beattached m the internal groove on most span uwrq our patented mountlna svstem that el~m~nates Me neea to dnll the mast For soars without intemaiiil grooves, standard HaWn traveler track can be m&nted by anlllng and tapplng the spar

~~~~~

~~~

' W i d e isatmdemarkofSadpower Systems. Inc. which holds dl &Wide pafentr

7~~~

1 ORDERING BATTCMS ( Ordering Me correct Battcarsystemfor your boat involves choosing the correct size range, choosing the correct number of w s f o r yoursail, and detenining the Drooertrackand mountina slugsforyour mast. Yoursailmaker must be consulted in the process because yoursail will need modlication, but you can choose the correct components by filowing thefive steps below. Owners of unusual boats should contact Harken for further details. 1. Choose the wrrect size batten traveler system based on sail area. Maximum Sail Pna onm mull Multihull

Msximum Boat Llngm

Svrtem

h646

2. Orderthe correct number and configuration of cars for your boat. Choose cars after consultation with your sailmaker Each system needs one headboard car assembly, the correct number of batten end cars, and short luff cars for between Me battens.

3. Determinethe correct number of tmcksections.

4. Determine the correct mounting slugs for your mast. For each size system there are slugs for flat or round mast grooves. If your mast does not have an interna sal track vvhlch WI I accept hamen mo~ntingslugs, you mJSl anach convern onal Hamen traveler track by on1ing ano tapping Me spar. Srjrem A uses 142 track wflh 278 SDI ce I nks. System B uses 1535 track Hnth 1538 splice links: System C uses 758 or 1847 track with 1786 splice links. Each mounr ng m inci~aesenoLgh sl~gsto fir one track along wiih fasteners ~ o c t l t ean0 ~ a connectors LQ Order one mo~ntingk t tor eacn trac6 section

5. Order one end stop kit. Each kit includes two end stops, fasteners and special mounting slugs for track ends.

ISYSTEM A l system A Bancars are des~qnedfor mononJ Is wlth malnsa Is of less than 425 tt2(40 m2)or m ~ hh~ l l W s th less man 350 tt2 (33 m2J Tnese boats use the 1807 neadooard assembly wnlch allacnes 10 the boalb ex sbng headboara Boars with mansalls Jnder 350 H* (33 mz) and m ~ m n ~ Hmn l l s rnalns 01 less tnan 300 ft2 (28 m2) can cons~der!he l~ghtwelgnl1777 sl aer type LHcan Larger boats sno~ldJse ine 1894 or 1894-hL bala beannq l ~ t can f The 1792-rlL 1s used with al h -load systems wh~cnfeature can with atJm nLrn ena caps ana Torlon oa Is Svstern A h -load can are Lsed on mononJ Is with malns- 10 500 - - - f12 146 ~-rn2l,and on muRihulls with mains as large as 425 ft2 (40 mz). ~

TraaDimensions -l&W Length -W4'(2.05 m) Weighi 4 . 1 6 om (387 gm) Trackfastenersize-5 mm x 10 mm Fastener spacing - 1 5 mm (415A6'') Use 142 track for drilling and tapping

CmmonSpscifiwHons-Cats Car width - 23/16"(56mm) Ball diameter- l/i(6 mm) Fits track- 1800 (142,154) Max headboard thickness- 'h' (12 mm)

&m B Battcars are designed for monohulls with mainsails of less than 600 ftz (56 m2)or multihulls wiih less than 500 fP (46 m2).Hi-load cars with aluminum end caps and Torlon balls are used on monohulls with mains to 750 ft2 (69 m2)and on mukihulls with mains as large as 600 ft2(56 m?. Track D i m m I m - 1808 Length -81 l,+"(2.06 m) Weight -5.92 otlf (551 glm) Track Fastener size-6 mm X 12 mm FH Fastener spacing-100 mm (3l%6') Use 1535 traekfardriliing and tapping.

160

Common SpecTmiiom-Carp Car Mdth-2%' (70 mm) @lal diameter- %a' (8 mm) Ftstrack-1808 (1510.1535) Max headboard thickness-W (16 mm)

Actual Size 181 1 Fns lal mast groove: ann a ' 16' ,l1 m n i j gap or grealrr

ess lnan $9' 116 mm,

Mast Cross Section

1809

Mounting lot for shdlow mund mast groove

1810 Moun6ng knfordwp round mast groove l811

Mounting kit for flat mast g r o w

1812 End khforshallow muod mast @m

M 02

1613 End l f o r dwprnund man grwve 1814

End k~tforflat

Ma~BlUen Width m Dlamatar l778

Mm Load Capaclhl

3'3h8' g 7 m 3l3/fs 97mm

l13/18' 46mm l'%< 46mm

21%8 fflm

&Mg_

850 lbs -kg 850 1 h 386 kg

1701 482 9 37 01 1.05Q

850 1bs 386 kg 25W lbs 1134kg

3'%s' 97 mm 8'%d 227mm

113/16' 46mm 11%6" 43mm

23 02

8501bs 386kg

3'%s' 97mm

113/1s' 46mm

@mm

850 lbs 386 kg

3'3/ls" 97mm

113h6' 46mm

2%~" 56mm

375 1bs 170kg

2%' 67mm

113~6' 46 mm

56mm

22mm

6mm

W Fiat or 22% oz 850 0 s 1%' 386kg 41 mm lOmm round 638g Rat or round Banslide Hi-lnadcarsrnd hadbadboard can arereouiredfor laroer malnals. To order mld'HCtotheoaRnumber

3'$/i6' 97mm

1'3/ls" 46mm

2"Aa'

8%~' 211 mm-

%6 18

Baftcarwfixed mund Banslde Mldl Bamllde

1780

Slugs, fasteners. LoCfite. 8 one palr 1522 end stops

Bancar whluminum Maxi Banslide

Maxlh~dOles Bmen vlCloM 'h'

I 1 mm % 1' 41 mm

12mm 'h' 12 mm

'h' 12 mm

51 mm

Shape Round Flat Flat

Round 19mm

1402 3979 1602

652 g Round

21 mm

1302 3698 6 01 170 g

Vje-18 12)

5/16-16

21%~'

68mm

Fdenar

127mm

Z1%6'

3%' lWmm Zi%6'

fflmm

194mm

8 "

5/18-16

210mm 6 mm

ISYSTEM C I System C batten travelers are designed for monohullswith mainsails of less than 1300 R2 (120m2)or multihullswith less than 1WO ft2 (93 m2). Custom or modified systems are available for larger boats. Track Dimensions - 1816 Length -811%6" (2.08 m) Weight -9.38 oznt (874 @m) Trackfastew size-8 mm X 16 mm FH Fastenerspacing - l00 mm (315,767 Use 759 or 1847 track for drilling and tapping.

162

Common Specilicafionx - Cars

Car width -3 % ~(84 ' mm) Ball diameter- W (10 mm)

F i track- 1816 (516,758) Max headboardthickness - 1146. (17 mm)

1795

Actual Size 1819Ftsfmmangmoveswnna 7 la'(tt mm) gap or greater 0.1 esstnan Is'(16 mm,

Actual Size

Lenm mudng Slup

"%&pion

1817 Mounting kit f o l s h d l ~ mund mast g r m 1818 Mourning kit for deep round madgroove . 1819 Mounting kdfor fla mast gmwe

1" 25~mm 1' 25 mm

WsigM Mounting slug '402 109

lumber Per Yit 19

h 02

104

1' 25 mm

'h 02 160

1820 End kitforshdlow round mast qmve

2' 51 mm-

% 01 20 g

1821 End l f o r deep round mad groove

2' 51 mm

%or

1822 End Mfor flat mastgrwve

2 51 mm

24 g l 02

30 Q

LnQlb Connsmr SlW 4%' 105 mm 4%' 105mm

Number Fnr Klt 1

KH l n c l u d ~

1 Order one lat per lemh of track

1% or 460

4H'

2 1 oz ~

105mrn

€6Q

slugs, fasteners Lotide. 8 one wir end Emps -~

WsigM Connsdr Slug 1% 02 46 9

Order one

per

SINGLE LINE REEFING pAiiYJACKS Single line reefing and lazy jack kits allow easy installationof these two mainsail handling systems. m lac6 control malnsallsd ~ n n greef ng and d o ~ s ~ nThe g sal drops benveen lne W acks and 1s contamed on the boom Jnr 1 ,t~-can be secured. They work exceptionally well with full batten mains, but can be used with conven~onalsails as well^ harken l k y lack km provide everyihing that 1s req~~red for insta .abon inc wing pre-swagea wires blocks, eveslraDs, . . . ine. a cleat. fasteners, and clear pictorial instructions. Harken single line reefing kits are based on Garry Hoyt's patented reefing system which has been used successfully on hundreds of boaE. - ~ - ~ B ocks are lracd mo~nledso tnat rney can easi y be correctry pos~tionedand so that bloc< Dostion can be chanoed as sads "~~ ~~-~~- stretcn -~ .~. or are replaced. Single line reefing k i include tracks, blocks, fasteners, and simple pictotial instructions, including sailmaker instructionsfor modifying your sail. You need to furnish rope and a cleat or stopper to match those on your boat. ~~

252

Smdl bzyjackk4

253

Medium layp%M

Lawwiackkn

21'-28' 6.4 m - 8.5 m a2m-11.3m

8'-106 2.44 m - 3.2 m 106. l q 32m-4.27m

39-4210.7 m 12.8 m

3.7 m -4.9 m

W-37

12'-16'

Special Features Lazy Jacks

Pre-wage0v nyl coalea s u n esr mole Ball bearing blocks Complete pictorial instructions 164

Sinflle Line Reeling Ba oear no olocws

~djustab~eirack-mounted blocks Simple pictorial instructions

Single Line Reeling I Sml single line resfng l61 Lame single line

22'- 27

6.7 m -8.2 m m-38'

Unda150n2 Udsr l 4 m2 150-m+

Drums are removable tor service by removing only one screw

Patented ball bearing roller protects sheets against wear and reduces friction.

All winches (from the 42lfeature a

Self-tailing arm is adjustable to 22 positionsalter the winch is mounted. 17-4 PH stainless Steel roller bearings ride in all metal cages. Metal cages are sliver, prevendng H i d e m robbino distortion and allow more beariigs for the same

Lame diameter spindles form a lame bearing surface to pmperiy carry the load.

Dnms ale a n l a b m hard anodmd aIum mm. chromed orowe 01 polsnea bronze

SIainless stenl ball bearings carry vertical load of drums.

Pawls are held captive by the springs. They are easy to remove but won't drop out accidently during sewice.

Gears on winches from the 42 feature four pawls for maximum reliabllty and to minimize backlash.

High lmd carrying pear Dins are 174 PH Stainless steel for maxlmum strength and durability.

CenIer sham on winches as small as the 32 ride on roller bearings

Winches as small asme 48 leaturn roller bearings

in wery gear All bases feature large drain holes.

-1 High load carrying gears on winches as small as the 32 are 17-4 PH stainless for strength, durabilty, and efficiency.

848.2STC pictured Features vary by winch model.

Lamer winches use two gears to driw drums. This reduces me load on the drum gear and loads the drum symmetrically which Improws Hiciercy.

1 WINCHFEnTURES I Harken winches are designed to be extremely efficient. They feature more bearings than comparable winches to reduce friction to a minimum which makes sailing easier, safer, and more fun. Harken winches also offer such advantages as madularity and adjustable self-tailing jaws. They are available in a wide range of sizes and styles to ensure that there is a perfect winch for every application. 166

Sell-Tailing Harken winches feature a seif-tailing mechanism of unparalleled efficiency which is extremely gentle to your sheets. The feeder is a patented ball bearing roller which greatly reduces friction, protecting sheets and increasing efficiency. The traditional steel hook feeder is inefficient and damaging to line. Harken's self-tailing device accommodates a wide range of line sizes. including many of today's small diameter hi-tech lines.

Winch Handles Harken winch handles are a uniaue blend of aood looks and smooth efficiency, the perfect complement io Harken winches and a posithe addition to any winch. All thirteen winch handlesfeature ball bearing gr~psfor more efflc ent an0 comfortable operat on LOCI(- n hanales are easllv releasea witn a convenient v ~ o s ioned t thumb switch. They are safeito use as they will not slip oui of the winch while you are cranking and may be left unattended in a winch.

Three Speed Winches Harken three speed winches are extremely simple to use. The name plate ring next to the winch handle socket is depressed to engage the three speed mode. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed winches offer very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising.

-K-/-, Modularify

Available in Chrome, Aluminum or Polished Bronze Most standard ainches are ava labie w~lhchromed-bronze or hard anodizea alummum dr~rns.AI wlnches offered W th cnrome drums are available with polished bronze drums by special order. Aluminum IS lhghrer an0 many people preler ine ook of b ack winches Chromea bronze W ncnes offer a rlcn ook and area1 duraol, tv. Pol shea oronze offers a traditional appearance for special boats.

Harken's modular system allows you to upgrade the configuration of y o ~ winches r as yoJr requirements cnange. Sran wlln an economical two soeeo wlnch and later conven 10sell-ta~~ n aor rnree Weed w i t h o ~ l changing the entire winch. Only Harken offers such complete modularity. Standard two speed W nches may be convened to se 1-la ling ($42 uo). three s~eedin48 LD) or both h56 do). Converson is simo e and req;ires oniy theadditinn of a modular kit: Many sizes of self-iailing winches may be converted to electric drive with the addition of a modular kit and an electric motor.

I t is importantto match the correct winch to each job on your boat. You need a winch of the correct size and of Me correct type forthe taskat hand. This winch selection guide is designed to simplify choosing the right winch. If you have any questions, or would like further advice, please contact us or any of our distributors. The selection chart is based on rig dimensions. When exact rig dimensions are known, the selection should be qulte ewct. If you do not know your exact dimensions, use the chart only as a general guide and confirm the correct size before ordering. Unusual boats such as mulhulls, heavy displacement boats, and ULDBs will require larger or smallerwinches.

WInch Sizing

Powered Winches

In most cases, the part number of a Harken winch directly reflects the power latio in the lowest gear when using a 1W (254 mm) handle. In the case of wide body winches, there is no direct relationship between power ratio and part number. Chooseawinchwhich will give you adequate powerforthe loads you are likety to experience.

Poweredwinches let you trim the heaviest loads with just the touch of a button. Harken offers both electric and hydraulic winches. Both are available in a wide range of sizes starting with a 44.2ST to handle sheets and halyards on cruising boats fmm 35 feet (10.7 m). All Harken powered winches are extremely efficient self-tailers. Many cruising sailors have found that making one primary winch a powered winch offers a wide range of benefits. Sheets can be cmss-led to the powered winch in heavy air. Hatyards can be led aft when n's necessaly to sena a man aloli -a &l benem 10 co~plescruising alone Even a slnale oo%eredonmalv winch can transform a cnis na boat nto a very simpie boat to sail'shokanded.

Self-Tailing Self-tailing winches allow one crew to crank powerfully with both hands while the winch tails itself. They are very useful for all functions on cruising boats where crew is likelyto be limited and they are often used for halyards, running backstays, and controls on racing boats.

~- - ~

Drum Material

Three Speed Three s&ed winches are faster becausethe drum turnsvery quickly in the first speed The b ~ l of k a sheet can w m e n m qulck~yalter a tack Lslng tnls n gh speed The trimmer can then shlh s~eedsandt a e 10the balance of ~ n sneet e using the two more powerful gears.'~hreespeed winches are favored forsheet winches on racing boats over 35 feet (10.7 m) and are sometimes used on larger performancecruising boats.

Choose the best d ~ material m for your sailing. Auminum is the racers' cnolce for its I~gMnessana is often preferrea by crJ sers who ike tne olack anoalzea aooearance Manv crulsers orefer tne class~caooearance of chmmed bm&wnches. Th& are heavierthan alumtnumbut are preferred when wire will be cartied on the drum. All models &red in chmmed bronze are also amable in pollshed bmnze by specal order Some larger w~nchesand some raclna wncnes are offered wlm comb~naoon drums which have Stainless steel SI&S on an alurninum drum.

Racing Winches

Modularity Most Harken winches are modular so that you can add self-tailing, three speed or three speed self-tailing to a standard winch by the simple addiiion of a conversion M.It is always betterto purchase the correct winch for your needs, but madularily allows you to converta winch as your requirements change. For example, you may plan to race a new boat for a couple of seasons before "retiring" to cruise so you would start out with three speed primary winches and later add self-tailing. Please check winch specifications carefully as not all models are totally modular.

Harken also offers a full range of ultra light racing winches. These winches are designed for the most demanding racing sailors and feature aluminum bodies, lighhveight bearings, alloy stripper arms, and other features of special interest to racing sailors.

lhis winch use chart will give good results, but it requires that you know the exact dimensions for your boat. If you do not know your exact dimensions, use the graphs below for average dirnen-sions for your size and lype of boat, .b be sure to anfirm the dimensions before ordering awinch. Rig dimensions have precise definitions under the racing rules; those shown are general descriptions only. Whenever there is a question regarding winch selection, please contact Harken.

TYPICAL I & P DIMENSIONS 55 168

W J - Fractional M J - Masthead mE - Fractional IE Masthead

Boat Length (feethetern)

106

137

153

168

Boat Length (fedmeters)

BBC

Single speed winchesare used for sheets on very small boats and for halyards on small and

medium sized boats. They are also useful for a vaiiety of control fundions on rnanv boats. ~arkensingle speed winches are ihe finest small winches made. They feature all metal oases an0 bushlngs or beanngs wnere omer orands Jse DW boales ano no beannos Small two speed winches are useful for primaries on small and medium sized boats and for halvards on medium sized boats. The ~-~~ ~~. 832.2 and840.2 both have roller bearings on the interior center shaft and 17-4 PH stainless primary gears, features generally found only on cornpetnois arger W nches. The first sDeed on these winches is aired drive. These winches are not modular. ~~

Wmm 731

Additional Infomtation- See oaoes 166 and

167 for an explanation of spec~atkatures see pages 168 and 169 for S-ggested Jses LMCrlnp lI?fOmaIlion- Spec~lywlnch dr-m matenal oy adding A (alummum) B (PO lsnea bronze) or C (cnrorneo orowe] to part nummr Pollshed brom of speaal order on+

B162

1:l

2.31 7 2 1

163

21.1'

mmm 2%

90mm

4M' 115mm 4%'

MODULAR TWO SPEED WINCHES to improve efficiency. From Me 48 up, drums are supported by ball bearings Allcentershafts and the gears On mOdulartwOWeed ride On bearings.

T w o speed winches are widely used for sheets and halyards on boats of all sizes. Harken two speed modular winches offer unprecedented flexibilw. These winches can all be converted to self-tailing with the simple addition of a modular kit From the 48.2 UP, they can be converted to three speed. Fmm the 56.2 up, they can be converted to both self-tailing and three speed. With only a fraction of the expense of a new winch, atwo speed winch can be changed to self-tailing orthree speed as your winch requirements change. All of Mese winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal cages

Additionallnlormalion -See pages 166 and 167 for an explanation of special features. See pages 168 and 169 for suggested uses. OlderlngInlomalion- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn). B (polished bronze) or C (chmmed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only. Llne

842.2 844.2

25:l 2.5:1

73:1 82:1

1 1 13.6:1

421

44:l

3%$ Wmm 3%'

1Wmm

6% 165mm

6%. 162mm

Hm lil

Numinum C h m e

3% 85mm

13.61k 6.17kg

1731bs 7&kg

5'h' 128mm

Sx%s'FH 5x8mmFH

BK42ZST

1841bs 835kg

5'hs 128mm

. 5x8mmFH

6xNs'FH

BK442ST

ff/i

3%'

172mm

&mm

1451h 658kg

73/16'

is2mm

39/16' 90mm

161k 22lk 7 . 2 6 k u 93Jkg

5'8 140mm

5xWFH SxBmmFH

EK462ST

175mm

3'546' 1Wmm

20.61bs 934kg 2631bs

614' 6xNe'FH 1 5 5 ~ 6xBmmFH

8K48.257

EK48.3

6x%bra' FH

BK53.2ST

063.3

8"h'

PAa' 102mm

1Wmm 811h6'

192mm 89/16

Il9rnm

?mmrn

mnmm

4%'

,l ( a ? k~n

261h 118kg 33.5 1bS

~ i&?bn

7 lmmm

R ~ I I ~ ~ E U

MODULAR TWO SPEED WINCHES Additimallntonmfion- See pages 166 an0 167 for an exp analon of specul leatries See pages 1MI and 169 tor S-ggesteo uses Ordnriing lnfomatlon- S W winch drum material by adding A (aluminum), B (polished bronze) or C (chrorned bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by

Large two speed winches are used for sheets and halyards on offshore boats over 37 feet (11 m). They are totally modular and can be converted to self-tailing, three speed, or self-tailing and three speed. By special order, Me 874.2 can be modified to provide power ratios of 85:l or 92:l for use on very large boats. Only Harken winches offer such high power ratios in a modular winch.

l?'%

Dian~emr Drum Dam

special order only.

Llns

Weighl Alnrnlmurn Cbme

He'oM

,&/,m

9%' 235mm

4'54, 125mm W 150mm 5 1Ylmm

311bs 141kg 41.3 lbs 187$ 5311bS 24.lh

57k'

5dslhs

Fa'mm

856.2 864.2

13:l 57:l

1651

21:l 225:l

553

U:1

8662

7.3:l

20:l

25:l

56:l

B742

73:l

22:1

25:l

71:l

43X

l m m m 225mm 5lX 9 130mm 245mm 5 10'46' 1Mmm 2ffimm 5 l

ID%'

270mm ll'%s' 300mm l

401k 18.1$ 47 l k 213$ 62.61bs _28.4$ Mlhs

7%' 195mm 8 21Omm 8 225mm R7#

6x5/ls'FH 6x8mmFH 5 x W FH 5xlOmmFH 6xWFH 6xlOmmm fivw~u

BK56.2ST

BW.3

BK56.3ST

BK61.2ST

BK61.3

BK64.3ST

BK66.2ST

BK66.3

W.ST

RY~A~CT

n-4

?CT

THREE SPEED WINCHES

Harken three speed winches are extremely simple to use. First gear is selected by depressing the nameplate ring next to the winch handle socket. As handle rotation is reversed, the winch will automatically move to the next speed in sequence. The 848.3 and 853.3are direct drive winches with avery fast first gear. Largerthree speed winches have a geared first speed for use on boats where a ponrer advantage IS neeoed even in tne 161speed Use f rst gear lor last sneel mm ng n gnllo mooerale a r or Qnore f rsl gear n nea? conoflons Coup ea wlrn Harkens large d r ~ m olamelers lnree speed w,ncnes Oner very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising. By special order, the 874.3 can be provided w l h power ratios Of 851 or F'an

Pwnr Ratio

Gear Ratio 1st 2nd 3rd

No.

2nd

1sl

3rd

92:lfor use on high loads such as found on very large boats or multihulls. Only Harken winches offer such high power ratios. From the 56, these winches may be converted to self-tailing by the addition of a modular kit. For maximum efficiency the vertical drum loads of these winches are carried by ball bearings, shaft pins are 17-4 PH stainless and gears ride on roller bearings. Additional lntormal~on- See pages 166 and 1 6 7 lor an explanar~on 01 specla le3t~resSee pages 168 and 169 ~ a sdggesteo r .ses Onlerino lnlomahon- S ~ e hc .I ncn 0r.m nlater a or add no A ~a,~mln.m! R (polis&d bronze) or C (chiomid bronze) to part numb& polished bronze by special order only. ~

iez Line

Olameler

Drum

Base

WeigM

Aluminurn

Chmme

Circle

Fasteners

1:1

4.1

98:1

5:1

20:l

48:l

853.3

1-1

5:1

12:l

4.51

22:1

5S:l

102mm 4%' 112mm

S1 -

848.3

Modular

lwmm

PA6' 192mm

3 1Wmm

2091bs 95kg

26.5lbs 2 k g

8"Ad 220mm

8'h' 210mm

4%'' 105mm

2651bS 12k4

Kit

61s' 15:mm

6xM6'FH 6x8mmFH

343Ibs 152$

7x6' 180mm

6xMs'FH 6x8mmFH

856.3 P

2.2:l

5:1

13:1

9:1

21:1

56:l

864.3

23:1

57:1

16.5:1

9:1

22.5:1

613

866.3

28:1

13:1

20:1

93:l

251

874.3

2.8:1

7.3.1

221

9.3:l

251

743

49.I 8% 120mm 2 2 5 m m

9%'

415/16" 125mm

32.4 lbs 147kp

40.1 ibs 182h

71%a' 195mm

6 x %6' FH 6x8mmFH

BK563ST

235mm

8%'

5'4 130mm

10%' 270mm

574 150mm

4 3 1 lbs 198kg

53.1 lbs 24.1 $

210mm

5xWFH 5xlOmmM

BKM.3ST

245mm

5 7 1Mmm

10%e 2 6 5 5

1113A6" 3Wmm

5 lMmm

5581bs 25.3 k~

61.31bs 278m

8 225mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

BKffi.3ST

5'%'

10Ms'

576 lwmm

61.9 10s 781 kn

8 775mm

6x WFH fix10mmFH

BK74.3ST

9mmm

1 m m m

56.4 lbs

lmmm

75Akn

SELF-TAIUNG WINCHES

Self-tailing winchesare idea for sheets, haiyards and c o m l lines on racing and cmising boats. The self-tailing mechanism means that one crew can quickty and easilytrim or raise sails. The Bl6ST is a one speed winch. The handle drives in one direction and ratchets in Me other to facilitate cranking under high loads. The 832.2ST and B40.2ST are WOspeed self-tailing winches. Self-tailing winches from B42.2ST are modular and can be converted to standard winches with the simple addition of a conversion M.The

Pat NO.

8laST 832.29 840.2ST B42.m

GlaRstio I I I 2nd

23:l 2.4:l 2.2:l 25:l

h I I I

16:l

4.7:l

16:l

6:1 731

13.5:l 14:l

r Rdlo ~nd

ad m3

Oiamabr ~ r n ~ u a 2%' mmm 2'Hs' 74mm 3' 76mm

848.2ST

B4629

2.5:l 25:l 2.5:l

82:l 9.2:l 10:l

138:l 131 2G1

U:l

I &l

92mm 3I5Ae' IWmm

4W 120mm 5%' 136mm 5"As' 145mm 6M' 165mm 6"Ad lmmm 6 ' 175mm

196mm 8'4 2ffimm 6%' 218mm

77A'

3%6'

Wmm B44.23

B48.2STand B53.2ST can be converted to standard three speed winches with the use of a modular ki. Additional Intomation - See pages 166 and 167 for an explanation of special leat~resSee pages 168 and 169 for s~ooestedLses. linlwlng I ~ i o n ~ p e c iwinch ? y drum mate% by adding A (aluminurn), B (polished bronze) or C (chmmed b m ) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only.

358'

S%< 142mm 6%~' lWmm 6l5A6'

176mm 771Ad

Une H.M

Wlphl ~ u n i l u m~ h m m

mmr

2' 50mm 2%' 70mm 2% 70mm 338' &mm 3%' &mm 3ks' Wmm 3'Vlr'

71bs 3.2kp 9.3lbs 42$ 1061bs 4.8$ 15.8lbs 7.2$ 16.4Ibs 7.4$ 191bs 86$ 23 4 Lbr

8.5lbs 3.9kg 11.91bs 4 14.1 lb 6.4$ 191bs 8.6$ 20.5lb 9.3$ 24.1 1 b lO9$ 28 fi lh

3%~' Wmm 4'4 la5mm 4%~' 112mm 5'46' 128mm 5%em 128mm 5W 140mm

5XWFH 5x6mmFH 5x14'Hi SxGmmFH SX'Nw 5x8mmRI 5xWFH Sx8mmFH 5x%6'FH Sx8mmm Sx516'FH 5xBmmFH

fild

fir5/1o'FH

Urn SB aln W

CMB

6mm %S' 8mm

12mm

W 1Zmm

W 12mm

%6' 8mm %6' 8mm

He' 8mm Uc'

%g'

14mm %S' 14mmH6'

14mm 84.'

2 7 . 1

'L-

. I

L -

L P -

3 SELF-TAILING WINCHES ( Large two speed self-tailing winches are used for sheets and halyards on large offshore boats. The self-tailing jaws adjust to accept a wide range of line diameters. A ball bearing roller on the self-tailing arm protects sheets and reduces friction. These winches are modular and can be converted to three speed or three speed self-tailing winches with the simple addition of a modular conversion ki. All of these winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal cages to improve efficiency. The d ~ m are S supported by ball bearings and all center shafts and gears ride on roller bearings. Two gears drive the d ~ and m all

856.257

5:l

13:l

21:1

56:l

Line

OiameMr Dmm Base

H"ght

120mm

8%' 225mm

270mm

HeigM

shaft pins are 17-4 PH stainless steel. By special order, the B74.2ST is available with power ratios of 85:l or 92:l for use with very high loads. Only Harken winches offer such high power ratios in a modular winch. Addillonal lnlomalion -See pages 166 and 167 for an explanation of soecial features. See .oaoes 168 and 169 for suoaested uses. ~, OriieringInlormalion- S~rch,wncn 0r.m malerauy ada ng A a .nlln.nl). B (pofsheooronzr, or C cnromea bronze, 10 pan n.rnber Polsheo oronzc by special order only ~

WeigM Aluminurn Chrome ~-

F%r

4'5%~' 125mm

34.6 it6 156kg

41 5 ibs 18.8kg

46.3ibs 21 kg

595ibs 8 27 -~ kg 210mm

?"/l<

195mm

LiRe

6x%B FH 6xemFH

8mm

16mm

5xN'FH 5xlOmmFH

Bmm

18mm

6x3A"FH 6xlOmmFH

10mm

20mm

Modular

Mcdulal

BK64.3

BK64.357

BK66.3

BK66.3ST

BK74.3

BK74.3ST

B642ST B66.2ST 0742ST

5.7:l 7.31 73:l

16.5:1 225:l M:l 22:l

25:l 25:l

641

56:l

5'A" 130mm

9%' 245mm

12% 308mm

5 150mm

X l50mm

10%s' 265mm

13' 330mm

5 597ibs 1 5 0 ~ ~27.1 kg

57X

9cnmm

10%~'

13.

mm- l l n m m

X ,mmm

€U i h

w91m

705 ibs 32kg 72 1bs

1971m

8W 225mm

i)lr.mm

13A6'

6xW FH W 'Uhs' ~ ~ j n m inmm m ~ ~?nmm

THREE SPEED SEE-TAILING WINCHES

Three speed self-tailing winches are ideal sheet winches on larger boats. The three speeds allow sheets to be trimmed quickly, even in heavyconditions. Self-tailing allows one crew to handle the entire trimming taskperfect for cruising or racing boats. First gear is selected by depressing the nameplate ring next to the winch handle socket. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heay conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed self-tailing winches offervery high line speeds for racing or fast cruising. By special order, the B743 can be provided with power ratios of Gear Rrtlo

3rd

l¶

Power Rstlo 2M 3rd

121

9:l

21:l

563

165:l

9:l

225:l

W:l

Diam~ie~ Dnm Bap 4%

120mm

20:l 874.W

2.8:l

7.31

22:l

9.3:l 93:l

25:i 25:l

66:l 7 1

85:l or 92:l for use on high loads such as found on very large boats or multihulls. All large three speed winches offer d ~ m suppolted s by ball bearings, two gears driving the drum, 17-4 PH stainless shaft pins, and roller bearings on all gears. AddNlonsl Information- See pages 166 and 167 for an explanation of special features. See pages 168 and 169 for suggested uses. O M m Inlmalion- Soecih winch drum material bv addina A laluminuml. B (pollstiedbmrce) or C (chiomidbronze) to part number. ~011si;Bd bmnze by ' speclal order only

5'4 13mm 5 1%5%' 150mm

Llll

Ha'gM

8%' 225mm

10%' 2mmm

$4 245mm

1113/16' mmm

10%~' 2 6 5 6

13' 330mm

10%~' 265mm

.v.

WeiuM Alumlnum Chmme

une s b

F%i

Mim

M11h 20kg

7'%i 195mm

6x%/ls'FH

1?mm

33.71h 153$

5%' 150mm

N O lb 226b

59.5 l h 27b

8%.

5 x W FH

210mm

5%' 1Smm

59.5 lbs 27.1 kg

70.6 lbs

4'5%~'

32k~

8%' Z5mm

6 x W FH

Mar

WIDE BODY SELF-TAILING WINCHES The B1140ST is a three speed winch wlh backwind designed for use on meoa vachts.

w d e body self-tailing winches are used to trim and raise sails on the araest vacMs. Thev are oenerallv used with oedestal, electric or hvdraulic dives-?he large iame6rdru& provide &ra surface area for hblding extremely hign .kds ana a so offer n gh speea rerneval ol lhne when sheeimg Tne B1140 is ava~~aole w t n a backwino feature wnich allows tne W ncn d r L m to t ~ r in n a co~ntercloc<wised rection to ease loads on lhe winch before the sheet is released. Tne B964St and B980ST are onered as enher rwo or three speed winches Tne B1100ST and me B1 120ST are lnree speed W riches Part

no,

rrt

Gear Rltio 2nd 3. ~

B9M2ST

73:1

22:1

B9M3ST

28:l

7.3:l

1s -

22:1

Pmer Rltio 2nd 3rd

7.31

27.8:l

B980.3ST

2.8:l

73:l

278:l

an exp anal on 01 spec a leal-res See pages 168 and 169 far s.ggesle0 Lses Orderno Inlomalion-Specify winch drum material Ly adding A (aluminum). C ichromed branzel or N S S ialuminumlstainless steel) to Dart number Polished o part number. bronze Ly special o'der only i o r pedestal driveadd ~ d t the

Line

~ruiiamdaLw

HeigM Aiuminum

WaigM Chrome

Alum,%

Faaener Circle

LineShe Min Mar

21:l

M:l

8:l

21:l

M:l ~

W.2ST

Additional lnlorrnalion - See pages 166 an0 167 for

~~-

21:l

8:l

21:l

80:l

6 7 l75mm

107~6' 15 5W 265mm 330mm 150mm

6171bs

77.21bs 70.51bs 3 5 1 1 9 32119

8 6xW W W '348" 225mm 6xlOmmFH tomm 20mm

6 175mm

10'46' 265mm

15 5% 330mm 150mm

63.9 1 h 29kg

79.4 ibs 36119

72.8 ibs 33119

8 6 x W RI W "46' 225mm 6xlOmmFH lOmm Xlmm

6 175mm

1074a' 265mm

11 W 33Omm 150mm

6171ts 28kg

77.2ibs 35k~

88.2ibs 40B

8 6xWFH 225mm-6tOmmFH

6 175mm

10%~" 11 5 265mm 330mm-lFfl

6391bs 29kg

79.4 Ibs 36kg

90.4 Ibs 41 kg

8'8 6 x W FH W 13As' 225mm 6xlOmmFH lomm Xlmm

39' '%6' lomm 20mm

p~ ~p

B11IX)ST

27:l

8.21

258:l

5.2:l

15.9:1 50.3:l

10%' 260 mm

1V 355 mm

1013/1e' 43/16" 275 mm la5 mm

6391bs 29 kg

lll%s' Wmm

20'As' 510mm

14'54s' 5'A" W m m 153mm

115.7 ibs 52.5119

14%~'

22%

71.61ts 32.5 kg

12%'

6xWFH W 'A' Omm~~l4mm 22mm

~315mm 6 x l ~

BllXlST 8114QST

2:l 2.9:l

114:l 121

334:l 441:l

3A:l 4:l

19.3:l

5B.S:l

169:l 62.3:l

15%'

249lbs

12781bs 58kg 299 Its

1 4 12xxFH 49' 1' 377mm 12xlOmmM 14mm 25mm 1 8

Bx M'HH

1%'

Powered winches olfer great convenience to cruising sailors. They allow small crewsto handle the high loads of large boats. Sheets, halyards, and major contml lines are all well suited to the use of powered winches. Harken offers bdh electric and hvdraulic sew-tailing- winches in a wide range of sizes and &figurations. Electric winches offer the convenience of powerea wncnes n an easiiv installed svstem. The wincn is wired with twa switcheskd a control box which mounts in a shdtered ocation Delow deck Harken electnc wincnes thro~ohthe B980 are offered lor either 12 or 24 volts. ~arg&winches all use 24 volts. Motors on most winches through the B980 are mounted eitherverticallyor horizontally to match your nstallar on reqJlrements. Beca~seeach e eclric W nch has a motor and is easv to wire, k is generally less expensive to use them when pins call for l ~ s t few a powered winches Wnen many wlnches or other lunmons need to be Dowered. hvdra~lcs whlch use a central power source, should beGnsidered: Many hrge cruising boats use hydraulics for windlasses, f ~ rng, l centerboard l&. vangs and backstays and tnis power SoLrce may also De ~ s e to d orive damen hvdra~ic winches. Use of acentml hydraulic source;educes we gM and noise a?. only one motor is reqbiredto drive me entire svstem. Hafien offers 00th hv0ra~l.csell-ta Ino winchesanb hydraulic power sources and control systeris which can drive winches and other accessories. All hydraulic motors are mounted veltically. All hydraulic lines and motors are standard hydraulic components so that winches are easily sewiced anywhere in the world. Ewry darken powered wlnch indudlng me smal er sizes. ouerales in two speeds ~ o t when h usina the Dowered mode aid when using the manual mode. Thistwo speed capability ~. in the powered~modeon smal er wmches a unsual and 1s d sionlticance for Dnrnaw W nches on sma~lerboats an0 for halyards on lamer boats because R insures hiah line speeds under low loads while retaining high powerto; higherloads. Powered winches horn the 856 may be ordered wRh three spews for very h ~ line ~ s~eeos h under low oaas. Operation ofali~arkei~owered winches is by use of slrnp e waterproof w a n e s and relable, easy m sewce. elmnc contm s The crew mav select eltner tlnt or second gear depending on load. 178

BRStMsmld. Swlfches are mountkinear W3 &can&posmedfor MWfWtopern, W born.

Hydmh6powunt suppllm power for all h m u k funmns On bcwd

W~nchesreven to man Ja operation when a ock~nghandle s nsertea so the boat can oe raced or cru~sedwithout ~ s of e the powered system, Insertion of the winch handle automatically disconnectsthe powered system to prevent use of the motor with a winch handle inserted. Poweredwinches are self-tailing winches with chromed bronze or aluminum drums. Polished bronze drums are available by special order.

Hydraulic Power Units Harken offers four sizes of hydraulic power units plus custom sizes for special applications. These are centrally positioned power JnRS supp ylng hjora~lc power to oifferent funcbons on the boat W M tnese oower nits it IS ~oss.bleto serve all of the hvara~lc reauirementson a boat -winches, furling, windlass, sieering, centerboards, and davits. Power units are driven bv either 12 or 24 volt electric motors. ~All of the hydraulic connectins are made with standard high performance hydraulic Wings. These systems are very simple and use commonly available hydraulic components so that service is possible worldwide. The Hydro 6 and 8 use two motors. A manual switch allows selection of one or both motors at any time. Two motors allow extra power and provide a backup power source. Every power source is tailored to its specific use. Pressure and flow are adjustable and each valve can be fitted with separate pressure and flow valves. For large boats, custom power units are available. ~

__I

8742STCH hydraulk Mnch Iezh!rn large drameler bearings andM&i sen~W/~og m&bmm

~.~ -

Hydrauk mtmlbox miaM switch mntmh S u p W with hydraukpowunt

1ELECTRIC WINCHES I Electric winches offer cruisino sailors the convenience of oowered winches in an easily installed system. H k e n offersthe most complete line of electric winches available with sizes ranging from Me MO.2ST which is suitable for use as a primarj winch on boats as small as 28' (8.5 m) and for halyards on boats from 32' (9.7 m). All HaiXen eiectric hnches, includingthe smaller sizes, operate in two speeds both when using the electric motor or when cranking by hand. Electric winches from the 56 m w be ordered with three soeeds to orovide verv,hioh . line speeds. The B1120 is available as a two or three speed winch. The B1140 is athree speed winch with backwind. The backwindfeature allows vew high loads to be relieved before sheets are released bv reversinathedirhon of drum rotation. Operation is by use of simple waterproof switches which are located near the winch. The crew may select either first or second gear depending on the load. The winch reverts to manual operation when a locking handle is inserted so Me boat can be raced or cruised without use of the electric system. Inseron d the handle automaticallv disconnects the electrical svstem ~. to orevent use of the electric motor withawinch handle inseied~ Llne

Haken electric winches through the B980 are offered for either 12 or 24 volts. Laroer winches use 24 volts. Motors are mounted eitherverticailvor -~ horizontah winches through the B980 to match your installation re&irements. The anchor plate allows separate disassembly of the winch and the motorlgear reduction assembly. Both the motor and gear reducfion box feature special anti<orrosion protection. ~

Mdih'ml Inl0m)Btiion- See pages 166 and 167 for an explanation of special features. See pages 170and 171 for suggested uses. 0 r d ~ n f l l n f o m a I i ~ Each - winch requires two swltches and each boat requires an aooroor'ale control box. See Daae 185. me B1140 reauires an addtional switch for t i e backwind, mree speed winihes from the 56 are a'vailable by spec^ order. Polished bronze winches are milable by special order.

t Drum e duminum wth ainlerssteel sleeve. Chrome not available,

is measured wth no load.

t 3rd gear line yleed 5.TImin (1.7 W i n )

Line

E482STE-H B53.2SEH B56.2STE-H

866.2STE.H B74.2STE-H

26.2 lbs 11.9kg

2971bs 135kg

4%' 5x%/ls'FH 114mm 5x8mmFH

Smm

46.6lk

5091k Zl.lkg

5"/16' 6xWM 145mm Gx8mmFH

11'

lOmm

12mm

'h'

ks'

3%6" Wmm

1 45mm

A 180mm

1U 255mm

8"/16' 221 mm

3'5A6' lymm

1 45mm

10' 21.2kg ? a

93/16'

223mm

41s. 105mm

1%' 45mm

7%~" 180mm 71/16' 180mm

711' 190mm

9% 243 mm

4% 115mm

1%' 45mm

4%' 112mm

8'%a' 220mm

101A6' 265mm

120mm

1 45mm

7%6' lmmm 7% lWmm

4%' 120mm

8%' 225mnl

514' !40mm

l 45mm

Hei9M

76mm

6ix 155mm

6%~' 205mm

92mm

6'8 170mm

3'%' 1Wmm

61148' 170mm

4' 102mm

HniflM

Fa%Imrs

Mys:, -

516'

M.2 15.2m

15.5' 4.7m

52.1' 15.8m

14.9' 45m

55.8' 16.9m

14.2' 43m

49.2 149m

12.Y 3.9m

54.5 1 k 515/1e' 7x %'M 24.7kg-~1Mmm 7x6mmFH

10'

56.8lbs 24.4kg

59ibs 266kQ

155mm

6x%s'FH 6x8mmFH

11'

% ?m

12mm

16mm

1W 255mm

5981bs 27.1 kg

67lk 304kg

71As' lWmm

6xV16'FH 6x6mmFH

12mm

16mm

7'46' 180mm

1U 255mm

661k 294$

71.91bs 326kg

7'lAe' 195mm

7x%e'FH 7xBmmFH

14mm

19mm

10m

12.9' 3.9m

% 6' 165mm

PC' 1 4 5 m m 2Wmm

11' 280mm

8561bs 38.8kg

96.81bs +.8b

8 5xWFH 210mm 5xlOmmFH

%U' 14mm

3/i 19mm

31' 94m

10.8' 32m

%S 14mm

19mm

27.2' 8.4m

9.9' 3m

27.7' 84m

9.2' 2.Bm

32.3' 9.8m

10.9' 3.3171

32.3' 9Bm

8.6' 2.6m

27.4' 83m

8.9' 27m

1' 25mm

22.8' 6.9m

7.9' 2.4m

h '

-875'

4%"

A '

12mm 14mm

9 245mm

A 150mm

10%" 265mm

13%" 345mm

611' 165mm

1%' 45mm

7%' 2Wmm

11' 2Wmm

991bs 44.9b

1098lbs 8%' 6xW'FH 498kg 225mm6xlOmmFH

107hs' 265mm

13%~' 345mm

6l11. 165mm

1%' 45mm

7%' 200mm

11' 2Wmm

9761k M3kg

1W6lbs 8%' 6xW'FH %B 49.8kg 225mm 6xlOmmFH !4mm

5 % ' 150mm

656m

k 49.4 1 224kg

5'W 130mm

12mm 1578.m

10' 255mm

l 285mm 12"As' 323mm

6M.2STE-H

Fasmw Circle

B442SlE-H B46.2SlE-H

WeigM Aluminum CNome

%S'

%' ?h'

19mm

B964STE-H B980STE-H BllWSTE-H B1120STE+I B1140SlE-H

6%' 175mm

loins' 13%' 265mm25mm

6%' 165mm

1%' 45mm

7%' 200mm

11 2Wmm

1W9lbs 456kg

11641bs 6 7 6xWFH 9 8 k 0 225mm 6xlOmmFH

14mm

ZOmm

6 175mm

107~6' 265mm

13%' 245mm

% 6' 166mm

1 % ' 45mm

7%' 2Wmm

11' 280mm

10221h 464kg

8%' 11771k 6xJgFH 53.4kg 225mm 6xlOmmFH

14mm

20mm

1 260mm

14' 355mm

10'3h6' 275 mm

4 105mm

2%' 7Omm

8%' 225mm

17861bs 186.3ibst 12%' 6xWRI 8.1 kg 84.5 kg 315mm 6xlOmmFH

1 1 3Wmm

201~6' 425mm

1415% 3gmm

5%' 150mm

4%' 122mm

10%' 276mm

17%' 435mm 17'%6' 450mm

1874lbS 85kg

231.41bSt 14%' 12xWFH W 905$ 365mm 12xlOmmFH 14mm

1l3/16'

1 4

20'h .""

34151bS

3911W

143/1a' "m--

227%' .."-~ . .-15%'

~~~~

8' "".

" " - ~ - ~"-"

18%' .""

6 .~ l h ' H,.,, H

14mm 22mm

."?A'

21' 6.4 m

C"""

t Dwm ISduminum whh stainlesssteel slesve. Chrome rot mailable.

'Line soeed s measured whh no load.

Fan No. M49STE-V 8482STE-V B53.2STE-V B56.2STE-V

Weiuhl N m l r m m Chrome

358' 92mm

6th' 170mm

611h6' 221mm

C 102mm

7W' 190mm

243mm

4746' 81%~' 112mm -12pmm 4%" 8%' 120mm 225mm

lOh' 2Emm 11%' 2&mm

9%'

Heipm 3154slWmm

14154s' m m m

4M. 115mm

141%~' 3mmm

4 14'54e' 120mm m m m % 5' 14'54s' 140mm 3mmm

55W 4621bS 140mm__2l22g 5'h' 5321bs 140mm 24.141

Line Size MIn llar

5031bs 22.641

511h8' 145mm

6xMe'FH Gx6mmFH

%S'

lOmm

14mm

5841bs 26.541

6% 155mm

6xM6'FH Gx6mmFH

12mm

16mm

59.llbs 26.841

66.31bs 30.141

7hs' 1Wmm

6xMs'FH 6x8mmM

140mm

12mm

16mm

5 140mm

6431bs 29th

7121bs 32.341

71f4e' 195mm

7xM6'FH 7x8mmFH

%6' 14mm

19mm

B642STE-V

5% 130mm

9% 245mm

12%' 323mm

6lh' 165mm

16W 410mm

6%' 160mm

82.91bs 37.641

96.1 Ibs 4436kQ

6%" 210mm

5 x W FH 5xlOmmFH

%s"

14mm

19mm

B66.2STE-V

5%' 150mm

10%' 265mm

13%' 346mm

6M. 165mm

16%' 410mm

6%' 1Wmm

9631k 43.7kp

107.1 Ibs 48.6kp

8%' 225mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

%B'' 14mm

19mm

W 150mm

10%~' 265mm

13%' 345mm

% 6' 165mm

16%' 410mm

6%' 1SOmm

95.1 lbs 43.1 41

107.1 1bs 48.641

8%' 225mm

6 x W FH 6xlOmmFH

14mm

6 175mm

10Ma' 265mm

13SAs' 346mm

6%r 165mm

16%' 410mm

8 225mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

48'

14mm

20mm

107hs' 265mm

13%~' M m m

% 6' 165mm

16%' 410mm

9831bs 44.641 99.1 lbs 451yl

1138lbst 51:6$

6W 175mm

6 160mm 6%' 160mm

11461bst 52k~

8%' 225mm

8xWFH 6xlOmmFH

48'

14mm

ZOmm

B74.2STE-V B961STE-V BWSTE-V

LlW

Diameter Dmm Bare

W 19mm

LineSped

E ~ ~ ~ 17.5' 571 17.41~ 5 3 m €4 194m

16.2. 4.9m

56.1' 17m

14.5' 4.4m-

37.9 11.5m

14.5' 4.4m

294 6.9m

9.9' 3m

26' 7.9m

9.6' 2.9m

26' 7.9m

8.6' 26m

30.4' 9.2m

9.9' 3m

30.4 9.2m

2.5m

8.3'

Hydraulic winches use a central power source to drive all of the powered wiches on larger cruising ooats. The same power soJrce can be usea for other f ~ n ons a on me w a r s ~ c as n oaccitays, vanas l~rlino,or centerboards. All Harken hydraulic winches, ~ncludingthe smailest sizei, Operate In two spews both w e n JS ng tne nydra~c motor ancl when cranmg by nand This two swed a0 l i in the oowered mode s ~nusLalIn smal W nches aiidrs of sianl~incefor speed of irimming and hoisting sails kydrauic wmcnes sue 856 and ~argerareava~ablein ootn two ana three soeea mooels. The lh~rdsoeed 1s JSehl Mere hlah llne sDeea a1 llant load s &sirable. The B1100 and ~ 1 1 2 are 0 three speedhnchei. The H i 4 0 winch is athree speed but also has an addnional "backwind" speed. Backwind is 182

useful on very large yachts for relievingme load on Me winch beforea sheet is released. All nydrau ic motors are nI0~fltedvemcaliy an0 all hydrauic fiMngSare in a e r components dustry standard for ease of s e ~ c and e compatibility

Addifimalinlmalion- See pages 166,167,178 and 179foran explanatim of special features. See pages 168 and 169 for suggest uses. ~ n g ~ d i m r - E a cwinch h requirestwa SwitCheSand each boat requires an appropriate control box See w e 185.The B1140 requiresan additional sMch Iw the backwind. Three speed winchestmm the 56 areamilable by special order. Pd'shed bmna winches are aMilaMe by special order.

.W on 4 GaUmin (15Umin) input oil flow rate

Assume33 speed winch,

t Drum is aluminum rvim stainless steel s h - c h m m e

Diamabr Dtum Base

Hald~I

Line Emby Height

3% 92mm

611' l70mm

8%s' 221mm

315As' lWmm

8W 225mm

4' 102mm

77h' 1IK)mm

243mm

4jX 115mm

47/rs' 112mm

811As' 220mm

10'A6' 265mm

120mm

4%'

% 8' B5mm

5%' 130mm

W2SM

Pall

walpht 8m,

not avaihble.

MInLlM slzc Mar

Lim Spltd Par Mlnutc' ld 2nd

he'

%a' 14mm

42.9 13m

13.5' 4.1m

?As'

47.2' 14.3m

11.9 3.6m

41.51 12.6m 167 51.4m"

10.9 33m 28.1' 85m

10.9 33m

128' 3m"

26.4' 8m

9.2. 2.8m

121' 37m"

23.4' 7.1 m

8.6' 2.6m

121' 37m"

23.4' 7.1 m

7.9' 24m

142. 432m"

27.4' 83m

9.2' 28m

142. 432m"

27.C 8.3m

7.3' 22m

149 454m 111' 337m

23.4' 7.1 m 19.5' 5.9m

7.6' 23m 7.9 24m

93' 286m

22.3' 6.9m

1.9m

F*nar CWe

Fademm

415Ae' 3731bs 41.41bs l z m m 16.9$ 18.8kg

5"/18' 145mm

Gx%slFH 6xammFH

8mm

8% Z5mm

415/16' 4441bS 49.6 1bs 125mm 20.1 kg Z 5 $

6% 155mm

6 x hs' W 6x8mmW

%6' 8mm

14mm

4%. 120mm

8 225mm

6x%6'FH 6x8mmPd

6mm

5%' 140mm

6% 225mm

57.81b 26.2$ 62.41b 283$

7Me' l8Omm

1llX 285mm

4'5Ans' 125mm 415/1e' 125mm

711A6' 195mm

7x%6'FH 7x8mmFH

%S'

8mm

16mm

9% 245mm

12"/rs' 323mm

61fi 165mm

9 235mm

4'Ws' 6751bs 80.71bs 125mm 306$ 36.6$

8M' 210mm

5xWFH 5xlOmmFH

8mm

5%' 150mm

10%~' 265mm

13Me. 345mm

618 165mm

g 235mm

415%' BOglbs 91.7ibs 125mm 36.7$ 41.6kg

8 225mm

6xWFH GxlOmmm

"As'

10mm

20mm

B74.2STH

57M 150mm

10%~' 265mm

1%' 345mm

611' 165mm

9%' 235mm

4'Wd 86.31bs 98.31b 125mm 391$ 4 . 6 $

8% Z5mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

'h,'

lOmm

20mm

B964STH

6W 175mm

107A6' 265mm

lBli

61,Y 165mm

gl/i 235mm

4V16' 82.8 i b 98.3 l b 125mm 37.6kg 4.6k4

8W 225mm

6 X% FH 6xlOmmFH

38.

'%S'

345mm

10mm

2Omm

6 175mm

lO7As' 265mm

13%' 345mm

614'

165mm

914 235mm

4l5Ae' 83.7 i b 9921b 125mm 38kg 45 kg

% 8' 225mm

6x38' FH 6xlOmmFH

lOmm

BllOCSTH

10%' 260mm

14' 355mm

1013/16' 275mm

4%6' 105mm

1lMe' 2Nmm

6x38.FH 6xlOmmFH

16mm

8112OSTH

1113A6' mmm

X)1/16' 510mm

1415A6' 3EUmm

5W 150mm

1113/16' 3Wmm

1238' 4'hs' 1291bs 13671bst 315mm 1 Z m m 58.5lq @kg 4%' 159.8 1 b 171.9 1b5t 14%' 125mm 72.5k~ 78$ 365mm

1 2 x W FH 12xlOmmFH

16mm

22mm 1' 25mm

B1140STH

143h6'

B!#

%' 1%' ~i ~ ~m m H 32mm H

No. W.2STH 8482STH B53.2STH BS62STH B64.2STH

BgMSTH

%B'

1%. AM--

16%'

?mmm m n m m

m, ,

5081k Z9kg 55.5lbs 25.1 $

249.5lbs 249.5lkt

(xmm l(?dkn l n d m

l anmrn

8xlMHH ~ ~ ?

%B'

38'

48.

%B' 14mm

18mm

'3h' 20mm

3rd

Hydro 2.3. Hydro 4.3

1HYDMUL/C POWER UNlTS I Harken ollers l o ~ r zes s of nydm~icpower un ts. hyam 2 and Hydro 4 are slnole rnoior Dower J n t s while hvoro 6 and Hvdro 8 Jse d ~ motors a i v h i i h i i caible if very hioh flow i t e s and oroGde a backup Dower so-rce Hyam 2 1s ~ s e on d boats 10 45 teet (13 7 m ) wh ch require twa or ihw funaons. riydro 2 IS offered for enner 12 voil or 24 voil lnstallatlons Larger unds are offered only for use wdh 24 vans ~

~ a ox& G n o pressure- 140 bar ( ~ W Opsi) Fastenen

-W (10 mm)

Quickliiwnnections Electlie oil level wntrol Palt

Lmber OI

~umtionr Hydro2 mm4 Hydro6

3 6

Power Unit Dimensions MDlDr

Maa

cumnt Dnin

l x lWOwanS

lwamps

1x 2w0 m

150amps

350amps

30WWam Hydro8

2x 3WOUanS

350amps

C"@cm

flw Fate Llmhr

W~ION

IUOPSI

10lnen 26gal

6lterdmln 16Wmm

25@ 551bs

M-56

101@n 26gd

9lem1n 24gaVmm

40$ 881bs

44-74

2511ters 66gal

18llteWmm 80b 47gaVmm 1761bs

44-980

40111en 106M

241Ren/mln M$ 6 3 W m h 1941bs

44-1140

M~ m

Hydm2

Hydro8

9%~'

913K

240mm

250mm

6lih8' 170 mm

240mm

9'3h6' 250mm

6lh6' 170mm

1%' 3Wmm

19ins' 4Wmm

lZ13/16' 326mm

6IH6' 176mm

1859' 473mm

209As' 522mm

IS 381 mm

241 mm

143%~' Wmm 14%~' Wmm

936'

GWmm 27%' 6Wmm

2213;16'

2358' GWmm

Hydro6

580 mm Hydro4

26'

9%r

CONTROL BOXES & SWITCHB

B o t h electric and hydraulic winches require switches. In addition, electric winches require appropriate control boxes which must be chosen based on the winch, the voltage and the number of winches to be controlled. Hydraulic power units are supplied with appropriate control boxes.

Swilches Harken offers deck switches for use w l h electric or hydraulic winches. Each winch requires two switches, one for each speed. Switches are simple electrical contact switches which are well sealed against moisture and are very easy to install and maintain. The BRSlM is a basic push button switch. The BRS10W is fmed with a guard to protect against accidental engagement. This feature is particularly useful when switches are floor mounted.

Deck Swilches Diamctcr

HeigM

Osplh

Weight

Remote srnlch

24s' %mm

'%s' 18mm

3%" 90mm

601 l8OQ

2perrnwh

B R S l W Remoteswnch

2% 66mm

11/16.

3%~' %mm

601 1800

2 perwnch

18mm

BRS102

Elecbic Control Boxes

m Number of Winches 1

Electrical Conhol Boxes Electrical control boxes contain the solenoids and overload protection to operate the winches. Each box will control one or two winches. Boats with more winches will require more control boxes.

BEBlW3-12-1

HydnuIic Conlrol Boxes and Panels

BEBlWD12-2

844 2STE 10

BEBlW024-2

W2STE10 B980STE

Hydraulic power packsare supplied with appropriate control boxes. Special control panels are often supplied with hydraulic systems. These panels can be mounted in the cockpR and show clearly which systems are in use and allow remote operation of hydraulic functions.

BEB100024-1

M O 2STE to B980STE

voltags

844 2STE l0

B11WSTE

YN 250 mm

9'A' 2 M 3 3

12%' 315 mm

12%' 315mm

12%'

WOSTE

BEWW0-24-2

Lene

Wide body winch dnms &re hdlons k i w p i7tMorardWhr drums W mlucawght.

for &mum duratlri.

cDrums am twd rdnodhsd duminum geunbss

~rsd~armbimlim alumlnurmstai-

sfeeldrums.

PEEK mls beanws ride in

b e d'mmwestodlow mm beariqsta any Um load.

Lame diamm sp'mdb form a brge bearin0 S

Center shaftE an all ming W& Me on mllar beam@. Winchasas smallasme

Ball bearinpg

carryvenlml

load cd drum.

High load WnQpearpins arel7-4PHshhlessWfa &mum strenpn andduraMIb.

48featum mlkr bearirgs in wely gear

hMS W hUd

cam by the sprinw. They are BaSytaremOw bufmn'tdmp

Gears onmnchesfmm h 45fealumfourpawbfor m i m u m mI'iahll$ and

out H e n t h . during sew.

to minimile baddash.

Larger win& use t w o ~ m t o driad~ms.TMsred~~e~me load mthedrumwand loadsthe drum mmetrkalkwhid impwss effcknw.

Racers at all levels mow tnat Mht boats are faster. Leading edge mars are des gneo and O J I to ~ exacting stanoamsto keep weignt out. These boats demand extremeh, bht winches with hiih eHiciencvand tom re~~iab IW. , rl&n iswers these needs wth a ine of racing wincheswhicn comoine the merlculo~sahenl on to delall of the best lmlian craftsmen vntn tne space age American technology whicn has made Harken an instiiuhon in racing circ es for over 20 vears. Harken's raclng winches are the ultimate winches for serious mciw boats. Weights ire extremely low and reliabiliand efficiency are extremely high. Racing winches are not simply standard winches mdfied for lighter weights. From the hard anodized alloy bodies and drums, and the PEEK roller bearings riding in large diameter cages, to the Tollon balls canying vemcal loads on the drum, and the 174 PH gears and gear pins, Harken racing winches are bred for performance. Fmm small two speed self-taiiers to enormous wide body pedestaldrivenwinches, Harken offers the most complete mnge of racing winches available. They meet every need on any racing boat. 186 ~

TWO SPEED SE1F-TAILING Two speed racing winches are offered w l h hard anodized aluminum drums and feature PEEK bearings for exceptional weight savings, low friction and high performance.

I w o speed self-tailing racing winches are ideal for most primary, secondary, halyard, running backstay and control line applications. Six winches are offered to handle functions from primaries on half-tonners and halyards on three quarter tons to running backstays on maxis. The self-tailing mechanism features Harken's patented ball bearing roller to improve efficiency and jaws that adjust to suit a variety of line sizes. The stripper arm on racing winches is lightweight aluminum. Part No.

8452STR

Gear Ratlo 1at 2nd 25:1

82:1

Power Falio lat

2nd

13.81

44:l ~

8482STR B532STR 0562STR

25:1

101

3:1

121

5:1

13:1

12.51 141 21:1

@:l

53:l

56:l

BM2STR B742STR

57:1 731

165:l 22:1

225:l 251

M:1

74:l

Diameter Drum Base 35% 92mm

Additional Information- See page 186 for an explanation of special features. See pages 168 and 169 for suggested uses.

HeigM

Line Enlry Heighl

WeiQM 11.3ibs 5.1 kp 16.1 1 h 73kg~

128mm 0%" 155mm

Line Size Cirvie

5%~.

Fa"Rera

Min

5xXs'FH 5 x 8 m m FH 6xXa'FH 6x8mmFH

$4~" 8mm SA€. 8mm

=As' 14mm

814 206mm

102mm

6"As' 170mm 71fl lwmm

228mm

3% 85mm 3'546' 1OOmm

474s" 112mm

8"M 220m

g13A/16* 250mm

43/15'' 105mm

1921bs 87kg

7% 180mm

6~546'FH 6x8mmFH

5/16'

M6"

8mm

14mm

4%' 120mm 5% 130mm

8'8 225mm 958 245mm

1 W 270mm 12'K 308mm

4154s 125mm 5%' 150mm

236bs l67$ 306 1bs 139kg-

7l74( 195mm 8% 210mm

7x%sFH 7x8mmFH 5xSNFH 5xlOmmFH

8mm %a" 8mm

5% 150mm

10'46' 265mm

13 330mm

5//8' 150mm

41 7 1bs 189$

8% 225mm

Gx3NFH 6xlOmmFH

lOmm

MS' 14 mm

%6'

3 8

16mm

W 18mm '3A6" 20mm

1 8 7

THREE SPEED & THREE SPEED SE1F-TAILING RACING WINCHES

ltiree speea winches are the hean of any radng boat's wincn pacage. They are deal for most p n m w and secondary wincn appl cat ons. Three speed self-tailing winches are used as secondary and halyard winches on large ming and as primary winches On racing boats' hard a n o d i i aluminum drums and PEEK bearings for exceptionalweight savings. Psrt WO.

8483

1:l

Gmr Ram ad ad 2.5:1

9.8:l

in 5:1

POTrr MD

The high speed first gear IS engagea by depressing Me narnep ate ring. Use first gear for fagsned tnmmino in liani a r or ianore firs oear in " heavy air.-

- -

See pages 168 and 169 for suggested uses.

Dlamlar

HebM

216

12:l

48:l

?W 1Wmm B1'A6' 220mm

DIU~

B533

111

3:l

12:l

451

131

53:l

22:l

5:l

13:l

9:l

21:l

4%.

120mm

225mm 8 7 2amm

B569STR B64.W

B74.3STR

221 2.31 28:l

5:l 5.7:l 731

131 1651 22:l

$1 9:l 9.3:l

21:l 225:l 25:l

691 U:l l41

4%'

120mm 5W 130mm 5%' 150mm

AddltlonalIntOrmation- See page 186 for an explanation of special features.

102mm 47A6' 112mm

W 245mn 10%~' 265mm

7%' 19Zmm 7%' 19Zmm 9%' 235mm 1056' 270mm llr%s' 3Wmm 13' 330mm

Lino W Haighl 3'Ma' lmmm 4%' 105mm 4'5Ae'

125mm 4'Ms' 125mm 5%' 150mm 5%' 1501nrrl

Unl S B

WImM 14Blbs 6.6b 1761bs 8kg 21.1 1 k 9.6b 27.81k 12.6b 35.31k 16kg 483ik 71 kg

M,I 6W 155mm T1hs'

lWmm 7riAa' 195mm 7riAe' 195mm 6'4 210mm 8W 225mm

6xMs'Rf 6x8mmFH 6 x M d FH Sx8mmFH 6xM6'FH 6xl)mmfH 6xMs'FH Gx8mmFH SxWFH 5xlOmmM 6xWFH 6xiOmmFH

516'

8mm MS' 8mm

16mm

lOmln

W 18mm

r%e'

20mm

WIDE BODY THREE SPEED RACING WINCHES Tnree speed W oe body rac ng wlnches are olfered wan anodized a~~minum d r ~ m sThe B560 is also otiered wfln a combination a uminum and stainless steel drum for wire sheets.

W i d e body three speed racing winches are idea primary and secondary winches. The wide body's large drum diameter gives exceptio~lline speed for faster trimming. These wide body racing winches are all supplied with a top cleat for fast, convenient securing of sheets. The high speed first gear is engaged by depressing the nameplate ring. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in lightto moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions.

2nd

31d

m w r Fa110 lat 2nd 3ld

2.2:l

5:l

16-1

74:l

162:l

BWLPTCR

28:l

731

22:l

8:l

B98DLPTCR

28:l

7.3:l

27.8:1

8:l

F'an NI.

WTCR

Gear Rat10

AddifinnaIlnfomaIion- See D u e 186for an explanation of special features. See pages 168 and 169 for ~ . ~ ~ e s tuses ka W n g I n l m a t i m - Specfi W ncn orJm rnalenal by aad ng A ,al.m.n.m) or &SS (a -mln.rn slain ess steel) 10 me pafl n~mber ~

line

Dlarnmr Dmm

551

5'X 1Bmm

21:l

84:l

8%' 175mm

8% 225mm 10'/le' %mm

9% 235mm 10%' 270mrn

HaiM 415/ii 125mm 5 1Bmm

21:l

80:l

6% 175mm

10Ma' %mm

10% 27Omm

5%' 150mm

WeCM Alurnlnurn Alumr5S

25.6 Ibs 116$ 3851bs 175$

2841bs 13.1 k(l

38.51bs 17.5k.5

Clmk

7"As' 195mm 8% 225 mm 87N Z25mm

7 x%s' FH 7x8mmFH 6xWFH 6x10 mm M 6xWFH 6xlOmrnRI

189

Rob McCrsPdy m010

WIDE BODY LS1;:ED

Large wide body racing winches are perfect for primary and secondary functions on large racing boats. They may be used in conjunction with pedestaldrives ortop driven. The wide body offersexceptional line speed for fastertrimming and the top cleat offers a convenient location to secure the sheet. A variety of gearing options available with pedestaldrives offers up to six speeds for these large winches. Drums are avaihble in lightweigMaiuminum or with a combinationof aluminum and stainless steel for use with wire sheets or exceptionally high Psfl No.

BllWTCR

B1120TCR

GwrRa!b l* 27:l L1

2nd

3rd

6.2:l

25.61

5.2:l

11.t1

33.41

3.43

Pma RaUa 2nd 9rd 15.9:l 19.33

5081 %.SA

loads. These winches feature Harken's race proven PEEK bearings for light weightand high . performance. . Additional Inlomatlon- See page 186 for an explanation of special features. See pages 168 and 169 for suggested uses and pages 194 through 197 for compatible pedestal systems. Onlmlnphtonnafion- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum) or A% (aluminum/stainksssteel) to the part number. To order winches with Spd-Lock, add $L to the part number

UII

Mmm

mm IOM' 2M)mm 1 3Wmm

HllON

Entrl HdpM 4%' lfflmm

14'

10%'

355mm

2Mlmm

201/rs' 510mm

14Me' 3BOmm

MInN NumIn"m Y u W 57.3lbs

26$ 83.1 lbs

68.31bs 31kg 971bs

150mm

37.71m

441m

6xWFH

1218' 315mm

6xlOmmFH

l Mrnm

17rlnmrnW

12xWFH

DIRECT DRIVE WIDE BODY RACING WINCHES

Direct drive wide body racing winches offer crews a 1:l overdrive speed for very fast trimming of the genoa in light conditions or of Me spinnaker at any time while retaining a geared first speed for heavy air work. Gears are changed in the nomlal fashion of three speed winches by

Addilionallnfomation-

compatible pedestal systems. Orderin# Inlormation- To order winches for pedestal drive add PD to the part number.

reversing handle direction. Part

See page 186 for an explanation of special features.

See pages 168 and 169 for suggested uses and pages 194 through 197 for

Une

No.

Gear Ratio 2nd

3rd

Paw81Ratio 2nd

3rd

Drum

8480TCR

1:1

4:l

1O:l

39:l

15.6.1

43:l

4%' 120mm

718 1Wmm

7%' 192mm

0530TCR

1:l

5:l

12.1

39:l

19:1

47:l

5%' 130mm

B1%s' 220mm

BSWOTCR

1:l

5.1

16:l

34:l

16.2:l

55:l

5'K 1em_m

Olamadar Base

WalgM

F~~~~

3?h" 100mm

1651bs 75b

6'N 155mm

6 x 54s' FH 6xammFH

43/16. 105mm 4'5/16" 125mm

19.2 1bs 87kg 25.6 1bs 11.6ko

7%6" 1Wmm 7%" 185mm

6x%6FH 6xammFH

8%' 225mm

87/16. 215mm 9% 235mm

S7A' 175mm

10%~' 265mm

10%' 270mm

5% 150mm

3591k 16.3ko

8% 225mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmW

67K 175mm 6%' 175mm

10%' 265mm lO'/ls' 265mm

10%' 270mm 10% 270mm

5% 150mm 5 150mm

3971bs l6kg 3591bs 163$

8W 225mm 8%' 225mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmFH 6xWFH 6xlOmm~

6%'

lD%s'

41.91bs

8%'

B9MOLTCR

1:l

73:l

22.1

2.9:l

M:l

21:l --

BMDLPTCR

1:1

7.3:l

22:l

28:l -

HaigM

Enby

hahnerr

HelgM

7x%BFH 7xammFH

21:l

M:1

B930DLPTCR

1:1

731

2781

2.9:l

21:l

8O:l

09WLP

1:l

73:l

27.8:1

2.8:l

21:l

80:l

10%'

6xWfH

WIDE BODY THREE SPEED SE1F-TAILING m-'

l !

w i d e body three speed self-tailing racing winchesare useful forsheets. hatyards and wondaty f~nct~ons on large offshore ooats. The B560 is top d m The E964LP and B980~Pmay be ether top dnven or t$grated ima Dmestal M e m The E1100and B1120 are for use withpedestal systems. . The B985ST was specifically dmioped for the needs of America's Cup boats. It has three soeeds includina a l:lfirst aear mtia forve~fasi line speeds at ligM loads and 8 3 1 thirdgear power mtio for high l&ds. These ratios, as well as h985's ligM weight, make L ideal for running backstay and mainsheet winches on maxi rated boats as well as for orimaries and mainsheets on Whiiraad 60 sized boats The wide dNmS offer exceptional line speed for faster trimming and rhe serf-taiing mechanism red~cesthe need for a crew to tail the tine A van* ol gearing options available witn pedestal arives offers JP to six Rlt NO.

1st

858cSTR

221

amMO 2nd

3td

1st

5;l

16.1:l

7.4:l

Fmw Fano 2nd 3rd 16.21

8964LFSTH

28:l

7.3:l

22:l

21:l

BWLFSTB

28:l

7.3:l

27.81

21:l

Ktl

B985FMF2

1:l

7.81

301

2.7:l

21:l

CJ?

BllODSTR Bll2CSTR

1:l 2.7:l 2:l

7.6:l 8.21

304:i 2581

11.41 33.41

2.7:l 5.2:l 3.43

21:l

833

15.91 54.31 193:l 58.51

Addilional inhumation - See page 186 tor an explanat on of speca feat-res. See pages 168 and 169 for S-ggesteo uses and pages 194 mrouoh

Main#Infamalrm-

mncn drum mated oy aadlng A (alum~num) or lVSS (alum~numlmnlerssteel) m tne pan number To order me B964LP an0 B980LP for pedestal dnve ado PO to tne pan number

Olam&r Dmm 5 lMmm 6%' 175mm 6%' 175mm

W lffimm

B985STR

speeds for these large winches. D N ~ are S available in IigMweigMaluminum or with a combindon of aluminum and stainless steel for use with wire sheets or exceptionally high loeds. These winches feature Harken's mce proven PEEK bearings for emptionally light weigM and low maintenance.

W lffimm l mmm lll%s' 3Wmm

8 225mm 10%~' 2ffimm 10%~' 266mm 10%' mmm 1%

mmm 14' 355mm 201/1en 51Omm

W m

Urn 1058' 270mm 1 3Wmm 1 mmm 1W 255mm 12'W 310mm i01%6' 275mm 14%' Wmm

4'%d 125mm 5%' 1Mmm 574' lMmm 3%' =mm 5 14amm 4%'

105m 5%' lamm

Numlnurn

NurnlgS

-FCl&

31.51b 14.3$ Q8lb 18.5kg M8lb 18.5kg 39.251b 17.8kg 39Zlb 17.8kg 63.91bE

293Ib 133kg

PlAa' 195mm 8%' 225mm 8% 225mm

29kg

95.21b 43.2kg

P&' 245mm

P&' 71.61b 32.5$ llO.7lbs W.2kg

245mm 1238. 315mm 14%' 480mm

hdlW.

6xh'M 6x8mmM 6xwm 6xlOmmFH 6xWm 6xlOmmM 8x%e'M 8x8mmFH BxHs'M 8xOmmFH 6xWFH 6xlOmmM 12xWFH 12xlOmmFH

,UM NU %s' 8mm

16mm W '%S' 1Omm 20mm W %a' 10mm 20mm

10mm

Zmm

lOmm

Zmm

16mm

22mm

16mm

25mm

BlllOAC

COMPOSITE WIDE BODY FOUR SPEED WINCHES

H a k e n 1110 winches were developed specifically for America's Cup Class boats, They are a completely new product that is the result of over fourgears of experience and research on these highly specialized boats. These winthes represent the most advanced design concepts and are ~ 0 n s t ~ ~using t e d the alest techno ogles n ootn composlle englneer ng and metall~rgy10 achiae ncrea~oe strenaUl and Dower at mln,ma, welanl Drums are caroon l~berana mechanical elements are machined of the m& appropriate grades nium, stainless steel and aluminum. Main bearings and are PEEK, which is extremely light, but provides very efficient bearings. Both the 111OAC and the self-tailina 111OSTAC are The 111OAC is typically used for the g&ma sheet while the 1 1 1 0 is/a ~ ~ ~ ~ malnsheet or ubllty wlnch D~nng~pvilndwow when me W nch s for the aenoa sheet 11sh Hs from 1st to 3ra 10 41n w o n reversalol directiG. The 4th gear has sufficient power to allow'one crew to trim th genoa under all conditions. For spinnaker work, the winch normally alte nates between 2nd and 3rd gears upon handle reversal. The direct drive first g ar is

push-button selected and is available at any time in elther the genoa or spinnaker modes. The winch is placed in either the upwind or spinnaker mode by a deck mounted switch. 1110 winches utilize unique gearing that combines a highly efficient epicyclic gear with conventional gearing. This provides an extremely efficient 2nd gear compared to compettive designs, so efficient that it may be possible to keep an extra crew on the rail in many conditions. An additional benefit of this unusual gearing arrangement is that it allows a lower winch profile, resulting in a major reduction in weight and windage. Despitethe seeming complexity of such a design, 1110 winches require very M e maintenance or adjustment. Disassembly and reassembly can be accomplished in less than five minutes. This basic simplicity and ease of maintenance ensures a reliable winch in even the most severe senice. While 1110 winches were developed for America's Cup boats, they will find many other applications on leading edge racing boats, including large IMS boats for whom the winches can be provided using IMS legal materials.

whheaw wloshean

1:l

317:l 943:l 436:l 1.85:l 5.87:l 17.41 8(1.7:1 167:l 528:l

15.71 72.6:l

10.5' 15.4' 13.5' 8.3 4361bs 3.5 10.70' 8 x W H H 27Smm 397rnm 342mm 210mm 19.8 ko edmm 272mm 8 x 8 m m H H

Pedestal drive winch systems are favored for applications demanding speed and power One or more crew can crand from a powerf~lstanding posnion. Pedestal svstems are c~stomizoto meet the soec fic needs of each ooat. The componehs shown are the "building blocks used to assemble the wrrect system. The systems shown below are typical of those in use today. The process of oes.gning a proper peaem system for a boat is compl~catedan0 Harken s n o ~d oe involved eaw in Me desion Orocess Our winch specialists are capable of pr&idjng proper specifications and CAD drawings of pedestal drive systems for boats of any size.

Shaft Drive PedeslaIs

Harken shaft drive oedestals are made of a hiah strenoth aluminum k bearings alloy which is ~ardkotkanodized fora durable f i k h . ~ e a and are 17-4PH stainless steel. Shaft drive pedestals offer great flexibility because the input and output drive shafts do n d have to be parallel and there may be as many as four output shafts. Shaft drive pedestals are available in two standard heights. Other heights are offered on a custom basis. They are also available with either nxed or rotating heads. Rotating heads can be locked in four positions to allowthe grinderto face in avariety of directions. Both single and doublegrip handles are available.

Bell Drive Pedesfals HaWn belt drive pedestals are available molded in ether carbon fiberlepoxy or KevbrlS-GlaWepoxy construction depending on rating rules. Drive camponem are fabricated of Hardkote anodized aluminum and 17-4PH stainless steel. Roller beatings and belt sprockets made of hiah oerformanceenaineerino thermoobstic and Kevlar reinforced drive bekensure the low& possiible weiglit Belt drive pedestals are custom made by Harken and are &red in various heiaMs to match everv soecilication. Handles are offered in eimer

~ i B700 e surface mount pedestal is designed for use on boats where underdeck indlation of transmissions and drive shafts is not desirable. It is ideal for cruising h t s which are raced and for all boats with finished interiors. it is especially suited to retrofit installations, The B700 will accept a 66,74,964 or 980 winch. The hard anodized base contains a spring tensioned drive chain connectina the oedestal drive shaft and the winch. The pedestal is offered in two heights with eitherafixed ormtating head. Handles can be eithersingle or doublegrip. 194

i n addition toihe standard below deck drives, belt drive pedestals mn be s~ppliedm 'mid-arive' form. These peoem s not on y &r a signacant weiaM sawnas. but are also usef~.in build no a removable wdestal. To openip wclq~spaceforlong distance racingor cruising, k s e systems can be removed in just afew minutes and the winches converted to top action. The primary advantage of belt drive pedestals is weight savings. The pedestalsthemsehres are incredibly strong, yet very light All components nave been carel~llyengineered for great re iab My and d~rabiliial the l w e d oossio e weiahl Their ~nmarydisadvantage s that Me uDDer input s i h must beeparallel to'the l o k r drive shaft and you are iimited to two ouipui sMRS. A MougMhll deck layout can overcome these d'ka6mntaaes with an aoorec . . aMe weiaM sawnos over SWdrive pedestal sfsterns.

Drive Comoonenfs ~fterthe'pedestaltype has been chosen to match a boat's needs, proper drive components can be specfied.

Dn'w Shafts Harken offers three tvoes of drive shafts. Extruded solined aluminum drive shafts may be cut io length. Custom made hollow drive shafts with spl~nedenas are oHerea in boln a Lmlnum and stainless sree Carbon fiber tubular snalts are am1able wdh so ,ned a LmlnJm ends oonded in Snan choice is determined by load, cost, and weight considerations. Your Harken representativecan provide details on the best drive shaft for your boat.

Gear Boxes The bevel aear box is the basic buildino block of the drive svstem. ~ a r k eifferstwo i sizes of gear box. The iE40type gear box isused where input by more than two men is possible. The B604 type gear oox s l~mned10a max1m.m nput of rvro men A I Hamen oear boxes are consruned of nlan srrenath al~mlnLm I alloy that is ~ a k k o t eanodized for maximum dirability~ears,shafts I androller bearings are of 174PH stainless steel. Gear boxes may be suoolied wim a sinale shaft as oictured orwith the horizontal shaft I I oritrudlna from bGh sldes shafts mav be connected dlrectly to a drive shafi ora disconnect clutch maybe added. Multiple output gear boxes are available in both Me B600 and W sizes. There are many drive options offered and your Harken winch I specialist will provide details upon request. 0~~

1 .

Disconnects Syslem d sconnecls can be a0 @redwth either leven or a two pos11on oush buton These mav born be ooerated bv enner hand or fool. tho~ah ihelever is usually supplied for h i d operatibn and the button is normally operated by foot The illustrationsshow the push buttons actuating disconnects on a below deck mounted B600 gear box, The levers are shown on a mid-drive belt pedestal.

Support Shafts

Universal Joinls Gear boxes are connected to other gear boxes and pedestals by drive shafts fined with a universal joint at each end. Universal joints allow for sliaht misalionment between shafts. The B1782 universal joint is made of aluminurn 174PH pins and is designed for input by up to eight men.

To properly space and support a gear box beneath a winch. Harken supp ies rJoes for Doth tne B600 and B604 ser,es gearboxes. These tubes are made to length from high strength aluminum alloy and are Hardkde anodized.

1PEDESTA SYSTEMS I Following are some common pedestal systems. Systems can be used in whole as shown or combined with other components to make the proper system fora boat.

Two Hnncnes are drben by a single snall drive pedestal mountea m a cc&pt. Since mis is a shall dnve pedestal. 1 may w mounted forward or aft of me winches oy ds ng an angle gear box. The rotaling head peuestal al ows Me gnnden to lace einner forwarn, at or athwattships.

Two winches are driien by a single belt drive pedeest mounted on a bridge dedcthat spans the cockpit.

Two winches are driven by a single middrtve bell drive pedestal. The pedestal and winches must be in line. The P ~ d e mand l fs drive shafts are easily removable for cruising. 196

Three winches are dliven by a single shaft drive pedestal. This system is popular on large multihulls forthe ~rimariesandmainsheet winches.

Single custom pedestal dMng asingle winch thmugh a custom double universal joint. This system is popular on large catamarans for primaly winches.

Custom doublemnk system for use with two or more crew. A mmwable version is offered to clear the cockpit for cmising or offshore racing.

C~sromsystem W In three oe t onve pedestals for Me pnmanes. secondaries and ma nsheet The svsrem feal~reselanl diswnnens A custom four way gear box with ihree disconnectiis maunted to the forward side of the center pedestal. Custom ratio gear boxes are provided under the primary winches for added power.

Custom system with four shaft drive pedestalsfortheprimaries, secondaries and mainsheet, The system features nine disconnects. Note Me custom four-way and three-way gear boxes.

BALL BEARING WINCH HANDLES

H a k e n winch handles are a blend of aoad looks and smooth efficiencv. They are the pelfect complementto ~arkenwinches and a positive enhancementto any winch. Harken handles fit international standard handle sockets. All 13 handles feature ball bearing grips for smooth, comfortable opelation. A ball bearing grip ensures that your power is transmitted intome wincn witn tne greatest elfk~encyand with no annoying omg in your hand Grips are also shapea and s.zed for maxlmJm comlon

Chrome vs Aluminurn Most confjlumtions are offered in either chmmed bmnze or Hardkote anodized aluminum. Cruising sailors tend to preferthe durabiliand rich look of a chmme handle. Racing sailors opt forthe iigM, but tough, dmp forged aluminum handles.

Locking vs Plaln Lock-in handles are easily released wth a conveniently posiiioned tnJmb wdch They are h e n preferredas rney W 11 no1slip out of a wlnch whlle vod are cranklnu and thev mav be left ~nanended~na winch. ~ockGnhandles are normally i s e i e d into a winch by holding open the t h ~ m oswdch, DUI raclng crews may Insert them with a sl~gm tJmlna mot on wthout activatina the sw~tch. ~ b ; nhandles are the ecanoniical choice and are preferred by some crews for their ease and speed of inseltion.

Double-Grip Handles Doub e-gnp handles allow one man to cranka wlnch witn more power because me use of both hands chanaes unndlna from a slmo e arm motion to the utilization of the torso ani u b r baik. They also'offer the optlon of two man clanking for very hlgh loads The BlOADL 6 an exrremek llaM handle whlch ut Izes an extra strona aldm~numforolna - " to handle the high toque loads of double-grip crankg.

Handle Len#ih 10' (254nim) hanoles are the ndustry standam and nave pmven to be the most cornfonao e lengrn for most people. Puolisned power ratios for most winches are based on the use 0110' handles. 8'(203 mm) handles are taster because the hand swings through a smallei circle, b& they reduce power oy 20%. 8' hanalesare .deal on smaller boats or for use In ligm a r wnen speed s more importam than power.

C o m m o n ~ m Stud -1lA6'(17.5 mm) Grip diameter- l1A' (32 mm) Grip length -4lX (114 mm)

.. .

MAP

W WP

B' Non-lmwfomad

cnmme handle

8' mmm

6W i68mm

1%' %?mm

26m 61sg

8Non-fmk&ifomd dumlnum hanMe

8'Lackinfowd

aluminum handle BlW 1W Mn-bclow~faped aluminum handle BlON lW lock-infomd aluminum handle BlMDL 1W Lock-in doublegrip fomedahminumhandb

Lanp (L)

Height

8' ZGmm 8' 2Wmm 1W 254mm 1W 254mm 1W 254mm

658' 1Wmm

IH)

6W 1Mmm 7 17Bmm i" 17Bmm 1 286mm

1 32mm 1W 32mm l

%mm 1%' %mm % 1' %mm

llm 3Wg 1101 3Wg 16m 4540 1601 4540 2301 W O

> BBASG

BBASGLP

BlOASG

BBCSG

SPEEDGRIP HANDLES I

S p e e d ~ r i phandles are ergonomically designed to match a wide range of cranking needs. At low loads the smodh knob is palmed forvery fast crank ng i s the oao ncreases sl ghtly, me fingers naltlra ) c ose to gr p Ine knoo Lnaer n oher oaos, tne nano s ioes onto me vetl~calano lor normal operation. As t i e load increases further, the knob on top cin be used for more powerful two handed cranking. SpeedGrip handles uniquely match a wide ranae of loads with a handle ideallv suited for each condition. Slnce their lntroductlon SoeedGrlp handles have been w~delyaccepted by both racing and cruising sailors who find that they are the perfect multipurpose winch handle. Many boats are replacing their double-grip handles with SpeedGrips and saving weight without sacrificing performance. SpeedGrips are lock-in handles and are offered in 8 and 10' lengths in both aluminum and chrome. The upper section of the knob is molded in urethane tor a comfoltable feel and for better grip when palming the handle. The low profile BBSGLP is an 8' (203 mm) aluminum SpeedGrip handle with no vertical grip. It is designed for use on small boats such as the JiZ4 where the concem is speed, not power. Common Specilicafions stud - 11/16"(17.5mm) Grip diimeler-l'/( 132 mm) Grip length-41h"(114 mm) SpeedGrip knob diameter-2'4'' (63 --'

B W G L P B' Alummum Low Profile SpeedGri~handle

B%SG BlOASG

122mm

B'Aluminum SpeedGnp handle B'Chrome

m3mm

t82mm

SpeedGrip handle

2Wmm

182mm

10"Aluminum SpeedGrip handle

BlOCSG

4j3/16"

m3mm

1WChmme

7%' 73/16'

10' 254mm

10"

77/16"

188mm 7%~'

A Harken k& allow you to convert standard modular w~ncheslnto self-tllllng, three speed, or three speed self-talllng wlthout the expense of purchas~ngnew wlnches. Conversion s slmple The top of the w~nch IS removed and replaced by the modular lot Only slmple hand twls are requ~red Not all w~nchesare modular to all features Check the chalts below for applicattons

8K53 3

BK53 2ST

Two Speed Self-Tallin# Kifs M

Wlwm

BK42 2sT BK44 2ST

BP22

M m

8462

w 2 S T w 2 s T B436 2ST

8532

BW 2sT

BK662ST BK742ST

eormbwlnch hm TO

Three Speed K&

6442

2 Speed w-taill~

m 2 8642 8662 B74 2

EK53 3 EW 3 BK64 3

B53 2 B562 W2

EKE63

866 2 B74 2

BK74 3

W-i

3Speed

BK563SI BKW 3ST

B563

BW3ST

8663 E74 3

BK74 3ST

3 Speed

1SERVICE KITS Slmple semce (Rs are ava lao e to perm" rouilne ma ntenance of Harken w~nchesKds are available wnh dnm screws, pawls spnngs an0 wlnch grease rlamen grease 1s a specal a I temperatlire grease whlch 1s vely ESlStaM to ?ad and fresh water Metric wrenches are also aMilable for use wlh Harken winches Each set containsfour hiah - aualitv . . metric allen wrenches. Service sheets are available for each standard winch. These sheets show an exoloded view of the winch, list all component part numbers, and contain simple instructionsfor mounting, servicing and repairing the winch. Service sheets are offered free of charge.

BK4510

Windltwllot

EK4511

Winch drum screw M

BK4512

Wklch service kit

BM13

Wnch

Onemh:4mm,S mm, 6 mm. 8 mm dlenwrsrches B Scrsm 8 mm x 20 mm

4Wn0skn

IOSPrirQS 1W m1Tubeaf grease

ICOMPU-SPEC I Harken Compu-Spec'" is a software program available to dealers, distributors aeslgners and other marlne ndusrry professlonas who are Interested n chooslna the correct nardware for thelr cLslomers ~ompu%pecis an expelt program which will select gear for each system on a boat b&d on the nature and dimensions of the boat. A standard library of dimensions ~-~~~~ contains over 1000 boats and other boats can be added bvthe user. The easy to use menu driven format pemlits hardware packages to'be tailored to the ownefs exact requirements. Compu-Spec is designed only for normal onshore boats berween 20 an0 70 feet -owners or des~gnersof m ~ h . hs~orI exor c or verv arae boats sho~loc o n s ~rlarmen ~t wnen select nahardware. Hardware modules the program will select include: Travelers, Mainsheet Systems, Genoa -cads. Foor Blocns. Spinnaker Gear. Masr Base -cads. R~oaerBeannos. Furllna Svstems. Wlncnes. Steerlna Sheaves, an0 Bancars. ~ o m ~ u - ~ p k ~ r oadata v i d ~sheet s showing loads on some common systems at various wind speeds and describes sail areas of Me rig. Printouts are onered In a varleiy of formats oy nardware system numencaliy for ordenng: or show~nawe~ahtsof the comDonents Pr nrouts can a so lnc Lae hardware c include the name ofthe dealer, distributor prices. ~ l i o m p u - s ~ eprintouis or designer. Compu-Spec requires a 386 or higher IBM compatible computer with at least 2 MB RAM and a minimum of 5 MB of hard disk space. The Compu-Spec software package includes instructions and technical support. Order part number 1788. ~~

~~~

1E-Z DECK SOFTWARE I l,,

H a k e n E-Z Deck" is a software .~ackaae - available on a limited basis to design professionals. E-Z Deck is a menu driven program which works in conAP (Release 11 or above) to enable designers junction wi7h A ~ ~ o C software to lavout deckand sail ~lanswith ~rnoerbdrawn and scaled Hatken fittinas and ivlnches. or custdmers whodo not;se~utoc~D but have a DXF trkslator lor rnelr CAD soliware we can oner DXF hles wlth a l i a r a ~ol Harken parts. to l svstems ~ v n~ wa a w hardware lrom a Tne ab lltv ~, ~- a v o ~haraware , - ~ libra&ofproperly drawn parts saves considerable time, results in a very impressivedrawing and allows the designer to experiment with various hardware layouts on his deck plan. The program's library contains over ~

750 drawings and includes supplemental hardware to complete your deck layout. E-Z fleck will allow drawing straight or radiused trackas a simple line which will automatically be adjusted to a standard length of track when desired. E-Z Deck has some speclflc hardware and software requirementsand does n a nclooethe A~roCaosoftware There s a nominal charge tor E-Z ~ t of E-Z Decn. Contact Deck Harten reserves me naht to restnct d l s t r i ~on hatken ana al ow JP to 4 vv&ks oel vey. E-Z Dec~1s pan nJmaer 1787-A for AL~oCADsystems and number 1787-0 for me DXF version

1 METRIC CONVERSIONS I This &log shows both Imperial and metric throughout. In most cases, the metric dimension shown is calculated from the Imperial measurement and rounded to a whole number For example, 5/16"is generally shown as 8 mm while an exact conversion would be 7.9375 m m . Obviously, when referring to a line diameter, it is sufficient to approximate the conversion. In cases where a dimension is critical, exact metric dimensions are shown. For example, a rudder bearing with an inside diameter of 2.006 inches is shown with a metric inside diameter of 50.95 mm.

Inches Inches

Feet Feet Feel When you h o w Mlllimeters

Mumply by

25 40 2 540 304 80 30 48 ,3048

To find

Whenyw h o w

M~ll~meten

Square lnches

Centlmeten

Square mches

Mlillmeten

Square feet

Cenllmeten

Squarefeet Square yards

Meters

Divide by

To find

25.40

Inches

When you know Square millimeten Square centhneters

Millimeters

Square centimeten

Centimeters

Square meters Square meters

3048

Mulllply by

Tollnd

When y o u m m

28.35 0.4535

Grams

Kilograms

ffillagrams

To find Square mliilmeten

M52 6 452 929 0 0 0929 0 . ~ 1

Squarecentlmeters Square centlmeten Square meters

rem meters

Uvideby

To find Square inches

645.2 6.452

Square inches

Squareyards

m m

Square leel

0.03'29 0.8361

Cruisinglk

Pewaukee In July

Too cold to sail in California

Square feel

Multiplyby

100 -

35 Antigua Race Week

Cemimeters

Meters

40 PeWaUkee record high

Area

LengUi When p u know

F-C

Summer sailing onme %bn

Divide by

TO lind

28 35 0.4535

Ounces

Newpon in January

Water freezes

Pounds

-5

1DRIUING GUIDE I

Perfect iceboating

3 9

Drill b r Tappimp

Fadener

Drill f a Clearance Hole

Dlillfor Tapping

TOO C"," to icePOat

-20 Dreaming of Summer breezes

-1 -

-25

g Pewaukee record low

-3 -

Read Halxen ~ o p

lyQe316lxlDyfol Stainless Wim Riogi ~

Block Loadin0 vs Angle of Deflection

Load on a block is acornbination ofthe load on the line passing through the block, plus a br k loading factor which is determined by the angle by which the block blms the sheet For example, afoot block that tumsasheet 180' will see a load equal totwi e the load on the shed A deck organizer, which tums a halyard only 309 will see just52% of the load on the halyard.

Boat Type Most load formulas assume a medium displacement monohull, but you can easily correct for other boat types. Multihulls have oreat form stabili and soeed and mll often cany sa Is very hlgh in tne apmrent w~ndspeed so calc~labonsmJst oe done Hntn m s wlna speea m m nd JLDBs are typlcaliytenoerand otten cnange sails or reef q ~ t eady e so load~ngmay be oone at re atlvely ow wlno spews For example. a modem rnmaran may cany m o aae 11b n 25 knots of fflnd at speeds over 15 knots for an apparent wlno of nwty 40 ltnots wnereas a LLD6 W I probaoly remove m #l genoa at about 15 mots ol apparent w~nd

Genoa System Loadin0 Because wind speed is squared, it is the most impoltant variable and can greatly influence loading. Wind is the apparent wind and should be calculated forthe specific sail being analyzed. For example, the $1 genoa on a 25' (7m) boat might onty be carried in 15 knots of wind while the $3 blade on a maxi boat could well be carried in 40 knots. To calculate loading on a genoa lead car, multiply sheet load by the angle of deflection otthe sheet Most# genoas will deflect about 45: while a Kevlar R3 may deflect 75"or more. Lead car adjuster tackle load is dependent on the angle of deflection of the sheet in the lead car, but is generally assumed to be .3 of lead car load when deflection is 45" and .5 of lead car load when deflection is 609

Mainsheet System Loading The formula for mainsheet loading is not as widely accepted as Mat for genoasheet loads and should only be used as a rough guide for offshore boats from 30 to 60 feet Traveler car adjuster load is generally consideredto be .2 times car load 1

Rio Dimensions The fo lowlnp abbrev ationsare oflen JSed ro oescnbe vario~smeasdrements on a sai boat. Prec se tecnnical def nitlons exist for eacn aobreviation, but tne lo lowing is a 1st of s mple descriptions.

Un.WngSPmgm

Min. &e~UroSlrsnnh MmiChargeds R q r e in. CanmdiRonum Min. m c h i a

Uni C h a p de RupNa M i n . W d i Rmra Min. B N c M ~

System 1 This simple 1:l runner system leads forward to a winch. Typically used on smaller masthead boats to control mast bend, the tail will sometimes be led through a clutch between the deck biockand the winch so the winch can be freed for other uses once the runner is tensioned.

Sysfem 2

2:l runner svstems are common on boats from 35 to 50' (11 to 15 m). n this system, the runner rail originates on a becnet on the lower bloc(. res~mngin a very hign load on that block A6:l chec6stay Lsing a 095 and a 086 is snown.

Brsaiungmergth

M m l c ~ dR eWre ~m caroodq~onva M ," mmas4

(2990

lntn s system. lne rlnner ta~ onglnates on atang separate from the deck bloc(. Thls dramaticaib redlces lne oaa on lne Oec( block. The checkstay shown here uses an adjustable turnbuckle.

(2455 kg)

Sysfem 4

This 3:l runner system allowsthe use of smaller hardware and, pehaps, smaller winches. Noticethe load distribution on the bloc6 The checlcstay is shown w#h no adjusb-nent at Me runner. It ,?ads uo to a sheave box in the spar afla down to a hydraulic tensioner inside the mast base

Running backstays are among the most highly loaded systems on a boat and must be designed carefully to preventafailurewhich could result in a dismasting. Loads must be based on Me breaking strength of the runner itself. See chart on page 203. Because of the geometly of how load is distributed on Me blocks, it is important to understand the loads on each component before choosing hardware as the load on the blocks may exceed the breaking strength of the runner. Of particular importance is consideration of the load factor resutting from atight turn of the nrnnertail towards the winch, typically 110" resuking in a magnification of load by 164%. Systems 2,3 and 4 above all use a runner wlM a breaking strength of 9,WIbs (4490 kg) to illustrate how load is affected by the layout of the system.

205

System 1

Spstem 1A

The most common mainsheet on boats under 28' (8.5 m) is a four part tackle. Very small boats will use a 060 and 053 while larger boats will use a 042 and 028 ora 1556 and 1559.All systems feature ratchets and adjustable cam cleats.

Boats with mainsails to 375 ffoften use a 6:l mainsheet. Smaller boats use a 052 on the traveler car wRh a 049 on the boom. Larger boats use a 1556 on the carand a 1546 on the boom.

System 3 AS mainsails get larger, the purchase required to trim increases tremendously. A powerful purchase is slow in light air or downwind so dual purchase mainsheets have become popular. In this example, a 6:l tackle using a 051 is used for fast trimming while the fine-tune tackle of little fiddle blocks gives 24:l power for upwind worlc.

This 4:1M6:1 system is ideal for use on boats with mains as large as 400 ff (37 m') and end boom sheeting, The lower block is a 1664 midrange fiddle supplied with a 058 fiddle with cam mounted over the cam arms. The upper blocks are 1540 slnqte o ocks an0 tne upper o ock ol the l~netJne s a 127 d o ~ eb o o OJI el bloc<. The part number for the kit is li61

MAINSHEET SYSTEMS Mainsheets are simple hardware systems, but they are among the most important as they are in almost constant use. There is no one mainsheet for every boat. The best choice deDendS on the size of the boat, the configuration of the deck and cabinhouse, the prevailing wind tne nJmber ana srrengtn 01me cren, ana tne owner\ preferences Some WD ca malnsneet svslems are DlctJrea Lse tnese ,is a starllna Dolnt for designing a systemfor your boat

206

System 5 External fine-tune systems tighten the leech as the car is moved off the centerline. Placing the fine-tune in Me boom solves this and cleans up the cockpit.This system for boats under39 (l0 m) has a 3:l gross-trim with Me fine-tune leading to a 140 on the boom so the trimmer can stay on the rail. Larger boats use a 5:1 grosstrim using a 051 or 1555.

~iac.ngthe ma nsheet ofl the trave er car wRh a

009 ratche! on a 144 oase a lows ao Lstmenr of ~~~~

the main without dragging Me car to windward. It tends to tighten the leech butthis can be overcome by curving the track ends up. Boom blocks are 2.25 for boats under 28' (8.5 m) or 3.00 plastic blocks for boats to 35' (10 m) which usualty use a 6:l tackle

System 4 A refinement of system 3, this system uses a dinghy-like double-ended tackle which puts the sheet on the cockpit sides.

SyHem 7

Tn s f~ne-l.nesystem lea[-res a 5 1 tarn e v.lm cam .vltn tne ta led to a t. nch for neaw alr ~vornBoars .noer 39 11l 9 m) Jse 3 00 D ast c o o c ~ s while larger b&ts use mid-range or b ~ gb i t blocks.

This is the most popular system on cruising boats. The block on the traveler car is a W8 or 1560. The blocks on the boom and gooseneck are 01 1s ar 1540s and a 014 or 1548 is used to lead the sheetaround Me companionway.

W e m8

System S

This double-ended system is very popular and very simple. It leaves the trimmer on the high side. The mainsheet must run very freely through the blocks to allow the tmveler to move easily. Free rolling 3.00'and 4.00' big boat blocks are used on this system.

Double-ended systems using mainsheet sheave carriers are popular because there are no loose blocks to bang about in a jibe. Boats with mains to 450 R2 (42 m2) use the 584. while boats with mains to 600 fi2 (56 m2)use the 586. Both join two 515 cars and incorporate the control tackle.

Syslem 10

System 11

The German Admiral's Cup boats first popularized this system where the sneel eaas forv.ara a ong me ooom oefore 1.mlng atr to tne w nches Tne Tra te er S naeDenoenl of tne ma nsneet so 1 rolls freelv The sheet makes lots of turns so free rolling blocks are a must. one tonriers use 3.00 bigboat blocks, often wRh a 4.00" big boat block on the car.

Many large boats use a simple system where a block on the deck turns the sheet to a winch. 55-footers ( l 5 m) use 4.50"blocks while 70-footers (21 m) use 5.50 blocks.

System 12 This 4:1/7:1 svstem, Dart number 334, uses oatented Magic Blocksio prOv ae a dual ratio ma~nsheetsystem wlh a S ngle conrrol l ne It is deal for catamarans to 17' 15 2 m) and s w r l boats to 24 17 3 ml Trim Me k i n completely in gross-trim modethen ease the sheet slightly to activate thefine-tune.

System 13

System 14

This 4:1/7:1 svstem, oart number 413, is a suli version ol system 12 Combine Ins patented Magic Block syslem W th a 009 ratcnet on a 144 base for ad ~srmentol lne main vvlrnon oraoging the &to windward. It is ideal for s p o i boats up to 24' (7.1 m).

The 6:1112:1 Maoic Block system is ideal for caramarans 1621' 16 4 m) ana sport boats to 30' (9 1 m) Tne pan nunoer is 335 Tnm the maln comD ete v in arossfim mode then easelhe sheet sliihtly to activate thefine-tune.

System 15

System 16

This 6:1/12:t system, part number 414, is a split version of system 14. Combine this patented Magic Block system with a 009 ratchet on a 144 base for adjustment of the main without dragging tne car to windward. It is ideal for sport boats up to 30' (9.1 m).

This simple two speed 2:114:1 system is aea for boats wnn mainsa Is to 135 f? 112 5 m'r and end boom sheeiing. The lower block is a 398 double ratchet with cross block and double cam. The upper block is a 003 double block. The system is packaged as part number 330.

1 GROS-TRI~INE-TUNESYSTEMS l

System 17

System 18

System 19

This 2:1/4:1 is often found on boats like JR4's where a center mounted swivel base is desired. The swivel base with doubie cam is a402, the double ratchet is a 397, the boom block is a 003 double endand the block on the traveler car is a 001 single. The package is part number 331.

Boats with mainsails as lame as 275 f? (25.5 m? and end boom sheeting can usethis 3:lk:l two' speed system. The lower block is a 401, dauble fiddle with ratchet and double cam. The uooer block is a 4W,double witfi emss block. f i e system is packaged as parl number 332.

When a 3:1/6:1 system with swivel base is desired, use a403 swivel base with doubie mm, 399 double ratchet, a 400 double with cross block on the boom, and a CKI7 double block on the traveler car. The package for Mis system is part number 333.

Sysfem 20 A4:1/8:1 system with swivel base can be designed by adding an addiiional007to System 19. The 400 double with cross block is moved to the traveler car and two 007 doubie blocks are placed on the boom. This is part number 336.

svstemn

This 6:1/24:1 system is designed for use on boats with mainsas large as 275 ftz (25.5 m2) and end boom sheeting. The lower blocks is a 415 triple with ratchet and cam. The upper block is a 049 triple. The lower fine-tune block is a 060fiddle an0 the upper fine-tune o l d is a 127 d o ~ eo b ~ g bullet block. The part n~mberforthelot 1s 410.

System Z

For mains to 425 ftz 140 m? Mis 6:1/24:1 system provides both sped and power. The lower block isa 1665 mid-range tripie with ratchet and cam. orovided with a 060 fiddle with cam. The upper block is a 1546 tripie. The upper fine-tune block is a 127 big bullet block The system is packaged as part number 1662. 209

W e m1 209 and 210 cars feature 200 Cam-Matic cleats so installation involves simply bolting the track to the deck and providing a 073 eyestrap for deadendingthe control lines. The cleats are on adjustable amls so they can be angled to best suit your boat. Flush deck boats will face the cleats down the length of the track while boats with seat backs will generally angle the cleats an.

System 2 The 211,212 and 247 windward sheeting traveler cars are efirernely simpleto mount as a2:t system, The car includes me c ears so 1nstal.atron invo ves moint ng tne track and prov d ng a deaoeno for me conlrol line on a 073 eyestrap A patented s der mecnanism allows tnese cars to oe p~lledto rvindwvam wnnoJl releasina the leeward contro ine I1Me boat is uc<eo, tne car suyi in place and can oe p ~eol to the new winoward slde aoain - wMod re eas~no " me eewam control line. Svslem 3 l h e 21 l.212 an0 247 W ndward sneeting trave er cars can oe Instal eo W th a 3.1 control ucde bv sun na me neat the beckettube provided and using eitheta 255 G092 at the track end. The 1575 and 1576 can be set UD wlh either 3:l or a conrrol 4.1 conlrol alnes For 3:l or4 1 conrros ~ s i 1516 block on the track eno. Tne 608 an0 609 can oe ~nstal~eo wtth 4:i. 5:1 or 6:t controls Far 4:t, use a 566 at the track end. For 5:l or 6:l use a 563 or 733 control block.

Svsiem 4 ~h'issimple2:l system has the line deadended on a 073 eyestrap. a 157. i59 or 214 car wdn ~ntegralsheaves and ine cleats m0Jnled fac ng 0,tooard Pop~laron fl,sn d m ooals <e the ,f24 where tne crew s ts o~tboara01 me !rave er, Ins system can a so oe bud uslna 171.172 an0 215 cars Hdn 082 or 125 bullet blocks on the car forthe control lines

System 5 A 3:l system with cleats on the track is popular on boats under35' (10.67 m). Boats to 26' (7.5 m) use a 215 carf'tted with 083 blocks and 259 and 260 control blockswith cleats at the track ends. Boats over 28' (8.5 m) use 1514 blocks on either a 1508 or 1509 car and 1520 and 1521 control blocks with cleats at the track ends. System 6 A 3:l system is popular on many racing boats to 35' (10.67 m). The car is a 1508 or 1509. The turning block on the end of the track can be a 1516 single sheave control block or a 017 (018) little Hexaratchet cheek block which allows the trimmerto ease the car under control in heavy gusts. The cleats face outboard to allow the trimmer to sit off the ends

ISYSTEMS I Iraveler controls should be powerfulenough to move the car easily under load and led to a position where the crew can operate them conveniently. Smaller boats usually position the controls so the helmsman can make the adjustment. Larger boats will position the controls for the mainsheet trimmer,

Boats with sail areas greater than 450 ft2(42 mZ)should use

734 and 735 control blocks.

System 8 When the traveler is mounted ahead of the comoanionwav. ~t1s often convenient to place the cleats at the afier edge df the cabin house so the crew does not have to reach f&ard to move the traveler car. Use 563 or 733 control blocks on the track ends w l h 150 Cam-Matic cleats on the cabin house. A 240 swivel cam cleat will allow the crew to control the car from various positions in the cockpit.

System S On boats like the Tartan 10 the crew generally sits on the deck outside of the cockpit so the control lines are led vertically up the seat back. 147 blocks are used on the car while 223s are mounted on the cockpit seat backto turn the line up to a 150 Cam-Matic cleat. The cleat should have a 137 fairlead eyestrap to contain the line in the cleat.

System 10 Larger boats generally need winches to adjust the traveler. Boats using big boat track will often use 4:l controls with 733 control blocks while boats using mini-mawi and mawi cars will most often use 2:l controls with 1703,666,or 667 control blocks.

System 11 Low profile triple control blocks are designed for 6:l traveler controls. The 1935 control blocks fit 515 or 558 big boat traveler cars. Use the 3000 (port) and 3001 (starboard) end controls when a cleat on the track ends is desired or the 1936 when leadina the control lines to a stoooer or cleat mounted off of thetrack.

svolem 1

In this system there is one long track on each side of the h a t and all of the genoas sheet to the adjustable car which is moved during sail changes. The adjustable system consists of a lead car (A) with 4:l adjuster taclde using a double sheave contml block (B) at thefmntof the track The adjuster lime is turned into the cockpiithmugh a cheek Mock (C) to a cleat (D). An adjustable stop (E) is placed on the tmdc as a backup and as a reference point for adjustment A shock cord, which keeps Me carfmm moving forward during tack, is led through a small cheek block mounted aft of the track (F), then forward to an eyestrap (G).

In this simple system, an adjustable and #Z genoas car is used for the #l while a T track car is used forke #3 and #4 jibs. The adjustable car system is described in System l . The T track car (A) is adjusted by use of a pin stop (B), whch may be e i i r integra to the car or loose as shown here.

This is another variation of System 1. There are two cars placed Th~sallows the on a single long track on each side of Me h. new sheet to be set and the car to be comttv..oosbonea before sail changes. The cars are jo nea by a cable (A). 00th cars mow when the sinole taclde (BI is adiusted. The can are soaced so lnat they ari the average distance between the #l and #3 genoas

System 4 This is the same concept as System 3, except that there are separate tracks for each car wh~chsaves weight compare0 to a sinale Iona back wh~chmav e&nd across a lame area h e r e no sails sheet.

1 GENOA LEUD CAR SYSTEMS I

System 5 In this system, two tracks are mounted parallel to allow sheeting either inboard or outboard. These systems are popular in areas where there are a wide variety of conditions: some sailing in Rat water where the inboard tracks are effective and some sailing in mugh water which requires use of the outboard tracks. The cars are joined together by a wire bridle (A) sa that a single adjustertackle (B) moves both cars. Another wire bridle at the back of the cars (C) allows a single shockcard. Because the cars are not in line, the adjuster tackle cannot be placed on a track end, but rather secures to a padeye (D) mounted ahead ofthe tracks.

System 6 This simple athwartships system is good for use on boats to one ton size. The adjuster is a 2:1 arrangement leading through two 304 or 308 wire blocks (A) on the car and leading to a cam cleat (B) in the cockpit. Depending on genoa size, atackle or magic box may be required in the adiuster system. The sheet passes through afloating block (C) which has a wire sheave on the bottom (D) and then to a swivel block mounted on the deck (E) before leading to the winch. Placing the deck block outboard means that the car naturally wants to move outboard. Lateral adjustment simply requires a 2:l tackle consisting of a bullet block (F) on the car leading to a cam cleat (G) in the cockpit.

System 7 This athwartships system has a 1:l adjusterfor the floating block (A). On larger boats, the adjuster will need to lead to a small winch, while smaller boats may use a tackle led to a cam cleat (B) in the cockpit. The adjuster leadsforward to a deck block (C) which must be placed a good distance from the track to prevent restricting movement of the car. The sheet leads to a deck block mounted on a padeye (D) and then to a winch. Placing the deck block outboard means that the car naturally wants to move outboard Lateral adjustment simply requires a 2:l tackle consisting of a bullet block (F) on the car leading to a cam cleat (G) in the cockpit. Larger boats may need a stronger tackle forthe car adjuster or may need to use a winch.

The ability to adjust genoa lead block position under load has become crucial for efficient offshore sailing. Pulling the lead forward allows the racing crew to "powel up" the genoa coming out of tacks or when sailing through lulls. Easing the car aft "depowers" the genoa to keep the boat on its feet in gusts. Cruising sailors use adjustable lead cars with roller reefing genoa systems. As the genoa is reefed, the lead car position must be moved forward to compensate. The ability to adjust lead car position from the safety of the cockpit is more than iusta convenience. Thesesketches show seven arrangements for adjustable lead cars. All bring ihe controls back to the cockpt where they are easily adjusted by the trimmer in his normal poslion. Use these sketches as a basis for designing a system which is right for your boat. Choose cars based on the load formulas found on page 204.

System 1 This svstem is most often seen on small fractionalb rigged boats. The 6:lsef-cleating tackle uses a 086 on the backstay andi095 on the decd. Vanar ons incluae eading r e bacnstay througn rne sec< and olacina a tacde Lnaer tne stem of the boar If the lo@erD ock IS a b87, tie cleat can be placed fonvard near the cockpit

System 2 This is avariation of Svstem 1. A wire block like the 304 is laced at the end of the backstay. b flexible cable runs over the wire blokto form a 2:l purchase which is then pulled by a 6:l tackle for a total power of 12:l.

System 3

System 4

This is the vpical split backstay adjuster. Two 304 or 308 wire blocks ride on the legs of the backstay and secure to a 321 or 322 spll backstay tang plate. A 4:l tackle using a 028 and 038 pullsthe wire blocks down the backstay, pinching the legs together, The pinching provides mechanical advantage, but it decreases as the tackle is lowered on the legs. A HemCat may be used to increase power.

A more powerfulversion of the splt backstay adjuster uses a doubling wire running through a 304 or 308 wire block on the 321 or 322 tang to give a purchase of 8:l.Purchase can be increasedfulther by using a Hem-Cat.

1BACKSTAY ADJWTER SYSTEMS I

System 6 Boats in the 29' to 35' range (9 to 10.5 m) can use the B1834 or B1722 adjusters. The integral handles fold out for easy adjustment.

System S This double-ended version of the split backstay adjuster leads the lines torv.ard lo ram c eals mounlea ..sl anead of the nelmsman On a typlca~ 26 (8 nl, ooat. me camsare 150 Cani-MalCS, lne ooc!%st.m~ng rhe sal-sler -D to ine c ears dre 132 010 o. et cneek o ocds an0 tne s ngle blacks are146 big bullet block.

System 7 Boats to 50' (15 m) which want a simple, reliable, powerfulbackstay adiuster without hvdraulics can use the 8500.B501.8502. or B503 gay tensioners which accept a standard winch handle.

. ~ - ~ ~ ~

Backstay adjusters are important to propersailing. On masthead boats, they are the primaly device for changing headstay tension. A loose headstay makes genoas full for driie in light air and chop while a tight headstay flattens the genoa for heavier air. Furling systems need afght headstay, Many owners like to sail wlh aMht headstay, but want to relieve the load on their boats when they are not sailing. On fractionally rigged boats, backstay tension contributes some to headstay tension but is used primarily to bend the mast and flatten the mainsail. Some common styles of backstay adjusters are shown here. Use these sketches to develop ideas which may WO&on your boat. 215

Sysfem 1

Smaller boats ( m h d rigs to 28' (8.3 m) and fractional rias to 32' (9.7m)) ofIen use asimDle arrangemei with one pair of sheets. The windward sheerbecomes Me guy Dlrringitbes Me pole is us~altvakconnecIea hom the mast and ~aSSed ' end rdr end through the foretriangle. Tweakers are often used to bring the guy to the deck near Me point of maximum beam to Increase contml over the pole. Atweakeron the sheet can be used to adjust lead angle, allowing the lead position to M moved forward to choke down the spinnaker for bener control a~rinaheaw a r r~ns.The tweaker consists of a block riding on tie sheet (A) and a cleat (B) or at Me which can be mounted at the rail (C). Ratchet blocks (D) allow the sheet to be hand held for good control. Because the sheet blocks also cany the load of the guyana Me tone required10 winch a ~ o l off e of the headsrav can be exlremerv.hiah. - . Me btchet blocks must be brgerthan you would expect Use the hefor boats to 27' (8 m) and l549 for boats to 35' (10.7m).

System 2 Offshore boats over 30' (9 m) generally use separate sheets and guys. The sheets lead to turning blocks at the transom (A) while the guys lead to blocksat the point of maximum beam (B). While the windward guy is in use, the sheet on that side of the boat is'lazy'. Conversely, the leeward guy is 'l@ when the leeward sheet is under load. Because of the loads and the size of the pole, jibing is accomplished by leaving Me inboardend of the po e attached to the mast and dlpplng Me ouiboard end rnro~ahMe foretnanale An ad ustable car wn ch allows the-inboard end tobe raiseifacilitatesdip pole jibing by allovdng more room forthe pole to swing inside the headstav. Sheet blocks boats to 38' (1 1.5 m) can be midrange ratchets while larger boats will use spreacher blocks or single big boat blacks. The afterguy blocks are usually stand up blocks like the 1540 on a 1573 base orthe 670 big boat block though some boats will use a snatch block

system 3 A doubleended foreguy facil'aates adjustment from either side of the boat. A cam is normally mounted on each side ofthe cabin house (A). Normally a 150 is used, but some boats preferthe swiveling 240. 237 bullseyes (B) hold the foreguy near the cabin house. The foredeck blocks (C) should be two single blocks ratherthan a double block. The block on the pole (D) is a single black and should be Mted with a snap shackle to allow it to be removed from Me pole.

1SP/NMK€R SYSTEM I A well designed spinnaker system will make setting, flying, and jibing easier and safer and will make your boat faster. 216

System 4 Boats with asymetrical spinnakers and retractable bowsprits are rigged with a tack line leading through block on the end ofthe sprit (A) and aft to a cleat or stopper (B) There are two sheets attached to the clew of the sail. The I v y sheet leads ahead of the headstay, overthe sprit and aft outs~deof a Isnro.as ana shees To. oe. ease tne snetl as the ooat oears on. Ir m me new sneer to pull the clew between the luff and the headstay, and trim for the new tack.

- , ~ ~

An adjustable spinnaker pole car allows the inboard end of the pole to be moved under load. This is great for adjusting pole height when going from a run to a reach and also makes it easy to raise the inboard end of the pole for dip pole jibes. The most common soinnaker ~ o l ecar adiuster system features an endless adjuskr line and21 controls. Placing two 150 cams (A) on the spar facing in opposite directions allows the crew to control the pole. The adjuster line statts at an eyestrap (B), leads to a block on the car (C), up to a cheek block on the mast (D) and then to the cams.

System 6 3:l controls for an adjustable spinnaker pole car conslst ol a oecnet o ocr; on eacn eno of the car (A, an0 WOcneed D ocks mounted ofi the ends bf the track (B). The same continuous line arrangement that is used in System 5 is used for the 3:l controls.

System 7 Many smaller offshore boats will mount a cam cleat (A) below the spinnaker halyard exit (B) so that the crew at the mast can 'Tump" the sail when setting the spinnaker and then cleat the halyard on the mast. The cam also serves to hold the line should the sail fill prematurely.

System I This simole 3:l selfcleating &g is popular on small dinghys A 225 block (A) is cm the boom and a 244 fiddle with V-jam (B) is attached to the mast base. To make a 41 vang, use a 226 and 245.

System 3

System 2 This 5:l vang is offen seen on large dinghys and small keel boats. A 085 (A) is attached to the boom and a 094 triple with cam (B) is used at the mast base. To increase purchase to 6:l use a 086 and 095.

System 4

Lever tangs are papular on many racing dinghys. Depending on the sim and shape of the lever and the adjustment tackle, purchases of 481 are easily achieved. This simple system phces a 166 bullet block (A) on the lever and a 084 double bullet (B) on the mast base. The vang control lines are led aft on each side ofthe boat to cams.

The basic 4:1 fiddle blockvang is the most common system seen. Large dinghys and small keel boats use a 053 fiddle (A) on the boom and 060 fiddle with becket and cam (B) on the mast Offshoreboats with mains to 240 V (22 m2) use the 028 and 042 fiddles while boats with mains to 400 fP (37 m2) usethe 1559and 1566 mid-range fiddles.

System S

System 6

In this-tion of system 4, adoubling black (A) increasesthe purchase of the vang to 8:l.The lasd on the fiddle blocks is halved so they mn be used safely on h e r boats. Use a 304 or 308 wire l block (A) on the boom wiIh little fiddles or fiddles. Use a 1746 or 504 block on ihe boom (A) with midrangefiddles

Most solid md vangs include a self-cleating adjustertackle. Many boats will find it useful to re-rig the vang with a doubleended control line led down each side ofthe boat. Place 168 big bullet biocks (A) at the mast base and 240 swivel cam bases (B) aft on the cabin house.

1BOOM VANH I Boom mngs allow adjustment of the boom. Tensioning the vang tigntens the leech of the sad. Cruising sailors use the vang pnmariiyto keep the boom tmm nsing downwind, while rac ng sail06 use the van0 as a primary shap~ngdevice for Me ma n.

System 1 This simple system is often used on course racing keel boats like Solings. The travelertrack (A) is bent in a radius equal to the distance from the headstay to the sheeting point along the LP of the sail. The bend is vertical with the ends up. The track is mounted to facethe clew of the jib. The sheet is typically a wire and passes through a 304 wire block (B) and forward to a 306 thm-deck wire block (C) mounted near the headstay. Thethm-deck block must be vely far forward to prevent sheet tensioning when the car moves along the track. A taclde may be placed under deck and led to cam cleats in the cockpit. Larger offshore boats may use a variation of this system which leads the sheet forward to afoot block near the headstay and then above decks aft to a winch.

System 2 This system is popular because keeps the foredeckclear. The track is bent as in System 1 or is bent in a horizontal plane to follow the radius of the sail. The sheet is a 2:l system starting on a 688 padeye or 1558 eyestrap (A) and leading through 304 or 308 wire blocks on the traveler car and clew (B) and to a 305 or 309 cheek block before heading aftto a winch. Larger boats can use this system with big boat blocks.

System 3 Self-tacking jibs and staysails work well with furling systems and wiM jib booms. In this system there are two "sheets", one of which controls the movement of the sail in and out much like an outhaul. The other sheet controls the movement of the boom. Typically each sheet is rigged as a 2:l system using a block with a becket on the car (A) and the boom end and a single block on the clew of the sail and the boom (B). A double block (C) is mounted under the jib pedestal and the sheets lead aft through a deck organizer or cheek blocks (D).

1SE1F-TACKING JlBS & STAYSAlLS ( Self-tacking jibs and staysaiisare popular on boats of all sires because they simplify boat handling -tacking is nearly automatic with no need to grind in a jib sheet. Calculate ioadings for traveler cars and blocks using the jib sheet formula on page 204.

System 1 This simple 2:l intemal outhaui is suitable for dinghys or small keelboats. A flexible cable shacldes to the sail and enters the boom through a 302 (A). A 224 micro block (B) is attached to the wire. The adjuster line deadends inside the boom on a 073 eyestrap (C), passes thmugh the 224 and exits the boom via a 242 (D) micro exit. Placing a 224 on a 073 (E) aft of the cleat allows the crew to pull from a variety of positions in the boat.

System 2 This simple external omaul system uses a cascade of two 2:l tackles to pmduce a 4:l advantage. It is suitable for keelboats and small offshore boats. The line starts at a 137 evestrao (AI mounted on the far side of the boom, passesthrough the hi, to a 092 or 132 cheek block (B) on the boom and ends with a 082 or 125 (C). The second fall of the tackle starts at a 137 eyestrap (D), passes through the blmk and leads to a cleat (E).

I-

a.. A

System 3 This 6:l intemal outhaul system is popular on small to medium sized offshore boats. The outhaul wire Dasses into the boom through a 306 or 310 w~reb 01% (A) &d is anached to a 129 or M8 triple blow (B). A 130 or 076 triple vvlth becket (C) is attached imema.k to a 1558 m o o r smai oaaeve . ID). , , The line exitstheboom through a 131 or M7 (E) and leads to a cleat (F).

.~~~

f i i s is a variation of System 3 using atmveler car to cany the clew of Me mainsail. A short length of track is attached to the top of the boom and the clew is shaclded to the car (A). Choose the same size car as would be requiredfor use on the mainsheet traveler.

System 5 Mainsailswhich furl into Me mast are loose footed and usualb have a bail bearing outhaui car (A) that rides the whole length 1 of the boom. On most systems the outhaul starts at the car, leads through the clew bl& on Me sail (B), back to the sheave on the car and into the boom where it leads to a winch. The 587 and 564 lead cars are designed so that the foward most lightening hole in the sheave carrier will accept a clevis pin to s e w as the deadend for Me 2:l outhaul. Most boats allow the

A d . u s ~ ~outhauls e are imporknt n shaping the mainsai .A Qhr o ~ t h aflattens ~l m elower pan ot Me man for ~pwindsaling. Looseningthe o~Vnulnaeaws the dratt of me main, eweclal v in the lawer third ana is efleclive n liam air or dl the wina. Because outhauls mJst release h e e when ~ there a intle ,oao on the sa I use oversized blocks fo; very h w friction and avoid use of magic b o k . 220

The HS1 is constructed of split suede and foam-ba& mesh. The HS2 is made of Iightweight, synthetic leather that breathes. Both shog incorpomte the latest in athletic shoe styling and t e c h n o b .

Hemwalegnasryk EVAfoomed prnvloescusnmnlng Wlk prnmonrg mlatlonand rap10 of water

+ TRS Grip System features flexible sole and tr-radial sipe pattern that inluils hydroplaning and gives traction in all direcIions. + Sidewall bars and ta& grips integmte with bottom tread to e m 1 water. + Bearny outsoles offer wide base of support for madmum surfacecontact. + Full-length Reslitempolyurethane cushion incorporate i n t q p t d sidewall support system for comfortand stabiity + ScallopedAchilles tendon pad is comfortable while offering maximum heel support. + EVAmidsolewedge gives lightweight and flexible cushioning. +Removable grid-style EVAfootbed pmvides cushioning while promting ventilation and rapid draining of water. + Available in medium width in men's US sizes 5 to 14with 'h siZg h m 5% through lllh. H M20 HS1 boat shoe in split suede & mesh 2021 HS2 boat shoe in synthetic leather 2024 Removable insole qlacement (sizes 5 - 14)

..m

dternwhch IS bible and d~smrsernatertooreuent

Dry Suit

Our front-entry dry suit is a must for serious small boat sailon. Nylon oxford wthane laminated fabric with permanently sealed seams guaranteed wateruroof. Latex rubber neck wrist and ankle easkets moteded by adjustab~e'nw~rene over&. selfdraining neck pYocket; kk; lanyard; metal tooth waterproof zipper. Double layered, selfdraining knee and seat patches. Adjustable bungee cord waist. S, M, L, XL, XXL 2427 Royal w/black him ~

Sailing Gloves Get a grip with our popular gloves. Synthetic Amaramleatherrepels water and dries soft. Nylon spandex m e h backs for dry, cool comfort. Reinfomd palm and fingers and double stitching for extra wear. Elastic wristband with adjustable Veloo" tab. Exposed thumb and forefinger for dexterity In full and threequarter finger to fit your sailing style. XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL 2386 Threequarter finger 2416 Fd-finger

2416 Full-flnger glove

Dry 2427 suit

186 quarter finger glove

WaterproofJacket Keep the wer out with our lightweight nylon taffeta hckrr. Utvthane cuatinr and mrmanentlv waled seams

waterproor pile-hd h a n d k n e r pocket; self-drainingzipped cargo pocket Pile lined collar and drawshing waist. S, M, L, XL, XXL 2426 Royal w/black him

Waterproof Hat h t w t your head from rain and spray Waterproof/ breathable fabric system features a Nylon outer, microporous inner coating and a water repellent finish that won't wash out. Made with UItrex-. Embroidered Harken Sail logo. Adjustable headband. 2418 Royal

Hurricane Halvard " Hold onto your hat with a Harken hurricane halyard. Stainless steel clips on c o d attach hat to shirt collar. 10" (254mm) Red cod.

2418 Waterpraal hat

2397 Hlirricane halyard

Vests Stay comfortable all year mund in our body warming vest. Features Expedition Cloth* taslan shell with lightweight polar fleece lining. Full length storm flap behind heavyduty plastic molded zipper. Seamless rib waistband for snug fit. F l e e c e l i d handwanner pockets. Interior z i p p e d storage pocket. Embmidered Harken logo. S, M, L, a, m 2421 Red wlnavy fleece and navy trim 2422 Black w/black fleeceand royal trim

Hat Stay in the shade with our 100% cotton, 6-panel relaxed fit hat. Adjustable headband. 2419 Washed navy 2421 Red vest

2422 Black vest

-*111

z:?. 2392 Navy shell wl naw n e c a liner

Sailing - Jacket This multiseason, h s e i i - o n e jacket is a sailor's delight.Jacketshell and liner may be worn separatelyor zipped together for extra wannth. Each is aafted with the highest quality fabric and hardwm. S, M, L, XL, XXL 2391 Red shell/navy liner 2392 Navy shell/navy liner

-:y , //-

F'. d..

.:/

-p

/,,

\ \ j -

WatchHat Wear a watch hat for weather or not. Hat is 1M)%knit wool for superior wannth and comfort. Embroidered Harken logo. One size fits all. 241 7 Navy

.,;

,.,~:,

''.

1.1

,>C!

Navy fleece liner (no1 sold separately)

\ L. S -.:

.; ;*.::q

16;. ..,>~ W/

;

W-

2391 Red Shell navy fleece liner

Polo Shirt Our fasluonablcpolo 1s great fur w~llngor a n~ghton the ruwn. Pwwaihed 100% Dloue knlt cotton faturnan embn~ldrmiI l a r k loeo; loose. elbow-

length'sl&ves and hvebutton placket; side vents and extend& tail, dub collar. OVERSIZED! S, M, L,XL 2423 Slate

Long- Sleeved Polo This 100%cotton pique knit looks good and feels great whatever the occasion. Featurrs embroidered Harken logo; polo collar; t h b u t t o n placket; long sleeves with 2'h" ribbed cuffs; 2%"side vents. S, M, L, XL 2424 Concord

Sailing - Notes

Track your radcs un thib warerproof note balrd. Include marker and fow Vzlcn) labs 8.5' X 11" 1216 mm X 2HO mm)

Micro Block Key Ring Micro block key ring

Real ball bearing block comes with rust resistant ring. Great as an emergency replacement for your flag halyard. Does not float. 236

2425 Moss

2388 Indigo

Pullover Our classic 100%woven cotton canton fleece pullover wraps you in oversize comfort Features embroidered H a r k sail logo and twmbutton placket. Empean sizes 1(S/M) and 2 (L/XL). 2388 Indigo

Women's Pullover our stylish woman's pullover is 10090woven cotton

canton fleece. Embroidaed Harken Regatta logo on a unique textuml pique fabric. Relaxed fit available in European size 1 (S/M) only 2425 Moss

Detailed scale m i n i a m of H a r k blocks, winches and furler tell the world you love to sail. Hardwarr charms and pendants feahm ring attachments for chains or bracelets. Eanings wired for pierced ears.

rmm, laRmli@w

2344 Runner block charm 2345 Spreacher block charm 2347 B m m wlnch 2348 Chmme wnch

~ m m wbnmryIIII . 2353 Furling charm 2354 Runner block earnng 2355 Spreacha blockearnno 2356 Earring wire

Olympic Class v

C,~lorful.slI<)\,rrdatgn r-shirt feat= all of t h c O l p ~ p ~ c cl autr. .. : In acrion. I beh oualih~100$ cotton. U

2383 Olympic class

2428 So much water - fmnt

So much water - back

23W

So Much Water This "T'says it all. Front: "Somuch water, so little timeeeemblem. Back: Abstract sailboat sailing the globe. Super heavyweight preshrunk 100%cotton t-shirt with oversized fit. M, L, XL 2428 Navy

Coolers Hit the i%an,r~ 4 t hour s,~tt-\idrdcooler;. Easy t o c a q . Fold up whm emotv. C ) m e 1vith h.inil and shoulder stmo Kcd ~ i t h black sGp;. 2338 24pack 2382 12-pack 24- pack

Rapz Eyeglass Holder - Keep shades in place grinding winches and trimming sheets. May be used with or without adjustable bead. 2 6 (660 mm).

Harken Man II This aazy shirt is just for kids!Front: Harken Man. Back Sailboab. Sleeve: 'The earth is 73%water, keep it dean". 100%heavy weight white cotton. M, L, XL (adult sizes only). 2399

2399 Front

Harken Man Hat Kids love this zany cap. Six panel lelaxed fit Adjustable headband. 2420

Plastic Cups Tenific for use onboard.16 oz. (300 ml)cups feahm the Harken logo and a n dishwasher safe. 2327

Portlstarboard Stickers Developed for US Sailing's junior inshuction p m gram,Harken's p o r t / s t a r M stidcers help new sailom learn the rules of the mad. Green "startami" sticker attaches to the right side of the boom. Red "port" sticker to the left. 2393

Harken Man hat

2399 Back

2399 Skew

Kiel The classic mundneck yachtsman's sweater with heavy hitted cuffs and waistband. 100%cotton. S, M, L, m, 24M)Red 2401 Navy

IQ1naby12400 red

Navigator -

Navigator clothing is made of the hest materials in the classic Eumpean tradition. 100%natural fabrics are colorfast,won't shrink and wear extremely well. Made in Denmark exclusively for Harken. Shipped in a replica winch.

Newport A heavy single j a e y mgby shirt of 100% cotton with a lieht denim collar. mtstanding m w shirt. Easy to embroider. S, M, L, XL,XXL 2407 Red 24C8 Navy

A rugby style pullover Made of heavy 100% cotton single jersey with a light denim collar. The wrfect summer pdlovm. S, M, L, XL, xxL 2409 Red 2410 Navy

Backrow 4774 Chrome 4775 Bronze. 4773 Black (Winch only)

Winch We ship Navigator clothing in these handsome replicas. Also t d c for storing small, e a s y - b l w items on your boat and kid's lightweight toys. U s limited only by the imamtion. 4773 Black 4774 Chrome 4775 B m m

Accessories . . . . Addresses . . . . AirBlocks . . . . Airspreachers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 AirTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127. 129 America's Cup Winch . . . . . 193

Cam Fairleads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Cam Riser . . . . . Car Couplers . . . . . Cars. Bastet . . . . . Cars. Genoa . . . . . Cars Spinnaker . . . Cars Traveler . . .

. .

Cars. Windward Sheeting .

Backstay. Plate for Split . . . Backstay. Runner Blocks . . Backstay System Drawings Backstav Tensioners . . . . Ball Bearing Winch Handles . . . . . . . . . 199

BASES Cam Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Eyestraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Padeyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93. 94 Stand Up Bases . . . . . . . . . . . .89.92 Swivel Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.92 Bastet Windward Sheeting Traveler Cars . . . . . . . . . . . 132. 133 Batten Car Systems . . . . . . . . . .156 -163 Bearings. Replacement . . . . . . 116.119.122 Bends. Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

BIG BOAT BLOCKS Deck Organizers . . . . . . . . . . . .62. 99 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .63. 71 Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 57 - 60. 64 Over The Top Blocks . . . . . . . . . . .61 Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Stainless Steel Blocks . . 62 - 64. 66. 67. 69 Stand Up Blocks . . . 52 - 56.62.63. 66 - 68 Swivel Blocks . . . 52 - 56.62.63. 66 - 68 Big Boat Travelers . . . . . . . . . . . 122 .126. 132.133. 140 Big Bullet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20. 21

CHEEK BLOCKS Big Boat . . . . . . . . . Mid-Range . . . . . . . . Ratchet . . . . . . . . . Small Boat . . . . . . . . Cleats. Cam . . . . . . . . . Clothing . . . . . . . . . . . Coffee Grinders . . . . . . . Computer Software . . . . . . . . . . . . .201 Compu-Spec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201 Control Blocks. Traveler . . 118. 119. 121. 123. 125.129.131 . . Control Boxes Winch . . . . . . . . . . . .185 Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Cups. Drinking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 Custom Products . . . . . . . . . 79 - 84. 155 Custom Furling . . . . . . . . 155

DN Adaoter

DECK ORGANIZERS Big Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . Custom . . . . .... Mid-Range . . . . . . Small Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BLOCKS

62. 99 98.99 . 98 . . 97 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Dinghy Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Double Blocks . . . . . . . 16 .25.43. 52 .54 DrySuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Big Boat . . . Mid-Ranae . . . . Small Boat . . . . . . . . . . 13-38 Snatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . 17. 26. 62 - 64. 66. 67.69 Boat Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Breaking Strengths. Rigging . . . . . . . . 203 Bullet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18. 19 Bullseye Fairleads . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 109

Electric Winches End Stops . . . Exit Blocks . . . Eyeglass Strap . . Eyestraps . . . E-Z Deck . . . . .

Hexaratchet Blocks . . Hurricane Halyards . . Hydraulic Furling . . . Hydraulic Power Units . Hydraulic Winches . .

FIOD~EBLOCKS Linle Fiddle Blocks . . . . . Mid-Range Fiddle Blocks . . Small Boat Fiddle Blocks . . Stainless Steel Fiddle Blocks 3.00" Fiddle Blocks . . . . . Fine Tune Systems . . . . . . . FOOT BLOCKS Big Boat . . . . . Lock-offs . . . . Opening . . . . . StainlessSteel . . . . . . Formulas. Loading . . . . . . . . . . 204 FURLING Block. Stanchion Mount . . . . . . . 89. 145 Custom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Gennaker . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . 152. 153 Lead Block Kits . . . . . . . . . 145 Staysail . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 141 - 155

GENOA CARS Adjustable Genoa Cars . . . . . . 134. 135 Genoa Lead Cars. T Track . . . . . 136. 138 Genoa Lead Car System Drawings 212.213 GenoaTrack Sliders . . 119.125. 129 - 131 136. 137 Gennaker Furling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 . . . . . 223 Gloves . . . . . . . Grease. Winch . . . . . . . . 200 Gross TrimlFine Tune . . . . . . . 34 .38 ~

Halyard Lead Blocks . . 52 .56. 61 .63.66. 67 Halvard Restrainers . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 ~ a l i a r dSheaves Hand Hold . . . Handles. Winch Hanging Tab . . . . . . . . . . 109 Hats . . . . . . 224 .226. 230 Hat Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 HEXA-CATS L i l e Hexa-Cats . . . . . 3.00' Hexa-Cats

. . . . 27 .32.44 .46 . . . . . . . . . . . 224

. . . . . . . . 152. 153 . . . . . . . . . . . 184 . . . 178.179.182. 183

JP3 Rudder Bearings . . . . . . . . . 102 .103 Jl24 Boat Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 .11 Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -224 .226 Jewelry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

JIB REEFING AND FURLING SYSTEMS Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 153 Small Boat Jib Furling Systems . . . . . 154 Unit0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Unit 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Unit 1.5 . . . Unit 2 ... Unit 2.5 . . . . . . . 150 Unit3 . . . Unit3.5 . . . . . . . 150 . . . . 151 Unit4 . . .

a Key Rings

KITS ... Cam Fairlead . . . . CamWedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Furling Lead Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Genoa Lead Cars . . . . . . . . . . 134. 135 Gross TrimlFine Tune . . . . . . . . 34 .38 Lazy Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Sail Chafe Protectors . . . . . . . . . . 110 Single Line Reefing . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Traveler . . . . . . . . . . . 116.119. 122 Traveler. Stand Up . . . . . . . . . 119. 122 Winch. Modular . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Winch. Repair and Service . . . . . . . . 200

Laces. Shoe Lazy Jacks . . . . Loadino Formulas . ~ock-& ~ o o tlocks . . Luff Slider Car . . . . . .

Magic Blocks . . . . . . . . . Magic Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Mainsail. Luff Car System . . . . . . . 156 .163 Mainsail Reefing. Single Line . . . . . . . . 164 Mainsheet Sheave Carriers . . . . . . . . . 140 Mainsheet System Drawing . . . . . . 206. 207 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Mast Base Lead Blocks 52 .56. 61 .63. 66 .68 Masthead Sheaves . . . . . . . . . 72 .76. 96 Maxi Boat Travelers . . . . . . . .130. 131. 140 Metric Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Micro Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Micro Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MID-RANGE BLOCKS Cheek Blocks . . . . . . . . Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . 46 Ratchet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 44 .46 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 .46 Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . . . .45 Mid-Range Travelers . . . 119 .121.132. 133 Mini-Maxi Travelers . . . . . . . . 128. 129. 140 Modular Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 ~

Nash Trigger Cleat

Opening Blocks . . . . Opening Foot Blocks . . . . . Outhaul System Drawings . . Over The Top Blocks . . . . .

Padeyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93. 94 Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 .197 People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 .5 Pin Stops . . . . . . 121.125.129.131. 136 Pin Stoo Track . . . . 120.129.131. . . . 136.. 139 pivotin$ Lead Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Polo Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Polysiide Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Powered Furling . . . . . . . . 152. 153 Powered Winches . . . . . . . . 178 .185 Prefeeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 .244 PROMOTIONAL ITEMS Clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 .232

Cups . . . . . . Coolers .. . . . . .. 229 230 Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Hats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 - 226. 230 Hurricane Halyards . . . . . . . . . . .224 Jewelry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Key Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Sail Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Shoe Laces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222 Stickers. PoWStarboard . . . . . . . . . 230

Quadruple Blocks .

Racina Winches RATCHETBLOCKS Fiddles with Ratchets . . . . . . Hem-Cats . . . . . . . . . . . . Hexaratchet 11+2 . . . . Little Hexacats . . . . . Little Hexaratchet . . . . . . . . Mid-Range Hexaratchet . . . . . Triples with Ratchets . . . . . . . Reefing and Furling Systems . . . . Reefing. Single Line . . . . . . . . . Rioaino ...Breakina Strenoths . . . . . Riser. Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Riser. Traveler Track . . . . . . . . . . 120. 127 Rondos. Sail Chafe Protectors . . . . . . . 110 Rudder Bearings and Tubes . . . 100 .103 Rugby Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . . . 68 .70 Running Backstay System Drawings . . . . . 205

. . 95 S Hooks . . . . . . . . . . Sail Handling Systems . . . . . . . . . 141.164 Sail Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Sailing Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Sailing Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 .245 Sailing Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226 SELECTION AND USE CHARTS Bancar Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Big Boat Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 51 Furling Systems . . . . . . 144 Mid-Range Blocks . . . . . 4 1 Travelers . . . . . . . 114 Winches . . . . . . . 168. 169 ~

Ti &id

Self-Tacking Jib System . . . . . . . . . . 219 Self-Tailing Winches . . . 174 .177. 180 .183 187.188. 192 Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 SHEAVES Big Boat Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . 72 .76 Halyard Sheaves . . . . . . . . . 72 .76. 96 Hi-Load Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . .75. 76 Mid-Range Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Small Boat Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Steering Sheaves and Brackets . . . . . . 77 Sheet Jammers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Sheet Stoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 .232 Shoe Laces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Single Line Reefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Single Speed Winches . . . . . . . . 170. 174 Slider Rods. Genoa Car . . . . . . . . 134. 135 SMALL BOAT BLOCKS 16 mm AirBlocks . . . . . . . . . . 16 Cheek Blocks . . . . . . . . . 17 .28 Deck Organizers . . . . . Exit Biocks . . . . . . . . Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . Magic Blocks . . . . . . Ratchet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 27 .33 Upright Lead Blocks . . . . . . 17.19.21. 23 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .33 Thru-deck Blocks . . . . . . . . 17 .23. 26 Small BoatTravelers . . . . . . 116.118.132 Snap Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Software. Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 SpeedGrip Winch Handles . . . . . . 198. 199 Spinnaker Pole Cars . . . . . . . . . 106. 108 Spinnaker Pole End Fittings . . . . . . 106. 107 Split Backstay Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Spreacher Blocks . . . . . . . 18.19.46.63. 71 Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 STAINLESS STEEL BLOCKS AirBlocks . . . . . . . . . . . .66. 67 Deck Organizers . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . . . . 69 Stand Up Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 62 .63 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 .63 I Stanchion Mount Base . . . . . . . . . 92. 145 Stand Up Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89. 92 Stand Up Blocks . . . . 17.19.21.23. 52 .56 62.63. 66. 67 Stay Tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Staysail Furling . . . . . . . . 155

STEERING Sheave Brackets . . . . . . 77 Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 .77 Systems. Custom . . . . . . . . . . 79 .84 Stickers. PorVStarboard . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Stops. Adjustable Pin 121.125. 129.131. 136 Sweaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Sweat Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Switches. Electric Winch . . . . . . . . . . 185 Swivel Blocks . . . . . 17 .33. 36 .39. 42 .46. 52 .56.62.63.66. 67 SYSTEM DRAWINGS Backstay Systems . . . . . . . . . 214. 215 Genoa Lead Carsystems . . . . . 212.213 GrossTrimFine Tune Systems . . 208. 209 Mainsheet Systems . . . . . . . . 206. 207 Outhaul System . . . . . . . . . . . . .220 Running Backstays . . . . . . . . . . .205 Self-Tacking Jib System . . . . . . . . . 219 Spinnaker System . . . . . . . . . 216. 217 Traveler Systems . . . . . . . . . . 210. 211 Vang System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

T-shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229. 230 TTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138. 139 T Track Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137. 138 Tangs. Split Backstay . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Three Soeed Winches . . . 173.. 176. . 188-190 . ~ h r u - ~ e Blocks ck . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .23 TRACK AirTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127. 129 Battcar Track . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 .163 TTrack . . . . . . . . . . . 136.138.139 TravelerTrack . . . 117. 120. 127.129. 131 Track Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Track Risers . . . . . . . . . . . . 120. 127 Track Stops . . . . . . . . . 117.120.127. 128.131.136. 139 TRAVELERS Battcar Systems . . . . . . . . . . 156 .163 Big Boat Travelers Cars . . . . . . . . . . . 122.132. 133 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 .126 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Genoa Lead Cars . . . . . . . . . . 134. 135 Mainsheet Sheave Carriers . . . . . . . 140 Max~Boat Travelers . . . . . . . . 130. 131 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 . . . . 131 Controls . . . . . . 131 Track . . . . . .

Mid-RangeTravelers 119 .121.132. 133 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . .119.132. 133 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 119. 121 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Mini-Maxi Travelers . 128. 129 . . . 128 Cars . . . . . . . . . . 129 Controls . . . Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Riser. Traveler Track . . . . . . . . 120 127 Small BoatTravelers . . . . . 116- 118. 132 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116. 132 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Spinnaker Pole Cars . . . . . . . . 106. 108 Traveler Stand Up . . . . . . . . . 119. 122 Track Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Traveler Kits . . . . . . . . . . 116. 119. 122 Windward Sheeting Cars . . . . . 132. 133 Traveler System Drawings . . . . . 210. 211 Trigger Cleats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Triple Blocks . . . . . . 16 - 25.33. 42 - 45. 61 TRIPLE BLOCKS WITH RATCHETS AN0 CAMS 2.25 Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . 33 3.00.Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . 33 Mid-Range Triples with Ratchet and Cam 45 Trunnion Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Turning Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 57 - 61. 64 Two Speed Mainsheets . . . . . . . . . .36. 37 Two Speed Winches . . . . . . 170 - 172.175. 177.180 - 183. 187

V-Jam Blocks . . . . . . . . . Vang System Drawings . . . . Vests . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wallygator . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Warranty ..... . . . . . . 12 Waterproof Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Wedges. Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 WINCHES Pedestal Systems . . . . . . 194 .197 Gear Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . 196.197 Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 195 U-Joints and Drive Shafts . . . . . . 195 Racing Winches . . . . . . . . . .186 .193 Americas Cup Winch . . . . . . . . . 193 Direct Drive Wide Body Winches . . 191 Three Speed Racing Winches . . . . 188 Three Speed Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . 188. 192 Two Speed Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . . . 187 Wide Body Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . . . 192 Wide Body Top Cleating Racing Winches . . . . .189 .191 Standard Winches Electric Self-Tailing Winches . . 178 .181 Hydraulic Self-Tailing Winches 180 .183 Single Speed Self-Tailing Winches . . 174 Single Speed Winches . . . . . 170. 174 Three Speed Self-Tailing Winches . . 176 Three Speed Winches . . . . . 173. 176 Two Speed Self-Tailing Winches 174. 175 Two Speed Winches . . . . . . 170 .172 Wide-Body Winches . . . . . . . . .177 WINCH HANDLES Speed Grip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Ball Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Windward Sheeting Traveler Cars . . . 132. 133 Wire Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Wire Bullet Blocks . . . . . . . . 18. 19

Eft~cfiveNovember 1. 1994 Pad NO .

Part

HARKEM HARDWARE

064 065 069 070 071 072 073 074 075 076

.............. .............. .............. ...... . . . . . .

......

...... ...... ...... ......

PSfl

Pan NO .

no.

1874 . 1876 . 1877 . 1879 . 1881 . 1882 . 1883 . 1884 . 1885 . 1886 .

HARKEN HARDWARE ........... ...........

JIB REEFING AND FURLING SYSEMS 948' . . . . . . . . . . . 949' . . . . . . . . . . . 958 . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 . . . . . . . . 969 . . . . . . 982' . . . 997 . . . . . . 1032 . . . . 1036' . . . 1090' . . .

...........

. . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . .

10.13.08' . . . . . . . . . 10.13.10' . . . . . . . . .

102 102

JIB REEFING AN0 FURLING SYSTEMS 807 . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 148 810 . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 815' . . 148 882' . . 884 . . . 147. 148 149 885 . . . 892' . . 148 149 896" . . 897' . . 149 149 899' . . 147 906 . . . 9W . . . 147 940 . . . 147 941 . . . 148 149 942 . . . 150 943 . . . 944 . . . 145. 147. 148 145. 945 . . . 147. 148

Eltective November 1,1994 Part NO.

Part NO.

Papa NO.

STANDARD WINCHES 0742A 874.28 874.2C

... .. ..... . .. ......... ....... ....

8483A 848.30 8483C 053.3A 853.38 853.3C 056.3A 856.38 856.3C 864.3A 864.38 864.3C 866.3A

. . . . . . . . . .. .

172 172 172

THREE SEED WINCHES

........ .... . ... ........

... . . . ... ... ... . . , . . .

... ...

Page NO.

SELF-JAILING WINCHES 074.2STA . . . . . . . . . , 874.2STB . . . . . . . . . 874.2STC . . . . . . . . .

175 175 175

THREESPEED,SELF-TAILING WINCHES 8563STA . . . . . . . . . . 176

173 173 173 173 173 173 173 173 173 173 173 173 173

STANDARD WINCHES 86A . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NO.

Pad

WIDE BOOK SELFJAILING WINCHES 0964.2STA . . . . . . . . . 8964.2STB . . . . . . . . . 0964.2STC . . . . . . . . .

I B16STA . . 816STB . .

SELF-JAILING WINCHES

. . . . ... .. ..... . ...

WIOE BODK THREESPEEO SELF-JAILING WINCHES 0964.3STA . . 0964.3STB . . 0964.3STC . . 8964.3STAfSS 89803STA . . 8980.3STB . . 8980.3STC . . 0980.3STNSS 01lOOSTA . . BlIOOSTNSS

174 174 174 174

.... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... ..

.. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . .

COMPOSITE WIDE BODY FOUR SPEED WINCHES 8111OAC ' . . . . . . . . . 193 811lOSTAC *

.....

ELECTRIC WINCHES 844.2STEA12H . . . . . . , 0442STEA24H . . . . . . . 044.2STEC12H . . . . . . .

' N e w paris " Faleners suo[llled

244

193

180 180 180

1HARKEIY 1995 I Pall NO .

ElECJRlC WINCHES M6.2STEA24H . . . . . . B46.2STEC12H . . . . . . M62STEC24H . . . . B482STEA12H . . . . . . B482STEA24H . . . . B48.2STEC12H . . . . . . B48.2STEC24H . . . . . . B48.2STEA12V . . . . . . ffl8.2STEA24V . . . . . . B48.2STEC12V . . . . . . B48.2STEC24V . . . . . . B53.2STEA12H . . . . . .

Paga NO .

Effectfive November 1. 1994 Pan NO .

ELECTRIC WINCHES B9M.ZSTEC24V . . . . . B980.2STEA12H . . . . . B980.2STEA24H . . . . . B980.2STEC12H . . . . . B9802STEC24H . . . B980.2STEA12V . . . . . B980.2STEA24V . . . . . B980.2STEC12V . . . . . B980.2STEC24V . . . . . BlIOOSTEA24H . . . . . . B1100STEA/SS24H . . . . BliOOTCEA24H . . . . . . B1100TCEALSS24H . . . . B1120STEA24H . . . . . . B1120STEALSS24H . . . B1120TCEA24H . . . . . . B1120TCEAfSS24H . . . . B1140STEA24H ' . . . . B1140STEALSS24H ' . . .

...

TWO SPEED. SELF-JAILING RACING WINCHES B45.2STR . . . . . . . . . 187 B48.2STR . . . . . . . . . 187

THREESPEED RACING WINCHES

THREESPEED. SELF-TAILING RACING WINCHES B56.3STR . . . . . . . . . 188 B64.3STR . . . . . . . . . 188 B74.3STR . . . . . . . . . 188

I I

B1 1OOTCRA B1 100TCRNSS

WIDE BOOK SELF-TAILING RACING WINCHES B560STRA . . . . . . . . . 192 B964LPSTR . . . . . . . . 192 B98OLPSTR . . . . . 192 B985FDSTR' . . . . . 192 B985STR . . . . . . . 192 BllOOSTRA . . . . 192 BIIOOSTRMS . . . 192 B1120STRA . . . . . . . . 192 B112OSTRNSS . . . . . . 192 DIRECTDRIVE WIDE BODY WINCHES

1B480TCR ' New pans

..hnsners supplied

. . . . . . . . . .

191

Eilective November 1. 1994 m

NO.

DIRECTDRIVE WOE BODY WINCHES B530TCR . . . . . . . . . . 191 B560DTCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B964DLPTCR . . . . . . . . B980DLPTCR . . . . . . . .

MOWLAR Km'

BK42.2ST BK44.2ST

........... ...........

Part NO .

'" I

2W 200

B1722 B1834 8500 B501 B502 B503

Page NO

HARKFN ITALY DECK M D W A R E STAY lFNSIONFRS

............. ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GENOA LEAD CARS B153AM . . . . . . . . . . . . B154CM . . . . . . . . . . . . B155CM . . . . . . . . . . . . B1871AM . . . . . . B1872AM . . . . . . B1872CE . . . . B1872CM . . . . . . B1873AM . . . . . . . . . . . B1873CE . . . . . . . . . . . B1873CM . . . . . . . . . . . GENOA TRACKSTOPSANDSLIDES B2055M . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pan

MO.

GFNOA T TRACKANDEND STOPS

1HARKEN 1995 1 Pan No.

Lisl Price

EffectiveNovember 1. 1994 pan NO.

LISI Price

HARKENHARDWARF 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172

..............

.............. .............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

... ... . . . . . .

' New parts Faslenen supplied

Page

Pan

Lirt Price

HARKFN HARDWARE 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235

. . . . .

........... ........... .......... .......... ...

......

...... ...... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HARKFN HARDWARE 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

..............

.............. ..... ..... ..... . . . . .

..... ..... ..... .....

Effective November 1. 1994 R* WO

HARKEN HARDWARE

. HAAXEll M O W A R E

Pauo NO

HARKEN HARDWARE

695 703 704 712 714 716 717 722 724 725 726 727 729 730 731 732 733 734 735

. . . . . . . . . . . .

............

... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

... . . .

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

772" . . . . . . 773'. . . 780 . . . 761 . . . . . . . 782 . . . . . . . 783 . . . . . . . 'New pans '' Fastnrs suppled

part N O.

Part N O.

MRKEN HARDWARE

HARKEN HARDWARE 1532 . . . . . . . . . . . 1533 . . . . . . . . . . .

Part

NO.

M E N HllRDWME

1251 East Wisconsin Avenue Telepho ne: Harken East (Trade Only) One Mill Street Newport, Rhode Island 02840 Fax: (401)841 -5070 Telephone: (401)849-8278 Aqanfina Hahen Argentina Avellaneda 12% 1642 - Lomas de San lsidm Buenos Aires, Argentina Fax: (54) 1-742-1641 Telephone: (54) 1-743-8586 A&Iia Hahen Australia Pty Ltd. 2ii Clearview Place BmoWaie, N.S.W. 2100 Australia Fax: (61) 02-905-9455 Telephone: (61) 02-905-9400 Bmuda Pearman, Watlington & Co., Ltd. P.O. Box HM 840 Hamilton HMCX, Bermuda Fax: (809) 292-4489 Telephone: (809) 295-3232

mzi1 Regatta Sport Prod. Esport. Ltda. AV. Pedroso de Moraes, 1484 CEP 05420-002 Sao Paulo SP. Brazil Fax (55) 11 814-7015 Telephone: (55) 11 211-1522

-Canada -. .. . . honn Mar ne G-lance LW 2242 x s n o r e B ua West Toronto. Ontano Canaoa M8V lA5 Fax: (416) 252-2994 Telephone. (416) 252-7841 Canada (Weslem) Westem Mar ne Company 1494 Pouc , .- . . - ..-. . Strppl -.. . -. Vancouver, B.C., Canada V5L 585 Fax: (604) 25%2656 Telephone: (604) 253-7721 .. - - - -

B.aget Mar ne An0g.a Ltd Jo, q har0o.r Bavara Bolens, Antigua Fax: 804462.7727 Telephone: 809-462.7727 R cnardsonk R gglng Services

BOA97 flaterfront Dr W Tonola. Brnsh V rg n s anos Fax ,809) 494-5436 Te ephone (8091494-2739 Budget Marine N.V. Box 434 Sint Maarten. Netherlands Antilles Fax: (5995) 23804 Telephone: (5995) 22068

Pewaukee, Wisconsin 53072 USA (414)691-3320 Fax: (414)691-3008 Cable: Harken

Harken West (Trade Only) 2608 Shelter Island Drive San Diego, California 92106 Fax: (619)225-1508 Telephone: (619)225-1506 Caribbean (mllnued) Hodney Bay Marine Hardware and Ship Services In Rodney Bay Marina Box 2172, Gros-Islet St. Lucia, West lndies Fax: (809) 452-9974 Telephone: (809) 452-9973

Thomas Peake &Co. Ltd. 177 Western Main Road P.O. Box 301 Port of Spain, Trinidad, West lndies Fax: (809) 622-7288 Telephone: (809) 622-4293

Chile Hahen Chile Burgos 211 Las Condes - Santiago, Chile Fax: (56)2-231-1634 Telephone: (56) 2-206-6293

Cmaria Seaway Adria Matije Gupca 46 520W Pula. Croatia Fax: (385) 52 44 542 Telephone: (385) 52 43 558 CYPNS Ocean Marine Equipment Ltd. St. Andrews Str, 2458 PO. Box 1370 L mass0 Clpr-s Fax ,357 05 352976 Te ephone ,357) 05 369731

Pewaukee

Harken Italy M A . Via Ceresio 12 22074 Lomazzo (Corno) Italy Fax: (39)2-963-70-998 Telephone: (39)2-96-77-90-28 Holla~elgium lmhofl b.v. Leimuiderdijk478a 2156 MX Weteringbrug, Holland Fa: (31) 1713-15866 Telephone: (31) 1713-15900 Hang-Kow Far East YacM Speckllsts Ltd. The Boatique at Aberdeen Marina Club Shop 10 & l 1 -Ground Floor Aberdeen Marina Building 8 Shum Wan Road Aberdeen, Hang Kong Fax: (8521 2877-2222

Israel Yamit P0.B 6158 Tel-Aviv 61061, Israel Fax: (972) 3-5271031 Telephone: (972) 3-5271780

Harken France

ZA. Port des Minirnes

17000 - La Rochelle France Fax: (33)46.44.25.70 Telephone: (33)46.44.5UO Slow Seaway Pot M Lisice 64260 Bled, Slovenia Fax: (386) M 74.14.25 Telephone: (386) 64 74.12.25

Swlh Africa Wilbur Ellis Co. (Pry) Ltd. P.O. Box 4258 Cape Town €030, South Alrica Fax: (27) 21-4484177 Telephone: (27) 21-448 4517

Snain Trirner i.p.m.s.l. Regas, 33 08006 Barcelora. Spain Fax: (34) 3-238.01.34 Telephone: (34) 3-237.78.10

-v

Rutgerson Marin AB

Rnv Rd

~ a r k e i j i b nLtd. 2-21-9 Nishinomiya-Hama Nishinomiya Clty Hyogo Pref..

Malta D'Agata Marine Nautilus Services Ltd. 152 Ta'Xbiex Wharf

OenmaR Columbus Trading At3 Naverland 26 B 2600 Glostrup. Denrna* Fax: (45) 43 63 3459 Telephone: (45) 43 63 3600

5-440 30 Marsuand Skwen Fax 46) 0-303-60889 Te epnone 46) 0303-61060

SwrmerIand Lambelet Diusion Port du Nid-du-Cro 2007 Neuchatel. SMWrland Fax: (41) 38-259960 Telephone: (41) 3E259963

, m.

Telephone: (886)

Sail Tech J. Herrala Gy Piphrinlnt117 Cl7

Gemldny/AurfoiaMun#ary Peter Frisch GmbH Isar-Ring 11, 0.80805 Munich. Germany Fax: (49) 89-365078 Telephone: (49) 89-365075 Tecrep Marine S.A. 38. AM Mutsopulu 185 36 Piraeus. Greece F w (30) 1-4184280 Telephone: (30) 1-4521647

Pomgal Luiz Godinho Umitada Rua de Pedrouqos. 89 - A 1400 Lisboa. Portugal Fax: (351) 1-301 €6 58 Telephone: (351) 1-301 77 53 singapore Marintech Markfling (S) Pte. Ltd. 101 Kitchener Road #02-14 Jalan Besar Plaza Singapore 0820 Fax: (65) 2923869 Telephone: (65) 2988171

Turkey Kompozit Marin, Turium Sanayi Ve ncaret LM. Sti., Kemeralti Cad. No: 67. 80020 daramy - stano... T A ye Te,er (821) 24813 MEC TR Fax ,901 1.293 63 51 Te epnone (90, 1-251 62 00 Unilsd Kin#donvlrarand Harken UK Ltd. 17 East King Street Helensburgh. Dunbartonshire, G84 700 Fax: 1441436671697

W//Bmt B / O C ~

16mm AirBlocks.Micro .Bullet-Big Bullet.Dinghy .2.25'.3.00'.~ittle HexaratcheP hexaratchet 11t2 .Little Fiddles .Fiddle -Lldle Hexa-Cati'.Hem-Cats Low Profile Trioles .Maa~cBlocks .Two S~eedMainsheet Svstems .Gross TriMine Tune Svslems Hemratchets Fiddles

2.25 Hi-Load -3.00 -4.00 -4.50 -5.50" .Foot .Mast Base Lead Stainless Steel .Snatch .AirBlocks".Runners.Spreachers .Sheaves

1Hardwave

Cam-Matlc Cam Cleats and Accessones .Trigger Cleat Power Sheet Jammers .Stand Up Bases. Eyestraps & Padeyes Magic Boxes. Sell-Conta ned Sheaves Deck Organ~zers Rudder Eeanngs .Backstay Tensionen Sp~nnakerPole Cars and F i n g s

Small BoataMid-Ranae.Bia Boat .Mini-Maxi .Maxi .Windward Sheetina

~ W ~ / W S

. ..: , .Genoa Lead cars

rick

MKll Unit 0,1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4

Hydraulic .Staysail & Gennakerm

Furling Qfsbms

W/ncht?s

One, Two. Three-Speed Reg~lar& Self-Tailing Electric .HydrauC .Two, Three-Speea Regular & Self-Ta~lingRacing *America's C J ~ .Pedestals .SpeedGripmand Regular Handles

System's Drawings: Running Backstays, Mainsheet, Gross Trimpine Tune, Traveler, Genoa Lead Cars, Backstay Adjuster, Spinnaker, Boom Vangs, Self-Tacking Jibs & Staysails, Outhauls .Metric Conversion Chart .Typical Rigging Breaking Strengths Loading Formulas

1251 East Wisconsin Avenue Pewaukee, Wisconsin 53072 USA Teleohone - (414) 691-3320

llz3 ~ t a l is lW% ftx)clabk and is ma% from a renewabk resourn

., .: